8515B Manual WEB PDF

Operations, Service
And Parts Manual
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver

Manual No. 1003095-02
Thumb Index
Introduction 1
Safety 2
General Information 3
Specifications 4
Component Location 5
Operation 6
Maintenance 7
Troubleshooting 8
Schematics 9
Illustrated Parts List (IPL) 10

Disclaimer And Copyright

Disclaimer:
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time
of publishing. The illustrations used in this manual are intended as representative reference views only. Moreover,
because of our continuous product improvement policy, we may modify information, illustrations and/or specifications
to explain and/or exemplify a product, service or maintenance improvement. We reserve the right to make any
change at any time without notice. VT LeeBoy, Inc., VT LeeBoy, and LeeBoy are all the same entity and are used
interchangeably.
©2010 VT LeeBoy, Inc.
LeeBoy reserves all copyright and other rights in this manual and the manual’s content. No part of this manual may
be reproduced or used in any way without the written permission of LeeBoy, except as necessary to operate LeeBoy
equipment.
This manual has been most recently updated 03/11 to apply to units with serial number 56635 and higher:
Refer to manual no. 986947 for units with serial number 44987 to 56634.
PDF file last modified on: 03/04/11
Return to Return to
iv Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
Table Of Contents
Page
Table Of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Safety Label Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Limited Warranty Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Items Not Covered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Other Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Record of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Major Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Torque Hubs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Hopper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Operator Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Screed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Electrical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Specification charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Return to Return to
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver Last Viewed Thumb Index v
Table Of Contents
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Torque Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Inch Fasteners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Metric Fasteners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Hydraulic Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Full Torque Nut Coupling Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Operation Controls Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Right Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Center Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Left Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Steering and Speed Control Module - Joysticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Steering and Speed Control Module - Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Right Side Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Left Side Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Electric Screed Operation Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Screed Operator Control Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Pre-Start Inspection and Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting The Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Engine Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Activating and Deactivating Operator Control Station. . . . . . . . . 6-5
Paver Driving Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Electronic Control Steering Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Paver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Conveyor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Hydraulic Cutoff Gates Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Sonic Augers Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Auger Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Electric Flight Screws Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Spray Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Burner Ignition Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Electric Heating Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Return to Return to
vi Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
Table Of Contents
Starting To Pave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Setting Screed To Pave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Setting Screed End Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Setting Screed Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Mat Texture Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Unloading And Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Tie Down Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Electric Screed Heating System (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Cycle Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Element Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Element Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Element Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Element Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Truck Hitch Attachment (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Umbrella (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Lubrication Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Maintenance Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Preparing Paver for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Paver Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
10-Hour or Daily Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
50-Hour (Initial) or Weekly Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
100-Hour or Monthly Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
250-Hour or Quarterly Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
500-Hour or Semi-Annual Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
1000-Hour or Annual Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Maintenance Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Extension Top Guide Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Replacing Screed Extension Wear Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Replacing Screed Main Wear Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Return to Return to
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver Last Viewed Thumb Index vii
Table Of Contents
Raising Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Lowering Conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Conveyor Flight Chain Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Automatic Track Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Conveyor Drive Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Torque Hub Hydraulic Motor Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Auger Drive Chain Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Track Tension Pressure Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Track Tension Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Conveyor Limit Switch Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Electrical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Generator Voltage Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Generator Speed Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Generator Capacitor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Element Relay Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Element Resistance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Battery Servicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Engine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Engine Lubrication Oil - Kubota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Changing Engine Lubrication Oil Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Engine Lubrication Oil - CAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Engine Fuel Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Engine Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Checking Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Adding Hydraulic Oil To Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Changing Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Removal & Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Track Component Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Rubber Track Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Torque Hub Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Return to Return to
viii Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
Table Of Contents
Rear Conveyor Shaft Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Auger And Inner Bearing Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Screed Extensions, Slides Or Bushing Replacement. . . . . . . . . 7-34
Screed Wear Plate Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Extension Wear Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Tandem Servo Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
2-Speed Hydraulic Motor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Safety Label Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Troubleshooting Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Electric Screed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Conveyor Asphalt Paver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Controller User Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vibrator/Electric Actuator Relay And Backup Alarm Outputs. . . . . . 8-6
Pump Control Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Brake Release/Pump Neutral Bypass Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Optimize Dual Joystick Steering Control Box:. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Optimize Steering Wheel With FNR Joystick Control Box:. . . . . . . 8-8
Calibrate Steering Wheel With FNR Joystick Control Box: . . . . . . . 8-9
Steering/Acceleration And Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Steering Box Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Neutral Safety Lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Critical Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Electrical 1 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Electrical 2 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Electrical 3 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Electrical 4 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Electrical 5 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Electrical 6 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Electrical 7 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Electrical 8 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Electrical 9 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Electrical 10 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Return to Return to
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver Last Viewed Thumb Index ix
Table Of Contents
Hydraulic Hosing 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Hydraulic 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Hydraulic 2 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Hydraulic 3 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Hydraulic 4 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Illustrated Parts List (IPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Quick Reference Guide - Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) . . . . . . . . 10-4
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) (continued). . 10-6
Rubber Track Undercarriage (5 Roller Undercarriage) . . . . . . . . 10-8
Conveyor Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Conveyor Drive Assembly (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Hopper Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Hopper Components (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Auger Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Auger Assembly (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Conveyor Drive Cutoff, Screed Lift Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Hydraulic Components LH Side Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
H1 Pump & Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Kubota Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28
Kubota Engine (continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Cat Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Cat Engine (continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Spray Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Screed Arm Assembly With Toe Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Propane Heater And Automatic Ignitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Truck Hitch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Kubota Sheet Metal Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
CAT Sheet Metal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Return to Return to
x Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
Table Of Contents
Strike Offs And Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54

Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Lower Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Instrument Panel Dash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Power Crown (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Screed Non-sloping Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Screed Sloping Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Screed Frame Sloping - Propane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Propane . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Propane . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Screed Frame Sloping - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Vibrator Assembly LH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Vibrator Assembly RH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Walk Board Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Slide Plate Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . 10-96
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Endgate LH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100
Endgate RH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-102
Screed Pull Arms LH Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104
Screed Pull Arms RH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-106
Citrus Tank & Heat Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-108
Screed Miscellaneous Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-112
Alphabetical Parts Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-114
Return to Return to
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver Last Viewed Thumb Index xi
Table Of Contents
NOTES
Return to Return to
xii Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
1
Section 1
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the LeeBoy Model 8515B This manual provides information for use by the
Conveyor Paver. We wish you many years of safe and equipment operator under the following headings:
efficient operation of your paver.
Safety—See Section 2 for important safety guidelines
READ THIS MANUAL PRIOR TO OPERATING the paver information.
This manual is an important part of the paver and should
General Information—See Section 3 for important
be kept with the paver at all times in the dedicated
warranty, contact, and nameplate information.
storage container on the paver. Even though you may
be familiar with similar equipment, you MUST read and Specifications—See Section 4 for all major system
understand this manual before operating this paver. specifications and typical torque value tables.
Reading the manual will help you and others avoid injury Component Location—See Section 5 for general
and help prevent any damage to the paver. If this manual overview of controls and major components.
becomes lost or damaged, contact your authorized
LeeBoy Dealer immediately to order a replacement (see Operation—See Section 6 for control functionality and
Contact Information Section 3). normal equipment operation.
This manual is intended as a guide for the safe and Maintenance—See Section 7 for basic preventive
efficient use of the paver. This manual covers the maintenance and repair procedures.
procedures for proper operation and maintenance of Troubleshooting—See Section 8 for problem
the paver. This manual contains information that was descriptions and recommended solution tables.
available at the time of printing and is subject to change
without notice. Schematics—See Section 9 for schematic diagrams of
electrical wiring.
This manual should be used with all related
supplemental books, engine and transmission manuals, Illustrated Parts List (IPL)—See Section 10 for
and parts books. Related Service Bulletins should be illustrations, descriptions and part numbers of available
reviewed to provide information regarding some of the service parts.
recent changes.
If any questions arise concerning this publication or
others, contact your local LeeBoy Dealer for the latest
available information.
Return to Return to
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver Last Viewed Thumb Index 1-1
Introduction
NOTES
Return to Return to
1-2 Thumb Index Last Viewed LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
Section 2
Safety
2
Page
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Safety Label Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Return to Return to
Safety
This manual provides important information to familiarize

you with safe operating and maintenance procedures.
Even though you may be familiar with similar equipment, Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
you MUST read and understand this manual before will result in death or serious injury.
operating the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver and
follow its instructions when operating the paver.
Safety is everyone’s business and is our top concern. Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
Knowing the guidelines covered in this section and in could result in death or serious injury.
Section 1 will help ensure your safety, the safety of those
around you and the paver’s proper operation.
LOOK FOR THESE SYMBOLS WHICH POINT OUT Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
ITEMS OF EXTREME IMPORTANCE TO THE SAFETY could result in minor or moderate injury.
OF YOU AND YOUR COWORKERS. READ AND
UNDERSTAND THOROUGHLY. HEED THE WARNING
AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS.
Indicates a situation which can cause damage to the
Keep safety labels in good condition. If safety labels
equipment, personal property and/or the
become missing or damaged, replacement safety labels
environment, or cause the LeeBoy Model 8515B
are available from your LeeBoy Dealer (see also Safety
Conveyor Paver to operate improperly.
Label Installation in Section 7).
NOTE: Indicates a procedure, practice, or condition
that should be followed in order for the paver or
component to function in the manner intended.
Return to Return to
Safety
Safety Precautions Explosion Hazard

While the engine is running or the battery is
charging, hydrogen gas is being produced
The safety messages that follow have CAUTION level and can be easily ignited. Keep the area
hazards. around the battery well-ventilated and keep
sparks, open flame and any other form of
2
Pre-Operation Hazard ignition out of the area.
Read and understand this Operation • Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable
Manual before operating or servicing before servicing the paver.
the engine to ensure that safe operating • Do not start the engine by shorting the starter circuit
practices and maintenance procedures are or any other starting method not stated in this manual.
followed. Only use the starting procedure as described in this
• Never permit anyone to service or operate the LeeBoy manual to start the engine.
Model 8515B Conveyor Paver without proper training. • Never charge a frozen battery. Always slowly warm
• Safety signs and labels are additional reminders for the battery to room temperature before charging.
safe operating and maintenance techniques.
• Contact LeeBoy or an authorized LeeBoy Dealer for
additional training.
Fire and Explosion Hazard
• Make sure you are aware of all laws and regulations • Diesel fuel is flammable and explosive under certain
that are in effect where the paver is operated. Make conditions.
sure you have all necessary licenses to operate the • Never use a shop rag to catch the fuel.
paver.
• Wipe up all spills immediately.
• Never refuel with the engine running.
The safety messages that follow have WARNING • Store any containers containing fuel in a well-
level hazards. ventilated area, away from any combustibles or
sources of ignition.
Crush Hazard

Keep bystanders away from work area before and
during operation. Fire Hazard
Have appropriate safety equipment
available. Have all fire extinguishers
Modification Hazard checked periodically for proper operation
Never modify the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver and/or readiness.
without written consent of LeeBoy. Any modification can • Always read and follow safety-related precautions
affect the safe operation of the paver and may cause found on containers of hazardous substances
personal injury or death. like parts cleaners, primers, sealants and sealant
removers.
• Undersized wiring systems can cause an electrical
Exposure Hazard
fire.
Always wear personal protective
equipment, including appropriate clothing,
gloves, work shoes, and eye and hearing
protection, as required by the task at hand.
Return to Return to
Safety
• Always start the engine or operate the controls while

you are seated in the operators seat.
The safety messages that follow have WARNING
level hazards.
Alcohol and Drug Hazard
Exhaust Hazard
Never operate the engine while under the
All internal combustion engines create influence of alcohol or drugs, or when ill.
carbon monoxide gas during operation and
special precautions are required to avoid
carbon monoxide poisoning: Piercing Hazard
• Never block windows, vents or other means of Avoid skin contact with high-pressure
ventilation if the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel spray caused
is operating in an enclosed area. by a hydraulic or fuel system leak such as a
• Always ensure that all connections are tightened to broken hydraulic hose or fuel injection line.
specifications after repair is made to the exhaust High-pressure hydraulic fluid or fuel can
system. penetrate your skin and result in serious injury. If you are
exposed to high-pressure hydraulic fluid or fuel spray,
obtain prompt medical treatment.
Entanglement/Sever Hazard • Never check for a hydraulic fluid or fuel leak with your
hands. Always use a piece of wood or cardboard.
Verify there are no people, obstacles or Have your authorized LeeBoy Dealer or distributor
other equipment near the LeeBoy Model repair the damage.
8515B Conveyor Paver before starting
the engine. Sound the horn as a warning
before starting the engine.
Flying Object Hazard
If the engine must be serviced while it is
operating, remove all jewelry, tie back long Always wear eye protection when cleaning
hair and keep hands, other body parts and the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
clothing away from moving/rotating parts. with compressed air or high-pressure
water. Dust, flying debris, compressed air,
• Always stop the engine before beginning service. pressurized water or steam may injure your
• Verify that all paver guards and covers are attached eyes.
properly to the paver before starting the engine. Do
not start the engine if any guards or covers are not
properly installed on the paver. Coolant Hazard
• If you must run the engine during maintenance Wear eye protection and rubber gloves
procedures, make sure you have a helper to keep when handling engine coolant. If contact
bystanders clear of the paver and make observations with the eyes or skin should occur, flush
of moving parts as requested by the operator. eyes and wash immediately with clean
water.
• Always turn the start switch to the OFF position after
operation is complete and remove the key from the
switch. Keep the key in your possession when the
paver is not operating. Burn Hazard
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag near the key switch Some of the paver surfaces become very
while performing maintenance on the equipment. hot during operation and shortly after
shutdown.
• Never operate the engine while wearing a headset to
listen to music or radio because it will be difficult to • Keep hands and other body parts away from hot
hear the warning signals. paver surfaces.
• Handle hot components with heat-resistant gloves.
Return to Return to
Safety
The safety messages that follow have CAUTION level The safety messages that follow have NOTICE level
hazards. hazards.
Poor Lighting Hazard Any part which is found defective as a result of
inspection or any part whose measured value does not
2
Ensure that the work area is adequately illuminated. satisfy the standard or limit must be replaced.
Always install wire cages on portable safety lights.

Always tighten components to the specified torque.
Tool Hazard Loose parts can cause LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor
Paver damage or cause it to operate improperly.
Always use tools appropriate for the task at hand and
use the correct size tool for loosening or tightening
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver parts. Only use replacement parts approved by LeeBoy. Other
replacement parts may affect warranty coverage.

Follow the guidelines of the EPA or other
governmental agencies for the proper
disposal of hazardous materials such as
engine oil, diesel fuel and engine coolant.
Consult the local authorities or reclamation
facility.

Clean all accumulated dirt and debris away from the
body of the paver and its components before you
inspect the paver or perform preventive maintenance
procedures or repairs. Operating a paver with
accumulated dirt and debris will cause premature wear
of paver components. Accumulated dirt and debris also
hinders effective paver inspection.

Retrieve any tools or parts that may have dropped inside
of the paver to avoid improper paver operation.

Dispose of hazardous materials in accordance with
all applicable laws and regulations. Never dispose of
hazardous materials by dumping them into a sewer, on
the ground, or into groundwater or waterways.

If any alert indicator illuminates during paver operation,
stop the engine immediately. Determine the cause and
repair the problem before continuing to operate the
paver.
Return to Return to
Safety
Safety Label Locations you should refer to the parts listing in the parts section
of this manual and note the description column.
Safety Precautions A description of location is provided below for each
safety label. For additional instructions, contact your
If your paver has been repainted, it is extremely dealer (see also Safety Label Installation in Section 7).
important that all the decals referring to CAUTION,
WARNING, and DANGER be replaced in their proper NOTE: It is the responsibility of the owner and operator
locations. The illustrations on this page will aid you in to make sure that all safety labels are readable
determining the proper locations. For additional help, and located on paver as designated by LeeBoy.
8515B Conveyor Paver Safety Labels and Safety Label Locations

Figure 2-1
Return to Return to
Safety
8515B Electric Screed Safety Labels and Safety Label Locations

Figure 2-2
Return to Return to
Safety
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 3
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Page
3
Limited Warranty Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Items Not Covered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Other Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Record of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Return to Return to
General Information
Limited Warranty Policy

Warranty Limitations
1. Subject to the limitations, exclusions, and claims LeeBoy has no obligation for:
procedures set forth herein, LeeBoy warrants [to
1. Any defects caused by misuse, misapplication,
the first retail purchaser] that this product will be
negligence, accident or failure to maintain or use
free from [substantial] defects in materials and
in accordance with the most current operating
workmanship during the warranty period.
instructions.
2. If a defect in material or workmanship is found, your
2. Unauthorized alterations.
authorized LeeBoy Dealer is to be notified during
the warranty period. LeeBoy and its authorized 3. Defects or failures caused by any replacement
Dealer will repair or replace any part or component parts or attachments not manufactured by or
of the unit or part that fails to conform to the approved by LeeBoy.
warranty during the warranty period.
4. Failure to conduct normal maintenance and
3. The warranty period will begin on the initial start- operating service including, without limitation,
up, training and delivery of the unit by the Dealer providing lubricants, coolant, fuel, tune-ups,
to the customer, and will expire after twenty-four inspections or adjustments.
(24) months following the delivery of the paver to
5. Unreasonable delay, as established by LeeBoy, in
the first retail purchaser. (See Dealer for additional
making the applicable units or parts available upon
warranty).
notification of a service notice ordered by same.
4. Manufacturers’ Warranties: Engines are warranted
6. Warranty Responsibility: The warranty responsibility
by their manufacturers and may have warranty
on all engines rests with the manufacturer of the
coverage that differs from that of LeeBoy. LeeBoy
engine.
does not warrant any engine.
7. Warranty and Parts Support: LeeBoy may
5. Replacement parts furnished by LeeBoy are
have support agreements with some engine
covered for the remainder of the warranty period
manufacturers for warranty and parts support.
applicable to the unit or component in which such
However, LeeBoy does not warrant the engine.
parts are installed.
8. This Limited Warranty sets forth your sole remedy
6. LeeBoy has the right to repair any component or
in connection with the sale or use of the LeeBoy
part before replacing it with a new one.
product covered by this Limited Warranty.
7. All new replacement parts purchased by a LeeBoy
9. This Limited Warranty extends only to the first retail
Dealer will carry a six-month warranty.
purchaser, and is not transferable.
8. This Limited Warranty is governed by the laws of the
10. In the event any portion of this Limited Warranty
State of North Carolina.
shall be determined to be invalid under any
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND applicable law, such provision shall be deemed null
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESSED, STATUTORY and void and the remainder of the Limited Warranty
AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO shall continue in full force and effect.
UNITS, ENGINES, OR PARTS INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR AGAINST
INFRINGEMENT.
Return to Return to
General Information
Items Not Covered Other Limitations

LeeBoy is not responsible for the following: IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH
OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY OR ALLEGED
1. All used units or used parts of any kind.
NEGLIGENCE OR LIABILITY WITHOUT FAULT, SHALL
2. Repairs due to normal wear and tear or brought LEEBOY BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
about by abuse or lack of maintenance of the CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, WITHOUT
Machine. LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFIT OR REVENUE, COST
3. Attachments not manufactured or installed by OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT,
LeeBoy. FACILITIES OR SERVICES, DOWNTIME COSTS,
LABOR COSTS OR CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS,
4. Liability for incidental or consequential damages of PURCHASERS OR LESSEES FOR SUCH DAMAGES.
3
any type including, but not limited to, lost profits or IN NO EVENT WILL WARRANTY COMPENSATION,
expenses of acquiring replacement equipment. OR OTHER DAMAGES AVAILABLE FROM LEEBOY,
5. Miscellaneous charges. EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT.

Return to Return to
General Information
Contact Information If you have a persistent problem your dealer is unable to

resolve, contact LeeBoy directly.
For information regarding parts and repairs about your Record dealer information in the space provided.
LeeBoy product, first contact the dealer you purchased For additional information about LeeBoy, please visit:
your product from. www.leeboy.com.
Sales Representative:
Dealership Name:
Dealership Address:
Dealership Phone:
Record of Ownership
Please fill out the following information and use it
when you need to contact LeeBoy for service, parts or
literature.
Paver Model Number:
Paver Serial Number:
Date of Purchase:
Nameplate
Nameplate (Figure 3-1) contains the specific model
number and serial number used to identify the
components for any parts or service information.
Nameplate Location
Figure 3-1
Return to Return to
Section 4
Specifications
Page
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Major Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Torque Hubs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Hopper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Operator Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Screed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Electrical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Specification charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Torque Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Inch Fasteners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Metric Fasteners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Hydraulic Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Full Torque Nut Coupling Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Return to Return to
Specifications
General Information Hydraulic System

The descriptions and specifications provided in this The hydraulic system includes four hydraulic pumps
section are applicable to the LeeBoy Model 8515B driven by the engine: 1) Left Drive Pump, 2) Right Drive
Conveyor Paver. Pump, 3) Auger and Generator Pump, 4) Conveyor-
cylinders and Charge Pump.
This section contains a description of how the major
components operate. It also includes specifications for The auxiliary pumps are mounted on the rear of the
the major system components. Included in this section drive pumps, to the right side of the engine, and driven
are paver weights, dimensions, performance, and major by the drive pump output shaft. This double gear type
system specifications for the paver. pump provides hydraulic flow to operate all the hydraulic
cylinders, auger, generator and charge pumps.
Major Components Each auxiliary pump has it’s own suction hose from tank.
The conveyor pump will also charge the Left and Right
Engine Drive Pumps and cylinders.
The LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver uses either Torque Hubs
a Kubota, V3600-T-E3B 84.5 HP or CAT, C3.4 T NA 83
HP four-cylinder engine to drive the hydraulic function The paver drive system contains two torque hubs. The
pumps and steering pumps. The engine is mounted torque hubs provide power to propel the tracks.
near the center of the paver and is accessible through
several access doors in the engine cover. Hopper
A fuel lift pump mounted on the engine draws diesel fuel The hopper wings are hydraulically controlled to raise
from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is mounted at the rear of and lower. The hopper wings also hinge in and out to
the engine compartment. allow for more compact transportation. The hopper
when fully open can hold a payload up to 7 tons.
An air cleaner is mounted on the top of the right-hand
pump cover. The air cleaner removes fine particles such Material in the hopper is moved toward the back of
as dust, sand, chaff and lint from the air. the paver to the screed by conveyors. The conveyor is
activated at the operator platform and are controlled on
As air is taken into the air cleaner assembly, a cyclone and off with limit switches..
type action deposits some of the fine particles in the
evacuator mounted on the bottom of the air cleaner Augers
housing. The evacuator is held closed during engine
operation by suction. When the engine is shut off the The auger rotates clockwise (CW) to assist in moving
weight of the debris helps to open the rubber flaps material from the conveyors to the screed. The auger
allowing the debris to fall out. The rubber flaps can also can be manually controlled at the operator platform on
be squeezed to open for cleaning. the paver or by the screed operator on the screed.
Primary and secondary fuel filters remove contaminants The auger can also be controlled automatically when
from the diesel fuel before the fuel flows to the injection the sonic auger system is installed and active. The sonic
pump for injection into the engine combustion chamber. auger sensor mounted on the screed end gates detect
the amount of material present and control the auger to
A radiator mounted in front of the engine cools the keep the material flow constant.
engine. As coolant flows through the radiator, airflow
from the engine-driven fan removes heat from the Operator Platform
coolant.
The operator platform allows easy and convenient
Refer to the engine owner’s Operation and Maintenance control of most all functions of the paver and screed.
Manual for a complete description of the engine. The paver can be operated from either the left-hand or
right-hand side depending on which control panel side
is active and best suited to the working conditions.
NOTE: All functions can be worked at anytime except for
Left hand and/or Right hand steer.
Return to Return to
Specifications
Screed Generator speed tuning should only be

done by an authorized LeeBoy Dealer.
The Screed is the last part of the paver that contacts
the paved material. Operation of the screed is usually All output power from the generator is passed through
done by the screed operator. Paving material is fed from the main breaker for safety. All output power is lost
the hopper and conveyor to the augers to the front of when this breaker is in the “tripped” or “off” position. The
the Screed. The Screed has hydraulically controlled location of the generator main output breaker is shown
extensions that move in and out to allow a wider paving in Figure 6-23.
base from 8 ft up to 15 ft.
The paver has heating controls to provide the necessary
Screed heating is accomplished by either LPG burners, connection and control of the output power from the
or by electric heating elements mounted directly to the generator to the heating elements. It is necessary to
wear plates. maintain all components of the heating controls system
in good working order to maintain safe and efficient
The hydraulically driven vibrators mounted on the main
screed heating.
screed frame can be used to increase paving material
compaction. The Heating Control or Distribution/Control Box is
mounted near the middle of the screed and is easily
4
Electrical System accessible to the screed operator when a heating cycle
is required.
The electrical system is powered by a 12 volt battery
mounted in the engine compartment located under There is a five second delay after the heat cycle is
the covers in the center of the paver forward of the initiated before the actual electric load is sent to the
operator’s platform. heating elements from the generator. This delay is to
allow the generator to reach optimal operating speed
The battery produces 12 volts DC and maintains 1125
before the electrical load is required.
cold cranking amperes (CCA). An engine-mounted
alternator capable of at least 60 amperes charging Once the heat cycle is started, a pre-programmed timer
capacity keeps the battery charged during normal controls the amount of time for output power from the
operation. The battery charge rate can be monitored generator to go through the element connection supply
using the voltmeter on the center operator dash panel. plugs coming out of the bottom of the Heating Control
Box to the heating elements.
Electrically heated pavers come equipped with a
generator. The generator is mounted on the paver under Any element lead can be plugged into any supply plug
the hopper floor near the right hand track. under the heating control/distribution box. All plugs are
equally rated.
The generator is hydraulically driven by the first section
of the rear pump on the engine pump stack. When the Each element is sized to fit properly in your screed, and
paver is at full rpm, and the hydraulic system is at normal provide sufficient power to heat your screed plate to a
operating temperature, the generator should operate temperature that mix will not drag or stick to the lower
at a sufficient speed to produce between 220VAC and surface of the screed plate.
240VAC.
To know that the element is correct, you should read
All LeeBoy generators are equipped with an integrated a resistance between 28 ohms and 60 ohms (see
generator speed control manifold. This manifold should Element Resistance Testing in Section 7).
not require adjustment, but if there is a need to fine tune
the generator speed, there is an adjustment on the
manifold (see Generator Speed Tuning in Section 7).
Return to Return to
Specifications
Specification charts weights, dimensions, performance, and torque values

for both metric and standard inch fasteners.
The specifications provided in this section are
Replace original equipment only with
applicable to the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver.
LeeBoy approved components.
Included in this section are specifications for paver
Table 4-1. Dimension Specifications (See Figure 4-1)

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Overall Length 12’ 4” (365 cm)
Overall Height 6’ 6” (198 cm)
Overall Width (hopper wings in) 8’ 6” (259 cm)
Overall Width (hopper wings out) 10’ (305 cm)
Paver Weight (with screed) 17,500 lbs (7,937 kg)
Basic Paving Width 8’ (2.44 m)
Maximum Paving Width 15’ (4.57 m)
Screed Plate Material 3/8” (9.5 mm) AR400 Steel
Main Screed Wear Plate 15” (.38 m)
Extensions Width of Wear Plate 7” (17.8 cm)
Extensions Length 3’6” (1.07 m)
Walkway Width 12” (30.5 cm) w/Extension
Table 4-2. Performance Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Travel Speed 0 to 240 FPM (0.73 KPM)
Paving Speed 0 to 140 FPM (0.37 KPM)
Coverage: Basic Screed Width 8’ (244 cm)
Coverage: Maximum Screed Width 15’ (457 cm)
Table 4-3. Kubota Tier 3 Engine Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Manufacturer and Model Kubota, V3600-T-E3B
Emission Regulation Tier 3 / Stage III A
Type Vertical 4-cycle Liquid Cooled Diesel
Number of Cylinders 4
Bore, Stroke, and Displacement 3.86” (98 mm) ; 4.72” (120 mm); 220.9 in3 (3.62 L)
Combustion System Direct Injection
Intake System Turbocharged
Power Rating kW - HP 63.0 kW - 84.5 HP
Maximum Speed 2400 to 2500 rpm
Fuel Filter Type Kubota Diesel
Return to Return to
Specifications
Table 4-4. CAT Tier 3 Engine Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Manufacturer and Model CAT, C3.4 T NA 83 HP
Emission Regulation Tier 3 / Stage III A
Type I-4, 4-Stroke-Cycle Diesel, Liquid Cooled
Number of Cylinders 4
Bore, Stroke, and Displacement 3.70” (94 mm) ; 4.72” (120 mm); 203 in3 (3.33 L)
Combustion System Direct Injection
Intake System Turbocharged
Power Rating bkW - HP 62.0 bkW - 83.0 HP
Maximum Speed 2500 rpm
Fuel Filter Type CAT Diesel
ITEM
Table 4-5. Machine System Capacity Specifications
Kubota
SPECIFICATION
CAT
4
Engine Lubrication Oil - Refill capacity 15.0 quarts (14.2 L) 10.6 quarts (10.0 L)
Engine Lubrication Oil - Pan capacity 13.9 quarts (13.2 L) 9.5 quarts (9.0 L)
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 40 gal (151.40 L)
Torque Hubs 32 oz. (0.355 L) each
Fuel 20 gal (75.70 L)
Propane One (1) 20 lb tank
Antifreeze Glycol based, Red, Extended Life; 3.6 gal (13.8 L)
Table 4-6. Electrical Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Kubota CAT
Battery One, Maintenance Free
Battery Ampere Hour Rating 1125 CCA
Battery Voltage 12 Volts
Alternator Type and Voltage 12 Volt, negative ground
Alternator Output Amperage 60 Amps 63 Amps
Automatic belt tension mechanism keeps serpentine
Alternator Fan Belt Tension
belt under tension at all times
Starter Voltage and Type 12 Volt, negative ground
Table 4-7. Hydraulic Pressures Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Drive 4500 PSI (310 Bar)
Conveyors 2500 to 2600 PSI (172 to 179 Bar)
Augers and Cylinders 2600 to 2700 PSI (179 to 186 Bar)
Return to Return to
Specifications
Table 4-8. Lubricant Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Engine Oil 15W-40, API CH-4, CI-4
Hydraulic Oil All Weather 68
Torque Hub 50 WT Gear Oil
Grease Shell Avania EP Grease or Equivalent
Chain Lube Chain Lube
Table 4-9. Screed Specifications

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Extensions Two 42 inch hydraulically operated extensions
Vibration Two hydraulic vibrators producing 3400 vibrations per
minute
Crown/Valley Adjustable, at least 2 inches of crown and 1-1/2 inches of
valley
Propane Heat Two (2) 54,000 BTU propane burners on main screed
One (1) 45,000 BTU propane burner on each extension
Electric Heat (Option) Two (2) 3412 BTU/hr electric heat elements on main
screed
One (1) 3412 BTU/hr electric heat element on each
extension
Dimensions
Paver Overall Dimensions

Figure 4-1
Return to Return to
Specifications
Torque Specs and machined surfaces. Values are based on

physical limitations of clean, plated and lubricated
hardware. In all cases, when an individual torque
Inch Fasteners value is specified, it should be followed instead of
The following Table lists torque values values given in this table.
for standard hardware and are intended as a guide Replace original equipment with
for average application involving typical stresses hardware of equal grade.
Table 4-10. Torque Specifications For Standard Inch Fasteners

CAPSCREWS: SAE GRADE 5 CAPSCREWS: SAE GRADE 8
SIZE THREAD TORQUE FT. LBS. TORQUE N•m TORQUE FT. LBS. TORQUE N•m
Dry Lubed Dry Lubed Dry Lubed Dry Lubed
1/4 20 UNC 8 6 11 9 2 9 16 12
4
28 UNF 10 7 13 10 14 10 19 14
5/16 18 UNC 17 13 24 18 25 18 33 25
24 UNF 19 14 26 20 27 20 37 28
3/8 16 UNC 31 23 42 31 44 33 59 44
24 UNF 35 26 47 36 49 37 67 50
7/16 14 UNC 49 37 67 50 70 52 95 71
20 UNF 55 41 75 56 78 58 105 79
1/2 13 UNC 75 57 100 77 105 80 145 110
20 UNF 85 64 115 86 120 90 165 120
9/16 12 UNC 110 82 145 110 155 115 210 155
18 UNF 120 91 165 125 170 130 230 175
5/8 11 UNC 150 115 205 155 210 160 285 215
18 UNF 170 130 230 175 240 180 325 245
3/4 10 UNC 265 200 360 270 375 280 510 380
16 UNF 295 225 405 300 420 315 570 425
7/8 9 UNC 430 320 580 435 605 455 820 615
14 UNF 475 355 640 480 670 500 905 680
1 8 UNC 645 485 875 655 910 680 1230 925
14 UNF 720 540 980 735 1020 765 1380 1040
1-1/8 7 UNC 795 595 1080 805 1290 965 1750 1310
12 UNF 890 670 1210 905 1440 1080 1960 1470
1-1/4 7 UNC 1120 840 1520 1140 1820 1360 2460 1850
12 UNF 1240 930 1680 1260 2010 1500 2730 2050
1-3/8 6 UNC 1470 1100 1990 1490 2380 1780 3230 2420
12 UNF 1670 1250 2270 1700 2710 2040 3680 2760
1-1/2 6 UNC 1950 1460 2640 1980 3160 2370 4290 3210
12 UNF 2190 1650 2970 2230 3560 2670 4820 3620
Return to Return to
Specifications
Metric Fasteners physical limitations of clean, plated and lubricated

hardware. In all cases, when an individual torque
The following Table lists torque values value is specified, it should be followed instead of
for standard hardware and are intended as a guide values given in this table.
for average application involving typical stresses
and machined surfaces. Values are based on Replace original equipment with
hardware of equal grade.
Table 4-11. Torque Specifications For Metric Fasteners

CLASS 8.8 [GRADE 5 EQUIVALENT] CLASS 10.9 [GRADE 8 EQUIVALENT]
NOMINAL SIZE TORQUE FT. LBS. TORQUE N•m TORQUE FT. LBS. TORQUE N•m
& PITCH Dry Lubed Dry Lubed Dry Lubed Dry Lubed
M4 x 0.7 2.27 1.70 3.07 2.30 2.27 2.31 4.17 3.13
M5 x 0.8 4.58 3.43 6.20 4.65 6.22 4.67 8.43 6.33
M6 x 1 7.75 5.83 10.5 7.90 10.60 7.97 14.3 10.8
M8 x 1.25 18.89 14.17 25.6 19.2 18.95 19.26 34.8 26.1
M10 x 1.25 39.11 29.52 53.0 40.1 53.87 40.59 73.0 55.0
M12 x 1.75 64.94 48.71 88.0 66.0 88.56 66.42 120.0 90.0
M14 x 2 103.32 77.49 140.0 105.0 140.22 107.01 190.0 145.0
M16 x 2 162.36 121.77 220.0 165.0 221.40 166.05 300.0 225.0
M20 x 2.5 317.34 236.16 430.0 320.0 428.04 321.03 580.0 435.0
M24 x 3 516.12 409.59 740.0 555.0 754.38 557.19 1010.0 755.0
M27 x 3 797.04 597.78 1080.0 810.0 1084.86 811.80 1470.0 1100.0
M30 x 3.5 1084.86 811.80 1470.0 1100.0 1476.00 1107.00 2000.0 1500.0
Return to Return to
Specifications
Hydraulic Fittings 4. To prevent twisting the tube(s), use two wrenches.

Place one wrench on the connector body and with
Tightening Flare Type Tube Fittings the second, tighten the swivel nut to the torque
shown in Table 4-12. Torque Specifications For
1. Check the flare and flare seat for defects that might Flare Type Tube Fittings.
cause leakage.
NOTE: The torque values shown are based on
2. Align tube with fitting before tightening. lubricated connections as in assembly.
3. Lubricate connection and hand tighten swivel nut
until snug.
Table 4-12. Torque Specifications For Flare Type Tube Fittings
NUT SIZE RECOMMENDED TURNS TO
TUBE SIZE OD (ACROSS TORQUE VALUE TIGHTEN (AFTER FINGER
FLATS) TIGHTENING)
(in) (in) (N•m) (lb-ft) (N•m) (lb-ft)
4
3/16 7/16 8 6 1 1/6
1/4 9/16 12 9 1 1/6
5/16 5/8 16 12 1 1/6
3/8 11/16 24 15 1 1/6
1/2 7/8 46 34 1 1/6
5/8 1 62 46 1 1/6
3/4 1 1/4 102 75 3/4 1/8
7/8 1 3/8 122 90 3/4 1/8
Full Torque Nut Coupling 2. Calculate the correct torque wrench setting using
(see Equations in Section 4).
Installation
NOTE: The most straight forward method of determining
The only completely reliable method of creating a the correct torque setting is to multiply the
consistent leak free, long lasting connection is to ensure desired torque by the length of the wrench from
that the coupling is brought to the proper torque. the center of the handle to the center of the drive
The best method of ensuring a coupling is brought to the (L) divided by the length of the wrench from the
proper torque is to use a torque wrench with crowfoot. center of the handle to the crowfoot center (LA),
To ensure the proper torque is met, use the flats method (Figure 4-2).
of torque verification. Flats method may be used alone LA
in situations where a torque wrench is inaccessible or L
unavailable.
There are 7 steps involved in proper coupling
installation:
1. Determine the correct torque value for your Torque Wrench - Crowfoot
coupling. Figure 4-2
NOTE: Only use the torque values specified from NOTE: Torque Wrench Setting = Desired Torque * L / LA
the manufacturer, do not use SAE torque
recommendations. 3. Ensure that the seal face and threads are clean
and in good condition. Do not lubricate coupling
The minimum torque values are adequate for threads.
sealing in most applications, and the maximum
torque values should never be exceeded.
Return to Return to
Specifications
NOTE: O-Rings should be lubricated with light oil, but 1

threads should be completely dry unless making
pipe thread connections (interference seal).
Attach the male end of the hose onto the
equipment first, since it may be necessary to
rotate the entire hose assembly to tighten the
male threads. Then route the hose into position
while avoiding twisting the hose.
4. Hand tighten the connection by bringing seal face in
contact and rotating the nut by hand until it stops.
NOTE: By definition hand tight is 0.3-1 ft-lb or when the
seal faces are touching and with the threads
engaged the hex can no longer be rotated by 2
hand.
5. Mark a line across the coupling nut and backup
hex for flats method verification of coupling torque Flats Method Tightening
(Figure 4-3). Figure 4-3
6. Apply a wrench to the backup hex to prevent the 1 - Mark Line on Nut
coupling and hose from moving while tightening the
nut with a torque wrench. 2 - Example 2 Flats difference
7. If a torque wrench cannot fit into the coupling area
Failure to retain the backup hex during
or if it is unavailable, flats method may be used to
installation will also result in additional clamp load
ensure that the coupling is properly tightened, as
force that could cause damage to the seal face.
shown in Figure 4-3.
NOTE: The coupling nut must be in motion for an
NOTE: The mark placed on the nut and backup hex
accurate torque reading. If the nut is stopped
after hand tightening should have rotated 1 to 1.5
before final torque value is achieved, it must be
flats during final tightening. At this point in time, if
loosened and retightened until the torque is
desired, the nut and backup hex may be marked
attained while the nut is in motion.
to indicate if the coupling loosens over time.
Return to Return to
Specifications
Table 4-13. Torque Specifications For US Style Coupling Terminations
JIC, SAE 45°, ORFS, O-Ring Boss, Gates Adapterless and MegaSeal
Dash JIC 37°, SAE 45° & JIC 37°, SAE 45° & Flat Face O-Ring SAE O-Ring Boss SAE O-Ring Boss
Size MegaSeal (steel) Mega-Seal (steel) Seal (Steel) (Steel) & Gates (Steel) & Gates
Adapterless ≤ Adapterless >
4000 PSI 4000 PSI
1/16 Inch ft-Lb ft-Lb ft-Lb ft-Lb ft-Lb
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
-3 8 10
-4 10 11 5 6 10 12 14 16 14 16
-5 13 15 7 9 18 20
-6 17 19 12 15 18 20 24 26 24 26
-8 34 38 20 24 32 40 37 44 50 60
-10 50 56 34 40 46 56 50 60 72 80
-12
-14
-16
70
94
78
104
53
74
60
82
65
65
92
80
80
105
75
111
83
125
125
160
200
135
180
220
4
-20 124 138 75 83 125 140 133 152 210 280
-24 156 173 79 87 150 180 156 184 270 360
-32 219 243 158 175
Table 4-14. Torque Specifications For DIN 24, DIN Table 4-15. Torque Specifications For 4-Bolt Flange
60, and Inverted Cone Style Coupling Terminations Connections
DIN 24, DIN 60, and Inverted Cone 4-Bolt Flanges
Size Torque Dash Size Bolt Size Torque
mm ft-Lb 1/16 Inch Inch ft-Lb
Light Series Heavy Min Max -8 0.31 17
Tube OD Series -12 0.38 26
Tube OD
-16 0.44 43
6 7 15
-20 0.50 65
8 15 26
-24 0.63 130
10 8 18 30
-32 0.75 220
12 10 22 33
1. Alight faces and finger tighten bolts before
14 12 26 37
applying final torque in a pattern. The seal faces
15 14 30 52 must be parallel with even bolt tension to seal
16 30 52 properly.
18 20 44 74 2. Torque values apply to bolts which are plated or
coated in light engine oil.
22 25 59 89
3. Before assembly lubricate O-Ring with light oil
28 30 74 111
(SAE 10W or 20W).
38 74 162
35 133 184
42 148 221
Return to Return to
Specifications
Table 4-16. Torque Specifications For SAE Male Table 4-18. Torque Specifications For BSP 30°
Flareless Assembly (MFA) Inverted Cone and JIS Coupling Terminations
SAE Male Flareless Assembly (MFA) BSP 30° Inverted Cone and JIS
After hand tight rotate nut one full turn (8 flats) Dash Size Torque
mm ft-Lb
Table 4-17. Torque Specifications For NPTF Dry Seal
Pipe Threads 1/16 Inch Min Max
NPTF -2 7 9
Dash Size Max Torque -4 11 18
1/16 Inch ft-Lb -6 19 28
-2 20 -8 30 36
-4 25 -10 37 44
-6 35 -12 50 60
-8 45 -16 79 95
-12 55 -20 127 152
-16 65 -24 167 190
-20 80 -32 262 314
-24 95 Table 4-19. Flats Method Values For Selected
-32 120 Terminations
1. The torque values obtained from tightening pipe Flats Method Values
threads can vary considerably depending on Termination Dash Size Flats
thread condition. Adequate sealing can occur at Type
values much lower than the maximum values listed
above. Only enough torque to achieve adequate 1/16 Inch
sealing should be used. JIC 4 1.5 - 1.75
2. When using a male tapered pipe thread with a JIC 6 1.0 - 1.5
female straight or parallel pipe thread, maximum JIC 8 1.5 - 1.75
values are 50% of those listed in the table.
JIC 10 1.0 - 1.5
3. If thread sealant is used, maximum values shown
should be decreased by 25%. JIC 12 1.0 - 1.5
JIC 16 .75 - 1.0
JIC 20 .75 - 1.0
JIC 24 .75 - 1.0
JIC 32 .75 - 1.0
JIS 4 .5 - 1.5
1. Seal faces must be in contact and the fitting fully
hand tightened before marking flats.
2. Flats method is most accurate for the first
assembly cycle, for multiple disassembly/
assembly cycles torque values are more reliable.
3. Tightening 2 flats or more is analogous to sever
over torque and may damage seal faces.
Return to Return to
Specifications
Determining Torque Setting Equations

There are several methods of determining the correct Equation 1
setting on the torque wrench when using a crowfoot. All
Torque setting if the crowfoot is placed in line with
of the methods involve making the setting proportional
respect to the wrench:
to the effective change in length of the wrench multiplied
by the desired final torque. TS = TD * L / LA
L or
TS = TD * L / (L+E)
Equation 2
Torque setting if the crowfoot is placed at 90° with
E respect to the wrench
TS = TD * L / LH
or
4
TS = TD * L / √(L2 + E2)
LA Equation 3
To estimate the crowfoot size (E)
E = Drive Size * 0.5 + Distance between Drive &
Open End + Wrench Size * 0.5774
LH
Measurements Needed
Figure 4-4
L = Distance from center of torque wrench handle to the
center of socket drive
E = Distance from center of socket drive to the center of
crowfoot
LA = Distance from center of torque wrench handle to
the center of crowfoot
LH = Distance from center of torque wrench handle to
the center of crowfoot, when mounted at 90°
TD = Desired torque at the fitting
TS = Torque setting indicated on wrench
Return to Return to
Specifications
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 5
Component Location
Page
Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Operation Controls Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Right Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Center Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Left Instrument Panel (Dash) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Steering and Speed Control Module - Joysticks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Steering and Speed Control Module - Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Right Side Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5
Left Side Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Electric Screed Operation Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Screed Operator Control Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Return to Return to
Component Location
Operation Controls Location
Location of Controls
Figure 5-1
1 - Instrument Panel (dash)
2 - Master Switch
3 - Left Burner Control
4 - Right Burner Control
5 - Steering and Speed Control Module (both sides)
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-1. Location of Controls

ITEM NO. CONTROL NAME FUNCTION
1 Instrument Panel (dash) Contains switches, indicators, and gauges (Figure 5-2; Figure 5-3; Figure
5-4)
2 Master Switch Disconnects battery in OFF position. Connects battery in ON position.
NOTE: Always turn switch to OFF position at the end of the day.
3 Left Burner Control Controls flow of propane to left screed burner
4 Right Burner Control Controls flow of propane to right screed burner
5 Steering and Speed Contains the controls for Steering and Speed Control (Figure 5-5; Figure
Control Module 5-6). Located on Right and Left Sides.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Right Instrument Panel (Dash)
Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE

Figure 5-2
1 - Grade Control or Grade/Slope Switch
2 - Vibrator On/Off Switch
3 - Right Screw Thicker/Thinner Switch
4 - Left Auger Slave/Manual Switch
5 - Right Auger Slave/Manual Switch
6 - Left Conveyor Automatic/Manual Switch
7 - Right Conveyor Automatic/Manual Switch
8 - Right Cutoff Open/Close Switch
9 - Right Extension In/Out Switch
10 - Left Cutoff Open/Close Switch
11 - Side Wings In/Out Switch
12 - Left Extension In/Out Switch
13 - 2-Speed High/Low Switch
14 - 2-Speed Light
15 - Throttle Switch
16 - Truck Hitch In/Out (Optional Switch)
17 - Screed Lift Manual/Float Switch
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-2. Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE
1 Grade Control or When switch is in the GRADE position, power is ON all the time regardless of
Grade/Slope Switch the position of the joystick (Figure 5-5,1).
NOTE: Switch must be in ON position on Right Hand all the time. Left hand
switch selects manual or automatic.
2 Vibrator On/Off Switch Turns the screed vibrator on or off. In ON position helps compact material.
Only works when Joystick is in the forward position.
3 Right Screw Thicker/ Sets the thickness of the asphalt. Place switch in THICKER position for
Thinner Switch thicker asphalt. Place switch in THINNER position for thinner asphalt.
NOTE: The GRADE CONTROL GRADE/SLOPE switch (Figure 5-1,1) on both
the left and right side of dash must be set to GRADE to turn power on.
4 Left Auger Slave/ Selects slave or manual operation of left auger. Center position for Off.
Manual Switch SLAVE position for automatic operation. MANUAL position provides manual
override.
NOTE: If running from left side, leave switches on right side in SLAVE
position at all times.
NOTE: In order for sonic augers to work, both LEFT and RIGHT AUGER
5
switches must be in the SLAVE position and the LEFT AUGER and
RIGHT AUGER AUTOMATIC/MANUAL switches on the left side dash
must be in the AUTOMATIC position.
NOTE: Make sure that the AUGER ON/OFF switch on the remote boxes at
the screed are set to the ON position.
5 Right Auger Slave/ Selects slave or manual operation of right auger. Center position for Off.
Manual Switch SLAVE position for Automatic Operation. MANUAL position provides manual
override.
RIGHT AUGER AUTOMATIC/MANUAL switch on the left side dash
6 Left Conveyor Selects automatic or manual override for left conveyor. Center is OFF
Automatic/Manual position. For automatic operation set switch to AUTOMATIC position.
Switch Conveyor can be operated from left or right side dash. MANUAL position
provides override. Select side operating machine from.
7 Right Conveyor Selects automatic or manual override for right conveyor. Center is OFF
provides override. Select side operating machine from.
8 Right Cutoff Open/ Used to open or close the right cutoff. Move switch to the OPEN position to
Close Switch open right cutoff. Move switch to CLOSE position to close right cutoff.
NOTE: Cutoff can be operated from either side of the dash.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE

Figure 5-2
3 - Right Screw Thicker/Thinner Switch
14 - 2-Speed Light
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-2. Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE (Continued)
9 Right Extension In/Out Used to move the right extension in or out. Push switch to OUT position to
Switch move right extension out. Push switch to IN position to move right extension
in.
NOTE: RIGHT EXTENSION switch also located on Remote Box on right side
of machine.
10 Left Cutoff Open/Close Used to open or close the left cutoff. Set switch to the OPEN position to
Switch open left cutoff. Set switch to CLOSE position to close left cutoff.
11 Side Wings In/Out Used to move the side wings in or out. Push switch to OUT position to move
Switch side wings out. Push switch to IN position to move side wings in.
12 Left Extension In/Out Used to move the left extension in or out. Push switch to OUT position to
Switch move left extension out. Push switch to IN position to move left extension in.
NOTE: LEFT EXTENSION switch also located on Remote Box on left side of
machine.
13 2-Speed High/Low Used to change machine speed. Place switch in LOW position for work.
Switch HIGH is only used for travel. For low speed operation both left and right
5
switches must be in LOW. Place switch in HIGH position for travel. (When in
TRAVEL red 2-SPEED Light (Figure 5-2,14) will illuminate.)
NOTE: High speed is only for traveling. Never pave in high speed.
14 2-Speed Light Illuminates to indicate when 2-SPEED HIGH/LOW switch is in the HIGH
position.
15 Throttle Switch Used to set the engine RPM. Push THROTTLE up for higher RPM. Push
THROTTLE down for lower RPM.
16 Truck Hitch In/Out Used to engage the truck hitch to the truck wheels. Set switch to IN position
(Optional Switch) to engage the hitch. Set switch to the OUT position to release the hitch from
the truck wheels.
NOTE: Only if installed with truck hitch, manual valve on left side of
machine must be in TRUCK HITCH position to work truck hitch. If in
CONVEYOR position, it will raise and lower conveyor.
17 Screed Lift Manual/ Used to raise or float the screed. Center position is hold. When released,
Float Switch switch automatically returns to center position. Center holds the screed
position. To raise the screed, set switch to RAISE position. To float the
screed, set switch to FLOAT position. (Switch should lock in FLOAT position.
Run from one side only. Other side should be in the CENTER position.
NOTE: If one side is on FLOAT and you try to RAISE opposite side, it will not
raise.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Center Instrument Panel (Dash)
Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges CENTER

Figure 5-3
1 - Gauge Panel Plate
2 - 3 in 1 Gauge: Tach, Oil, Water Temp
3 - Fuel Gauge
4 - Volts Gauge
5 - Hour Meter Gauge
6 - Engine Warning Light
7 - Ignition Switch w/Heat St.
8 - Plus One Indicator Light
9 - Spray Down Switch
10 - Horn Switch
11 - Work Light Switch
12 - Conveyor Raise/Lower Switch
13 - Beacon Switch
14 - Emergency Brake
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-3. Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges CENTER
1 Gauge Panel Plate Holds engine monitoring gauges
2 3 in 1 Gauge: Shows engine RPM, engine oil temperature, and engine water temperature
Tach, Oil, Water Temp
3 Fuel Gauge Indicates amount of fuel in fuel tank
4 Volts Gauge Indicates battery voltage
5 Hour Meter Gauge Meter monitors the working hours of the machine
6 Engine Warning Light Indicates an engine fault when illuminated.
NOTE: Refer to engine operator’s manual and an authorized LeeBoy Dealer.
7 Ignition Switch Controls starting, stopping, and running of engine. Vertical position is
w/Heat Start OFF. Turn left to heat engine. Turn right one notch for power. Red light will
illuminate until engine cranks. Far right is the START position. After engine
starts release switch, which will automatically return to the power position. Use
protective cover when not in use.
NOTE: Engine will not start unless speed control joystick(s) is in NEUTRAL
(Figure 5-5,2; Figure 5-6,2)
8 Plus One Indicator Light Illuminates when there is a fault code in the Plus One system.
5
See Maintenance section for more information.
9 Spray Down Switch Used to turn spray down on and off. UP position turns spray down on.
10 Horn Switch Press button to sound the horn
11 Work Light Switch Used to turn the work lights on or off. Set switch to WORK LIGHTS position
to turn the work lights on
12 Conveyor Raise/Lower Used to raise and lower the conveyor. Center position is OFF. Set switch to
Switch RAISE position to raise the conveyor (see CAUTION). Set switch to LOWER
to lower the conveyor (see Raising Conveyor in Section 7).
Unbolt hopper wing hinges before raising conveyors.
Always fold side wings on hopper out before raising conveyor. Place
safety prop in place immediately.
NOTE: Switch must be pulled UP to change position.
NOTE: If the machine has a truck hitch, this switch can work the truck hitch if
valve lever is set to that position (Figure 6-33).
13 Beacon Switch Used to turn the beacon light on or off. Set switch to BEACON position to
turn the Beacon light on.
14 Emergency Brake Press E-BRAKE button to immediately disable paver propel functions only.
Turn clockwise to release E-BRAKE button.
NOTE: The E-BRAKE button remains in a locked down position until it is
manually released.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Left Instrument Panel (Dash)
Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE

Figure 5-4
3 - Left Screw Thicker/Thinner Switch
14 - 2-Speed Light
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-4. Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE
1 Grade Control or When switch is in the GRADE position, power is ON all the time regardless of
Grade/Slope Switch the position of the joystick (Figure 5-5,2).
NOTE: When machine is equipped with grade and slope, you should select
slope so that joysticks control ON/OFF. This will eliminate changes
in Tow Cylinders when not moving. Power is present only when the
joystick is in the FORWARD position. In the NEUTRAL position of the
GRADE SLOPE switch, all power is turned off.
NOTE: Anytime in MANUAL you will have power.
2 Vibrator On/Off Switch Turns the screed vibrator on or off. In ON position helps compact material.
Only works when Joystick is in the forward position. Toggle must be in ON
position on active operating side.
3 Left Screw Thicker/ Sets the thickness of the asphalt. Place switch in THICKER position for
Thinner Switch thicker asphalt. Place switch in THINNER position for thinner asphalt.
NOTE: The GRADE CONTROL GRADE/SLOPE switch (Figure 5-2,1) on
both the left and right side of dash must be set to GRADE to turn
power on.
4 Left Auger Auto/Manual Selects auto or manual operation of left auger. Center position for Off.
Switch AUTO position for automatic operation. MANUAL position provides manual
override.
5
switches must be in the SLAVE position on right side dash and the
LEFT AUGER and RIGHT AUGER AUTOMATIC/MANUAL switches on
the left side dash must be in the AUTOMATIC position.
5 Right Auger Auto/ Selects auto or manual operation of right auger. Center position for Off.
Manual Switch AUTO position for Automatic Operation. MANUAL position provides manual
override.
RIGHT AUGER AUTOMATIC/MANUAL switch on the left side dash
6 Left Conveyor Selects automatic or manual override for left conveyor. Center is OFF
provides override.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE

Figure 5-4
3 - Left Screw Thicker/Thinner Switch
14 - 2-Speed Light
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-4. Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE (Continued)
7 Right Conveyor Selects automatic or manual override for right conveyor. Center is OFF
provides override.
8 Right Cutoff Open/ Used to open or close the right cutoff. Set switch to the OPEN position to
Close Switch open right cutoff. Set switch to CLOSE position to close right cutoff.
9 Right Extension In/Out Used to move the right extension in or out. Push switch to OUT position to
Switch move right extension out. Push switch to IN position to move right extension
in.
NOTE: RIGHT EXTENSION switch (Figure 5-10,1) also located on Remote
Box on right side of machine.
10 Left Cutoff Open/Close Used to open or close the left cutoff. Set switch to the OPEN position to
Switch open left cutoff. Set switch to CLOSE position to close left cutoff.
11 Side Wings In/Out Used to move the side wings in or out. Push switch to OUT position to move
5
Switch side wings out. Push switch to IN position to move side wings in.
12 Left Extension In/Out Used to move the left extension in or out. Push switch to OUT position to
Switch move left extension out. Push switch to IN position to move left extension in.
NOTE: LEFT EXTENSION switch (Figure 5-10,2) also located on Remote
Box on left side of machine.
13 2-Speed High/Low Used to change machine speed. Place switch in LOW position for work.
Switch HIGH is only used for travel. For low speed operation both left and right
switches must be in LOW. Place switch in HIGH position for travel. (When in
HIGH red 2-SPEED Light (Figure 5-4,12) will illuminate.)
NOTE: High speed is only for traveling. Never pave in high speed.
14 2-Speed Light Illuminates to indicate when 2-SPEED HIGH/LOW switch is in the HIGH
position.
15 Throttle Switch Used to set the engine RPM. Push THROTTLE up for higher RPM. Push
THROTTLE down for lower RPM.
16 Truck Hitch In/Out Used to engage the truck hitch to the truck wheels. Set switch to IN position
(Optional Switch) to engage the hitch. Set switch to the OUT position to release the hitch from
the truck wheels.
NOTE: Only if installed with truck hitch, manual valve on left side of
machine must be in TRUCK HITCH position to work truck hitch. If in
CONVEYOR position, it will raise and lower conveyor.
17 Screed Lift Manual/ Used to raise or float the screed. Center position is hold. When released,
Float Switch switch automatically returns to center position. Center holds the screed
position. To raise the screed, set switch to RAISE position. To float the
screed, set switch to FLOAT position. (Switch should lock in FLOAT position.
Run from one side only. Other side should be in the CENTER position.
NOTE: If one side is on FLOAT and you try to RAISE opposite side, it will not
raise.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Steering and Speed Control Module - Joysticks
Steering and Speed Control Module - Dual Joystick

Figure 5-5
1 - Run/Stop Switch
2- Right Steer/Left Steer Joysticks
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-5. Steering and Speed Control Module - Joystick

1 Run/Stop Switch The RUN/STOP switch controls stopping the machine and activating/
deactivating the operator control station. When the switch is set to the STOP
position, operator control station is deactivated, parking brake is applied,
and machine will not move. When switch is set to RUN, operator control
station is activated, parking brake is released, and machine resumes to
previously set speed.
NOTE: Only one operator control station can be active at a time (see
Activating and Deactivating Operator Control Station in Section 6).
NOTE: If the position of the joystick(s) has NOT changed from when the
RUN/STOP switch is moved to the STOP position and then later
switched to the RUN position, then paver will resume travel at the
same speed of travel when the switch is set to the RUN position.
If the position of the joystick(s) HAS changed from when the RUN/
STOP switch is moved to the STOP position then later switched
to the RUN position, the paver travel function will be temporarily
disabled until joysticks are returned to the NEUTRAL position.
2 Right Steer/Left Steer Lever controls the speed and direction of travel forward and reverse. Moving
5
Joysticks joystick forward moves machine forward. The farther forward the faster the
speed. Moving joystick backward moves machine backward. The farther
backward the faster the speed. When Joystick is centered, the machine is in
neutral and brake comes on.
NOTE: Machine must be in neutral to start machine.
NOTE: You can only use one steering control module at a time. When
steering paver with control module the RUN/STOP Switch (Figure
6-1,4; Figure 6-2,3) must be in RUN position on the module in use
and STOP position on the other module not in use.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Steering and Speed Control Module - Wheel
Steering and Speed Control Module - Steering Wheel

Figure 5-6
1 - Run/Stop Switch
2 - Forward/Reverse Joystick
3 - Steering Wheel
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-6. Steering and Speed Control Module - Steering Wheel

1 Run/Stop Switch The RUN/STOP switch controls stopping the machine and activating/
deactivating the operator control station. When the switch is set to the STOP
position, operator control station is deactivated, parking brake is applied,
and machine will not move. When switch is set to RUN, operator control
station is activated, parking brake is released, and machine resumes to
previously set speed.
NOTE: Only one operator control station can be active at a time (see
Activating and Deactivating Operator Control Station in Section
6).
NOTE: If the position of the joystick(s) has NOT changed from when the
RUN/STOP switch is moved to the STOP position and then later
switched to the RUN position, then paver will resume travel at the
same speed of travel when the switch is set to the RUN position.
If the position of the joystick(s) HAS changed from when the RUN/
STOP switch is moved to the STOP position then later switched
to the RUN position, the paver travel function will be temporarily
disabled until joysticks are returned to the NEUTRAL position.
5
2 Forward Neutral Lever controls the speed of travel forward and reverse. Moving joystick
Reverse Joystick forward moves machine forward. The farther forward the faster the speed.
Moving joystick backward moves machine backward. The farther backward
the faster the speed. When Joystick is centered, the machine is in neutral
and brake comes on.
NOTE: Machine must be in neutral to start machine.
3 Steering Wheel Controls the direction of travel Right and Left. Rotating steering wheel right
moves machine to the right. The farther right the more aggressively machine
turns to the right. Rotating steering wheel left moves machine to the left. The
farther left the more aggressively machine turns to the left. When wheel is
centered, the machine should travel in a straight direction.
Return to Return to
Component Location
Right Side Controls
Right Side Controls

Figure 5-7
1 - Dash Panel Lock Pin
2 - Right Auger and Extension Remote Screed Box
3 - Flight Screw
4 - Depth Screw
5 - Ignitor
6 - Crown and Valley
7 - Spray Down Hose
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-7. Right Side Controls

1 Dash Panel Lock Pin Locks dash panel in position. To move dash from high to low position, pull
out pin and pull handle to lower position. Lock is for high position only.
2 Right Auger and Contains toggle switches for RIGHT EXTENSION IN/OUT and RIGHT
Extension Remote AUGER ON/OFF (Figure 5-10). Also contains slope (option) when ordered.
Screed Box
NOTE: Auger toggle should be left in ON position if augers are to run. Auger
and screed extensions can be operated by a person standing or
sitting in Low Deck Position.
3 Flight Screw This lever controls the depth of the asphalt
4 Depth Screw This control sets the depth of the End Gate
5 Ignitor Used to light the other burners
6 Crown and Valley This allows the screed to be bent in the middle to match the desired crown
or valley
7 Spray Down Hose Used to lubricate and keep asphalt form hardening on the machine
Return to Return to
Component Location
Left Side Controls
Left Side Controls

Figure 5-8
1 - Sonic Auger Adjustment
2 - Left Auger and Extension Remote Screed Box
3 - Flight Screw
4 - Depth Screw
5 - Propane Tank Pressure Regulator
6 - Propane Tank Main Valve
7 - Sonic Auger Sensor
8 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge
9 - Oil Level Check Point
10 - Conveyor Drive Chain Adjustment
11 - Spray Down Hose
12 - Extension Control Screw
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-8. Left Side Controls

1 Sonic Auger Adjustment Adjusts the height of material at Sonic Auger Sensor (Figure 5-8,7) mounted
on End Gate
2 Left Auger and Contains toggle switches for LEFT EXTENSION IN/OUT and LEFT AUGER
Extension Remote ON/OFF.
Screed Box
NOTE: Auger toggle should be left in ON position if augers are to run. Auger
and screed extensions can be operated by a person standing or
sitting in Low Deck Position.
3 Flight Screw This lever controls the depth of the asphalt
4 Depth Screw This control sets the depth of the End Gate
5 Propane Tank Pressure Regulates propane pressure.
Regulator
NOTE: Pressure should be 15 lbs.
6 Propane Tank Main Opens and closes propane tank pressure
Valve
7 Sonic Auger Sensor Used for adjusting the height of material at End Gate. Connected to Sonic
Auger Adjustment (Figure 5-8,1).
8 Hydraulic Oil Sight Monitors the temperature of the hydraulic fluid
5
Gauge
9 Hydraulic Oil Sight Used to check oil level in hydraulic oil tank
Gauge
10 Conveyor Drive Chain Screws with jam nuts for adjusting the conveyor chain tension
Adjustment
11 Spray Down Hose Used to lubricate and keep asphalt from hardening on the machine
12 Extension Control Used to adjust the extension of the screed for mat texture
Screw
Return to Return to
Component Location
Electric Screed Operation Controls
Electric Screed Operation Controls

Figure 5-9
1 - Sonic Auger Sensor 7 - Tilt Screw
2 - Screed Operator Control Panel 8 - Adjustment Screw
3 - Screed Vibrator 9 - Adjustment Screw
4 - Heat Control Box 10 - Depth Screw
5 - Crown & Valley Adjuster 11 - Sonic Auger Sensor Mount
6 - Flight Screw 12 - Crown & Valley Indicator
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-9. Electric Screed Operation Controls

1 Sonic Auger Sensor Connected to Sonic Auger Adjustment. For reference only.
2 Screed Operator Contains controls for screed operation (Figure 5-10).
Control Panel
3 Screed Vibrator Provides vibration to screed frame for better mat compaction.
4 Heat Control Box Has a power switch (Figure 6-8,1), a START HEAT button (Figure 6-8,2),
and a heat cycle indicator light (Figure 6-8,3). Houses element breakers.
5 Crown & Valley Adjuster Adjusts for positive crown or negative valley in wear plate.
6 Flight Screw This screw controls the depth of the asphalt.
7 Tilt Screw Used to adjust the tilt on End Gate.
8 Adjustment Screw Adjusts the front of the extension to provide the best mat texture. Up or down
(vertical) and can level extension wear plate at wide widths.
9 Adjustment Screw Adjusts the back end of the extension. Tilt Rougher/Smoother.
(Angle of Attack)
10 Depth Screw This control sets the depth of the End Gate.
11 Sonic Auger Sensor Holds the Sonic Auger Sensor in proper position to maintain the proper
Mount height of augered material.
12 Crown & Valley
Indicator
Shows the amount of crown in screed.
5
Return to Return to
Component Location
Screed Operator Control Boxes
Left and Right Screed Operator Control Boxes

Figure 5-10
1 - Right Extension IN/OUT
2 - Left Extension IN/OUT
3 - Right Slope Raise and Lower
4 - Left Slope Raise and Lower
5 - Right Auger OFF/ON
6 - Left Auger OFF/ON
Return to Return to
Component Location
Table 5-10 Left and Right Screed Operator Control Boxes

1 Right Extension IN/OUT IN position moves extension in. OUT position moves extension out. Center
position stops movement.
NOTE: Toggle switch can also be used to operate power crown option (see
Power Crown (Option) in Section 6) if equipped and selector valve
(Figure 6-14,1) is active.
2 Left Extension IN/OUT IN position moves extension in. OUT position moves extension out. Center
position stops movement.
3 Right Slope Raise and UP position raises slope. DOWN position lowers slope. Center position
Lower stops movement.
NOTE: Optional.
4 Left Slope Raise and UP position raises slope. DOWN position lowers slope. Center position
Lower stops movement.
NOTE: Optional.
5 Right Auger OFF/ON Turns the right auger ON or OFF. Auger toggle should be left in ON position
if augers are to run..
6 Left Auger OFF/ON Turns the left auger ON or OFF. Auger toggle should be left in ON position if
5
augers are to run.
Return to Return to
Component Location
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 6
Operation
Page
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Pre-Start Inspection and Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting The Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Engine Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Stopping the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Activating and Deactivating Operator Control Station. . . . . . . . . 6-5
6
Paver Driving Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Electronic Control Steering Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Paver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Conveyor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Hydraulic Cutoff Gates Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Sonic Augers Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Auger Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Electric Flight Screws Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Spray Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Burner Ignition Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Electric Heating Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Starting To Pave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Setting Screed To Pave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Setting Screed End Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Setting Screed Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Mat Texture Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Unloading And Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Unloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Return to Return to
Operation
Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Tie Down Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Electric Screed Heating System (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Cycle Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Element Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Element Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Element Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Element Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Truck Hitch Attachment (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Umbrella (Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Return to Return to
Operation
General Information Safety

Before operating the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor • Verify there are no people, obstacles or other
Paver, you must read the following safety information equipment near or in the line of travel of the LeeBoy
and review Safety in Section 2. Model 8515B Conveyor Paver before starting the
engine.
Operation Hazard! Never allow anyone
who is not properly trained to operate this paver. • Work slowly in tight areas.
Only authorized personnel who are properly trained • Avoid steep hills if possible.
in the operation of the paver can operate the LeeBoy
• Always look before changing the direction of travel.
Model 8515B Conveyor Paver.
• Always park the paver on solid, level ground in low
Operation Hazard! Do not operate a range. If this is not possible, always park the paver at a
paver that requires repairs or scheduled right angle to the slope. Lower screed when parked.
maintenance. Put an information tag on the
instrument panel that says “DO NOT OPERATE.” • Use proper flags, barriers and warning devices,
Remove the key from the ignition switch. Repair all especially when parking in areas of traffic.
damage at once and perform routine maintenance. • Do not run engine in a closed building for long periods
Minor damage can result in major system failure. of time.
Operation Hazard! Never leave • Never open a valve to burner unless a flame is
machine operator station unattended with machine present. Heat screed for no more than 15 minutes.
in gear and/or in motion. Operator station is defined
as the platform area within arms reach of active • Make sure all valves are closed before propane is
control steering box. Operator must remain in turned ON.
operator’s station at all times when machine is in • Avoid leaving engine running without operator
gear and/or in motion. Before leaving machine present.
operator station, operator must return joysticks to
6
• Never work on the paver with the engine running.
neutral position and move RUN/STOP switch to
STOP position. • Do not change the engine governor settings.
• Always replace damaged or lost decals.
• Disconnect battery cables when working on the
electrical system or when welding on the unit.
• If battery needs a charge, be sure battery charger is
off when making connections.
• Be sure the correct battery polarity is observed
(negative (-) to negative (-) and positive (+) to positive
(+), when connecting a battery charger or jumper
cable.
Return to Return to
Operation
Pre-Start Inspection Starting The Engine

and Preparation Preliminary
To prevent costly down time, the LeeBoy Model 8515B 1. Check fuel level, fuel lines, and tank for leaks.
Conveyor Paver should be checked thoroughly before
each use. Use the list below to assist in checking out the 2. Check crankcase oil level.
paver. Failure to maintain correct engine oil
1. Inspect paver. Have any malfunctioning, broken or level is the greatest single cause of engine failures.
missing parts repaired or replaced before using, 3. Check hydraulic oil level in hydraulic oil tank sight
including: gauge.
• Hydraulic hoses/fittings 4. Make sure all joysticks (Figure 6-1,1; Figure
• Pumps 6-2,1,2) are in neutral position.
• Motors 5. Refer to engine operator’s manual for instructions
when starting engine for the first time. Follow engine
• Electrical wires and connections
manufacturer’s recommendations for fuel and oil.
• Steps and supports
2. Check engine oil (refer to current engine operator’s
Engine Start-up
manual), hydraulic oil, torque hub oil and diesel fuel. NOTE: Joystick must be in neutral position to start
3. Check the engine safety switch (the engine should engine.
only start when all joysticks FORWARD/REVERSE 1. Position joystick (Figure 6-1,1; Figure 6-2,1,2) to
lever are in the NEUTRAL position (Figure 6-1,1; neutral.
Figure 6-2,1,2).
2. Open throttle fully by pressing and holding
4. Check all electrical functions before distributing THROTTLE switch (Figure 5-2,15) in the up
asphalt. position.
5. Check burner ignition (see Burner Ignition 3. Insert key into the ignition switch on instrument
Procedure in Section 6). panel and turn key clockwise (CW) to start position.
6. Ensure operator’s area is free of debris. Do not operate the starter longer than
7. Ensure that all the instruction and safety labels are 10-15 seconds. If the engine does not start, allow the
in place and readable. These are as important as starter to cool 2-3 minutes.
any other equipment on the paver. The use of starting additives, such as
8. Read and follow all instruction and safety labels. ether, is not recommended. Severe engine damage
will occur.
9. Ensure all covers and guards are in place.
4. When engine starts and is running smooth,
10. Wear OSHA required safety equipment when throttle back to idle by pressing and holding
running the paver. either THROTTLE switch (Figure 5-2,15) on the
11. Ensure paver is properly lubricated (see dash panel in the down position until idle speed is
Lubrication Chart in Section 7). reached.
12. Fill the fuel tank with the engine off. NOTE: Allow engine to warm up for several minutes
before moving paver. The warm up will give the
Explosion Hazard! Never fill fuel tank hydraulic oil time to warm, providing for more
near an open flame, when smoking, when the engine efficient operation. In cold weather let hydraulic
is running or when screed heat is on. oil warm to 50°F (10°C) or 60°F (16°C) before
13. Clear auger and conveyors before starting engine. moving.
14. Spray cleaning solvent or release agent on any part NOTE: For convenience, there is an extra key inside the
of the paver that comes in contact with asphalt. switch box in case the original key is lost.
Return to Return to
Operation
Stopping the Engine Paver Driving

1. Throttle back to idle by pressing and holding either Instructions
THROTTLE switch (Figure 5-2,15) in the down
position until idle speed is reached. Rapid counter-rotation in either
direction, clockwise or counterclockwise could
2. Turn ignition key on instrument panel
result in operator being thrown from machine
counterclockwise (CCW) to the OFF position and
resulting in personal injury or death. Counter-
remove key.
rotation is defined as either one joystick in extreme
NOTE: If for any reason the engine does not shut down forward position and opposite joystick in extreme
when key is turned to OFF, take pin out of clevis rear position, or steering wheel is in extreme right or
on electric screw, (at back of engine) and push left turn position while machine is in gear and moving
throttle lever control OFF. forward or reverse. Make only slow adjustments to
joysticks or steering wheel to turn machine.
Activating and Deactivating
Operator Control Station Electronic Control Steering Box
NOTE: You can only use one steering control module at
Operation Hazard! Never leave
a time. When steering paver with control module
machine operator station unattended with machine
the RUN/STOP Switch (Figure 6-1,4; Figure
in gear and/or in motion. Operator station is defined
6-2,3) must be in RUN position on the module in
as the platform area within arms reach of active
use and STOP position on the other module not
control steering box. Operator must remain in
in use.
operator’s station at all times when machine is in
gear and/or in motion. Before leaving machine NOTE: To slow the unit, move joystick closer to
operator station, operator must return joysticks to NEUTRAL or from NEUTRAL to STOP.
neutral position and move RUN/STOP switch to
NOTE: To stop paver, pull joystick back to the neutral
STOP position.
6
position or use RUN/STOP switch on active
NOTE: The paver can operate using only one operator console. When switch is set to RUN, paver
station at a time. Paver is typically operated from resumes prior speed.
Left Operator Station.
Steering Wheel Option
1. If operator intends to change active operator station
(eg from left side to right side), operator must first To drive the paver, point the steering wheel (Figure
return joystick(s) to NEUTRAL position and move 6-1,2) straight ahead and lift up on the neutral lock
RUN/STOP switch to STOP position (Figure 5-5). (Figure 6-1,3) on joystick (Figure 6-1,1). Push the
joystick (lever) forward slowly to reach the desired
2. Operator can then move to other operator station speed and turn the steering wheel (Figure 6-1,2) slowly
and activate by moving RUN/STOP switch to RUN to make turns as desired. The more you move the
position. joystick the faster the travel speed.
1. After the paver has been started and the engine is
warmed up, paver movements may be made.
Before starting forward with paver
make certain that no one is in front of the paver.
2. To drive paver forward lift up on the neutral lock
(Figure 6-1,3) on joystick (Figure 6-1,1) and push
forward to reach desired speed. To move in reverse
pull the joystick backward to reach desired speed.
3. Place joystick in neutral to stop paver.
Return to Return to
Operation
4. To steer the unit, turn the steering wheel (Figure Dual Joystick Option
6-1,2) in the travel direction desired. The further the
wheel is turned, the more the paver turns. Slow and To drive the paver, push both joysticks (Figure 6-2,1,2)
easy adjustments are required. forward slowly to reach the desired speed. The more
you move the joysticks the faster the travel speed.
Turning the wheel too hard can
damage the control. 1. After the paver has been started and the engine is
warmed up, paver movements may be made.
NOTE: All the way left or right will give you counter
rotate. Before starting forward with paver
2 2. To drive paver forward tilt both joysticks (Figure

6-2,1,2) forward to reach desired speed. To move
1
in reverse pull the joysticks backward to reach
desired speed.
3. Place joysticks in neutral to stop paver.
3 4. To steer the unit to the left, push the right joystick
(Figure 6-2,2) farther forward than the left joystick.
The farther the joystick is pushed, the more the
4 paver turns. Slow and easy adjustments are
required.
Speed And Steering Control Box Option
Figure 6-1
1 - Joystick Forward/Reverse
2 - Steering Wheel
3 - Neutral Lock
4 - RUN/STOP Switch
Rapid paver deceleration will occur
when E-STOP button or RUN/STOP switch is
engaged when traveling at high speeds. Operators
may be thrown from the paver causing personal
injury.
5. The RUN/STOP toggle switch (Figure 6-1,4) on
steering box will stop paver when set to the STOP
position. When the paver is stopped with the toggle
switch, the paver will resume travel at the last speed Speed And Steering Control Box Option
of travel when the switch is set to the RUN position Figure 6-2
(see also RUN/STOP switch notes in section 5 for
additional important information). 1 - Left Joystick Forward/Reverse
2 - Right Joystick Forward/Reverse
3 - RUN/STOP Switch
5. To steer the unit to the right, push the left joystick
(Figure 6-2,1) farther forward than the right joystick.
The farther the joystick is pushed, the more the
paver turns.
Return to Return to
Operation
Paver Operation Conveyor Operation

1. Follow start-up procedures (see Starting The The conveyor is a very important part of the paver
Engine in Section 6). and for this reason close attention should be given on
integrating its operation into the total operation of the
2. Position paver to start of mat. paver. Use the following procedure for operating the
3. Open cut-off gates under auger. conveyor.
4. Adjust screed as needed (see Setting Screed To Never use cylinder pressure to lower
Pave in Section 6). hopper wings into place after lowering conveyor.
This may bend hopper wings or break the chains on
5. When material starts to discharge from under
the hopper wings.
screed, the SCREED LIFT RAISE/FLOAT switches
on the dash should be set to the FLOAT position Never work on paver with engine
(one side only). running.
6. Open hopper wings into working position. When first 1. Before raising or lowering conveyor, unbolt hinges
starting to pave allow only a partial load of asphalt to and fold side wings in and out by hand. The side
enter the hopper. wings have a double action motion causing the in
and out movement.
Never fold hopper wings fully in when
hopper is full of asphalt. NOTE: The engine must be shut off when lowering the
conveyor.
7. Set the LEFT CONVEYOR and RIGHT CONVEYOR
AUTOMATIC/MANUAL switches to the AUTOMATIC 2. When lowering conveyor, do not lower under
position and convey material back to screed. Run pressure. Let the conveyor down with engine shut
from one side only. Either the left operator’s side or off by placing the CONVEYOR RAISE/LOWER
the right. switch in the LOWER (down) position with key
switch on.
NOTE: Augers are not needed when paving a basic 8
foot pull.
8. Start paving. Move slowly at first so adjustments can
be made to screed.
Do not let the paver sit running with
conveyors in automatic for any length of time. This
may cause the hydraulic oil to over heat.
6
3. Spray the conveyor drive chains periodically. Spray
Never backup with cut-off gates
several times a day with cleaning solvent or release
open. Cut-off gates are designed to break away
agent.
from cylinders when hitting a manhole or other hard
object. This only occurs going forward not in reverse. 4. When conveyors are running and cutoff gates are
shut, there will be spillage the full width of the paver.
9. To prevent excessive handwork, about 2 to 3 ft. (0.6
This is normal. To help prevent this spillage, work
to 0.9 m) from end of pull, Set the LEFT CONVEYOR
conveyors manually when loading hopper and not
and RIGHT CONVEYOR AUTOMATIC/MANUAL
paving.
switches to the OFF position and set LEFT CUTOFF
and RIGHT CUTOFF switches to the CLOSE 5. Irregular movement of the conveyor indicates
position. Return paver back to starting position to that a problem may exist with the conveyor chain.
begin next pull. Position and set screed endgate on To eliminate this problem an adjustment to the
joint side back to 0 ft. or flush with bottom of main conveyor chain may be necessary (see Conveyor
screed. Repeat process as done in first pull. Flight Chain Adjustment in Section 7).
10. The paver can operate using one side only. NOTE: Check adjustments every 100 hours.
However, material from opposite side cannot be
Never work on conveyors with engine
augered to the working side. The auger center
running.
cover prevents this. It is possible to leave both
cutoffs shut and open the end gates on screed. This Never raise conveyor with asphalt in
method is generally used in doing potholes and the hopper.
patching.
Return to Return to
Operation
Crush Hazard! Never work under Sonic Augers Operation

conveyor without making sure that conveyor is being
The sonic augers are most often used when paving 9
supported by safety prop and that all unauthorized
or 10 ft. (2.7 or 3 meters) where augers are capable of
personnel are clear of the area.
running material over top of endgates, causing extra
Never let paver sit while conveyors handwork. The sonic auger gauges the amount of
are turning. If paver sits long enough, asphalt from material that is in the extensions.
conveyors can fill tracks and cause failure to the
Never run augers when paving 8 ft.
bearing or idler.
(2.4 m) wide.
To prevent flight chains from sticking NOTE: An operator can operate the Auger from either
inside of conveyor pans, lubricate them sufficiently side standing on or sitting in the Low Deck
at the end of the day. position.
Hydraulic Cutoff Gates 1. Set the LEFT AUGER AND RIGHT AUGER toggle
Operation switches (Figure 5-4,4,5) on the left side dash to
the AUTOMATIC position.
The cutoff gates are one of the most important functions
2. Set the LEFT AUGER AND RIGHT AUGER toggle
of the paver, when used properly. Cutoffs are used
switches (Figure 5-2,4,5) on the right side dash to
primarily to control the flow of asphalt to the screed.
the SLAVE position.
Cutoffs can be used when making narrow passes, at the
beginning and ending of each pass or pull. 3. Set the LEFT AUGER ON/OFF switch and the RIGHT
AUGER ON/OFF switch, located on the screed, to
NOTE: The cutoffs have been designed to break away
the ON position (Figure 5-10,5,6).
if you accidentally hit a manhole or ridge. This
feature will prevent excessive damage to cutoff NOTE: The sonic auger adjustment dial adjusts the
(tack underneath will break). amount of material needed in AUTOMATIC
setting only.
Never backup with cutoff gates open.
Cutoff gates are designed to break away from 4. Adjust height of material at endgate with the sonic
cylinders when hitting a manhole or other hard auger adjustment (Figure 6-3,1). Turn the dial to
object. This only occurs going forward not in reverse. keep the extension full. Be careful not to over run
the extension with the material.
NOTE: The RIGHT CUTOFF OPEN/CLOSE switch and
the LEFT CUTOFF OPEN/CLOSE switch control NOTE: When running material through augers manually,
the right and left cutoffs. try to pave so material flow to extension is
adequate and maintained.
1. Moving the switches to the OPEN positions
increases asphalt flow to the screed. Moving the To prevent hydraulic oil from
switches to the CLOSE positions decreases asphalt overheating, turn conveyor and augers OFF while
flow to the screed. CUTOFF switches are spring- waiting on material or hand work.
loaded, to return to the “neutral” center position. 5. When paver stops, set the LEFT AUGER AND
RIGHT AUGER SWITCHES on the dash to the “Off”
(center) position.
Return to Return to
Operation
Electric Flight Screws Operation

The electric flight screw is an added convenience to
the operator. A gauge is located on both sides of the
paver. These gauges will provide the operator with quick
reference to the location of the electric screw. Refer to
Figure 6-4 and use the following procedures:
Sonic Auger Height Adjustment

Figure 6-3
1 - Adjustment Dial
Auger Extensions
The auger extensions should be attached to the main
auger to increase the flow of asphalt. This makes it
6
possible to lay asphalt at a higher rate. To attach the
auger extensions proceed as follows:
NOTE: Left and right auger extensions must be installed
on the correct side of the paver.
1. Identify the right and left auger extensions by
observing the L (left) or R (right) on the end of the
auger extension shaft.
2. After identifying the right and left auger extensions,
extend the screed extension fully as follows:
a. On remote control boxes, set LEFT AUGER
ON/OFF and the RIGHT AUGER ON/OFF
switches to the OFF position. Flight Screws And Screed Height Gauges
b. On remote control boxes, set LEFT Figure 6-4
EXTENSION and the RIGHT EXTENSION
switches to the OUT position and extend fully. 1. Before paving, center the electric flight screws by
referring to the screed elevation gauge on each
Engine must be shut off to prevent side of the paver. Raise or lower until rod end of
possible injury when attaching extensions. cable is flush with “0” on decal.
3. Shut off engine. 2. While paving, refer to both gauges and make minor
4. Remove bolt, nut cap on end of main auger. adjustment to the screed by using the electric flight
screw.
5. Attach the correct side auger extension to the main
auger with hardware just removed. NOTE: Joystick must be in forward to operate electric
flight screws in the SLOPE position on left side,
6. Repeat this procedure for opposite side. but will work at anytime in the MANUAL position.
Return to Return to
Operation
Spray Down Burner Ignition Procedure

Always spray down the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Propane gas used to heat the screed is
Paver before using. volatile and combustible. Use extreme care and
The spray down on your paver is used to spray cleaning follow the instructions.
solvent or release agent on any part of the paver that NOTE: Heating the screed helps prevent hot mix from
comes in contact with the asphalt. Buildup of asphalt will sticking to the cold screed plate and produces
cause damage to components. Spray all areas of the a smooth, tight mat surface. Heating should not
paver that have direct contact with asphalt. only be performed at the beginning of the job, but
also if the paver is idle for a long time between
Fire Hazard! Never spray cleaning
loads (allowing screed plate to cool).
solvent or release agent on or near a screed heating
element that is hot or being heated or on or near any The following procedure will provide the necessary
open flame or source of ignition. Cleaning solvent steps in manually lighting the burners. It is important to
and release agent could ignite causing serious remember that propane is a volatile and combustible
personal injury. gas and for this reason safety should be a major
consideration. When treated with respect the propane
NOTE: When using spray down, consider the
will not present a problem. Follow the procedures below
environment and do not allow cleaning solvent to
and refer to Figure 6-5, Figure 6-6, and Figure 6-7 as
run onto the ground.
required.
1. Pull out the amount of hose needed and set SPRAY
1. Turn OFF all burners valves at center of screed
DOWN switch to SPRAY DOWN (up) position.
(Figure 6-6,1,2,3) and on both right and left side
Squeeze the wand handle and spray. Release wand
extensions (Figure 6-7,3).
handle when done spraying.
2. Turn main propane valve ON (Figure 6-5,1) and set
2. After spraying, set the SPRAY DOWN switch to the
regulator to 15 lbs. (1 bar) (Figure 6-5,3).
OFF (down) position and let the hose wind back up.
Propane Tank With Regulator

Figure 6-5
1 - Propane Tank Open/Close Valve
2 - Gauge
3 - Regulator
Return to Return to
Operation
3. Ignite burner (Figure 6-6,4) with striker.

NOTE: Use ignitor burner (Figure 6-6,4) to light main
burners manually.
Never open a valve to a burner unless
flame is present. A buildup of unburned gas could
result in a gas explosion.
4. Hold ignitor burner at end of main burner. To light
main burner turn burner valve ON (Figure 6-6,1,2).
Extension Burner Quick Coupling Connector

Figure 6-7
1 - Burner Flame Shield
2 - Quick Coupler
3 - Burner Valve
To extinguish the burners:
Burner Valves
Figure 6-6
1. After screed has heated for about fifteen (15)
minutes, turn main tank valve off (Figure 6-5,1).
2. Once flame goes out completely, turn the burners
6
1-3 - Burner Valves off by rotating the burner valves (Figure 6-6,1,2,3;
4 - Ignitor Burner Figure 6-7,3) to the OFF position.
5. Repeat procedure in step 4 for opposite side. NOTE: If paving on a cool windy day, it may be
necessary to maintain low heat on the screed.
6. The extension burners are held in position to the
To accomplish this reduce the pressure on the
screed with a quick coupling connection (Figure
propane tank (Figure 6-5,2) from 15 lbs. (1 bar)
6-7,2). Remove the extension burner from quick
to 2 lbs. (0.14 bar). This will provide a low even
coupling connector and light (Figure 6-7).
heat that will not harm the screed. Do not attempt
to regulate the burner with the burner valve.
High temperatures for extended
periods can warp the screed plate, cause extensions
to lock up, and create mat texture problems. A
warped screed plate should be replaced.
If extension lock up occurs, let unit
cool before forcing in or out.
Return to Return to
Operation
Electric Heating Controls 4. Press the START HEAT (Figure 6-8,2) button.
LeeBoy Model Legend Electric Screed System is easy NOTE: There is a five second delay after the heat cycle
to operate, and requires little maintenance. The system is initiated before the actual electric load is sent
consists of a hydraulically driven generator mounted in to the heating elements from the generator. This
the paver, which feeds power to a distribution/control delay is to allow the generator to reach optimal
box mounted on the screed. This box is mounted near operating speed before the electrical load is
the middle of the screed and is easily accessible to the required.
screed operator when a heating cycle is required. 5. The heating cycle will begin, and the HEAT ON
The control box is where you will select the heating (Figure 6-8,3) light will illuminate.
function before you begin to pave (Figure 6-8). NOTE: The HEAT ON light (Figure 6-8,3) will stay on
The control box has a power switch (Figure 6-8,1), a as long as the elements are heating the screed
START HEAT button (Figure 6-8,2), and a heat cycle plates. Once the heating cycle is complete, the
indicator light (Figure 6-8,3). Under normal operation, HEAT ON light will go out.
the operator will flip the power switch up to the POWER 6. If the heat cycle has completed and the screed
position, and depress the START HEAT button. During plates still require a higher temperature, restart
normal usage, there are no other controls for operating the system by pressing the START HEAT (Figure
the heat system. 6-8,2) button again. The system will run for the set
To operate the screed heating system: time once more.
1. Start the paver and bring the engine to normal NOTE: If the heat system is running, and the operator
operating temperature as outlined in the paver presses the START HEAT (Figure 6-8,2) button
manual. during a heating cycle, the heat will continue to
operate normally, and the time cycle will re-set
2. Set the throttle on the paver to normal operating to beginning of the cycle. This will not hurt the
speed (approximately 1800 to 2000 rpm). system, and may be useful on cooler days to
NOTE: Throttle positions of one half to less than full will make the screed heat system run longer than
still produce screed heat, but at a reduced rate normal without stopping.
and temperature. Do not run paver at less than Once the heating function has been enabled, the
half throttle while using electric screed heat. distribution/control box will apply electrical power to the
NOTE: Screed will heat most quickly with engine at full heating elements and the heating cycle will begin. The
throttle (approximately 2500 rpm). heating cycle is timed to optimize the heat generated at
the screed plates.
3. Flip the power switch (Figure 6-8,1) to the ON
position. NOTE: The factory time setting for the heating cycle
is 30 minutes. This will be sufficient in most
circumstances to generate enough heat to begin
the paving process.
NOTE: The temperature that the screed plates reach
will depend in part on the outside ambient
temperature.
Do not run heating elements and
auxiliary operations, such as augers, at the same
time for extended periods over 1/2 hour. Generator
and heating element damage will occur.
To help the screed heating system operate most
Electric Heat Control Box efficiently:
Figure 6-8 • Ensure that engine RPM is at normal operating speed
1 ‑ Power Switch (approximately 1750 to 2000 rpm).
2 - Start Heat Button
3 - Heat On Indicator Light
Return to Return to
Operation
• Raise screed plate approximately 1 to 2 inches off the

ground when just heating screed at start of project.
• Do not raise screed fully, allowing more wind under
the screed plate while heating. This will slow down
heating process.
• Set the screed directly on a fresh mat of hot asphalt
while running the heating system, allowing the heat of
the asphalt to help heat the screed plate.
Starting To Pave
The paver is capable of placing bituminous base, binder
and surface courses, lime or Portland cement stabilized
sub-base and graded aggregate materials up to a
thickness of 6 inches (20 cm). Guide Bar Gauges
This paver has a production rate of approximately 250 Figure 6-9
tons per hour.
Never run the paver through a pile of
This paver is equipped with electric and manual mix that has been dumped in front of the machine.
thickness controls and an 8 ft to 15 ft (2.8 m to 4.5 m) Not only will this effect the level of the mat being laid
wide screed. The paver can handle everything such as but damage may result.
driveways and small parking lots to large parking areas
3. It is the operator’s job to guide the truck up to the
and secondary roads.
paver and signal the driver when and how much to
Before starting to pave, keep the following points in dump into the hopper. Truck drivers must maintain
mind: a light pressure on his brakes to keep truck from
6
dumping material on the roadway.
1. Plan the project so that the narrowest passes are
first, (the basic width of the paver) leaving the widest NOTE: If the paver is equipped with a truck hitch, the
pass until last. truck driver will not be required to maintain
pressure on the brake (see Truck Hitch
2. Make sure to use a reference guideline. This can
Attachment (Option) in Section 6).
be a curb, gutter, adjacent mat or a string line. It is
important that the first pass be straight. It will be the 4. Always pave in low range.
guideline for the following passes. Use the guide bar
Before starting forward with paver
gauges as shown in Figure 6-9.
Avoid low hanging limbs, power lines,
and other foreign objects that can endanger crew or
paver.
Return to Return to
Operation
Setting Screed To Pave Setting Crown or Valley

1. Move to the starting position. NOTE: The screed plate is a one-piece unit that is flexed
to provide the required crown setting.
2. Extend the screed to the desired width.
1. Loosen lock down bolts (Figure 6-11,1,2) in slotted
3. To set depth, place screed on starter blocks
bars before adjusting crown and valley mechanism.
(Figure 6-10).
2. Remove crown handle and insert into adjuster
(Figure 6-12,2).
3. For increased positive crown push down on
adjuster.
4. For increased negative crown pull up on adjuster.
5. Use the gauge (Figure 6-12) located at the center
of the screed above the standing platform. When rod
is flush with tube end, screed should be flat. When
rod is past flush, you will have negative crown. When
rod is short of flush, you will have positive crown.
Starter Blocks
Figure 6-10
4. Level the screed with the flight screws (Figure
5-7,3; Figure 5-8,3; Figure 5-9,6) until neutral
position is felt.
NOTE: Neutral position is when the pressure on the
flight screw is the same when screwing either
clockwise or counterclockwise.
5. Turn the flight screw about one complete turn
clockwise.
Lock Down Bolts
Figure 6-11
1 - Cross Tube Bolt
2 - Center Link Bolt
6. To get exact crown or valley, measure the distance
between a flat level surface to the center bottom
portion of screed. Make adjustments with crown and
valley control.
NOTE: Maximum crown is 2 in.
Return to Return to
Operation
NOTE: Crown may be placed in the leading edge and/or

the trailing edge of the screed plate. Crown in the
leading edge aids material flow under the screed
plate only. Trailing edge crown puts a crown in
the mat.
Example: trailing edge crown is 0, leading edge crown is
1/8 in. With this setup, there will not be any crown placed
in the mat laid by the LeeBoy Model Paver; however,
material flow under the screed plate will be improved.
NOTE: Trailing edge crown is set at 0 when shipped
from the factory. The chain connecting the
leading and trailing edge crown control assures
that the relationship of the edges remains
constant as the trailing edge is changed to meet
job conditions.
Crown Adjustment Location
Power Crown (Option)
Figure 6-12
1. Move selector valve (Figure 6-14,1) to the POWER
1 - Vibrator Mount Nut CROWN position.
2 - Adjuster 2. Move RIGHT EXTENSION IN/OUT toggle switch
3 - Gauge (Figure 5-10,1) to the OUT position to increase the
positive crown setting.
NOTE: Positive crown is when the middle of the mat
is raised to permit water to drain to each side. 3. Move RIGHT EXTENSION IN/OUT toggle switch
Negative crown is the lowering of the center of (Figure 5-10,1) to the IN position to increase the
6
the screed plate. Negative crown might be used negative crown setting.
in an alley where drainage down the center of the
alley is necessary (Figure 6-13).
Power Crown Assembly

Crown Settings Figure 6-14
Figure 6-13 1 - Selector Valve
1 - Positive (+)
2 - Zero (0)
3 - Negative (-)
Return to Return to
Operation
Setting Screed End Gates

1. On the first pass, turn the endgate depth screw
(Figure 6-15,1) to lower the end gate until it is about
0.25 in. (6.35 mm) below the screed.
NOTE: Most operators run end gates within 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) of flush.
2. Turn the tilt screw (Figure 6-15,2) on the end gate
so the front of the end gate tilts down slightly when
the screed is lifted. This will allow the end gate to set
itself to grade.
NOTE: When paving, never let the end gate carry the
weight of the screed. This will cause screed
compaction to vary.
3. During operation, if the end gate starts to dig in at
front, adjust the tilt screw so the end gate tilts back.
4. When making a joint, the end gate must be set to
where it fits flush with bottom of screed. 4
NOTE: Keep runners clean. When making a joint, spray

cleaning solvent on runners (Figure 6-15,4). End Gates
Figure 6-15
Fire Hazard! Never spray cleaning
solvent or release agent on or near a screed heating 1 – Endgate Depth Screw
element that is hot or being heated or on or near any 2 – Tilt Screw
open flame or ignition source. Cleaning solvent and
release agent could ignite causing serious personal 3 – Depth Gauge
injury. 4 - Runner
5. On the first pass, leave about 6 - 8 in. (15 - 20 cm) of
unrolled asphalt where the joint is being made.
6. In laying a joint, if the joint looks too high or too
low, adjust the flight screw (Figure 6-15,2) on the
screed about one (1) turn at a time and allow 4 - 5 ft.
(1.2 - 1.4 m) of travel to correct itself.
NOTE: Too much adjustment up or down may cause
rising and falling effect in the paved material.
7. If making a cold joint, set end gate down about 1/4 in.
(6.35 mm); this will give a nice, even edge.
Return to Return to
Operation
Setting Screed Extensions Screed extension single adjustment:

NOTE: Used when paving over 8 ft. (2.4 m). 1. Locate single adjuster near the middle of the
extension (Figure 6-16,1).
The screed extensions should be heated with initial
heating cycle before making adjustments. Use the
wrench provided to make adjustments. If correct
adjustment is made, the pressure on the rear edge of
extended screed is the same as on the rear edge of
main screed. The result of making this adjustment will be
a smooth mat the length of the screed.
NOTE: Make adjustments only while paving.
1. Heat the screed extension before making
adjustment to extended width.
2. Adjust tilt on the rear edge of the extension by
turning adjustment (Figure 6-16,1; Figure 6-17,2)
counterclockwise. This is done to give the same
amount of compaction and slickness on the
extension and main screed.
3. If drag occurs in center of the screed, then too Mat Texture Single Adjusters
much pressure is on the screed extension and the
Figure 6-16
extension is carrying all the weight. Correct this
by turning the adjustment clockwise until both the 1 – Extension Angle of Attack (AOA) Adjuster
screed and the screed extension produce the same 2. Turning the AOA adjuster (Figure 6-16,1) counter-
mat texture. clockwise (CCW) will increase the pressure on
6
the back of the extension. Turning the adjuster
Mat Texture Adjustment clockwise (CW) will decrease the pressure on the
The screed should be hot before making any back of the extension.
adjustments. The screed can be adjusted for a NOTE: Increasing the pressure on the back of the
smoother or coarser mat texture by using the mat extension will give you a smoother, slicker finish.
texture adjusting screws (Figure 6-16; Figure 6-17). Decreasing the pressure will give you a coarser
Make sure the bottom of the screed is sprayed down finish. Putting too much pressure on the back
before making any texture adjustments (see Spray of the extension will take the weight off of the
Down in Section 6). screed wearplate and will cause poor material
Fire Hazard! Never spray cleaning compacting, resulting in a poor finish in the
solvent or release agent on or near a screed heating middle of the main screed.
element that is hot or being heated or on or near any
open flame or ignition source. Cleaning solvent and
release agent could ignite causing serious personal
injury.
NOTE: When using spray down, consider the
environment and do not allow cleaning solvent to
run onto the ground.
Return to Return to
Operation
Screed extension double adjustment: Unloading And Loading

NOTE: Double Adjuster extensions are optional. The following procedure applies to loading and
1. There are two adjusters at each end of the unloading the machine when there is a large height
extension (Figure 6-17,1,2). The adjuster farthest difference between the loading and unloading surfaces
from the extension center is the vertical adjustment. and is intended to avoid damage to the screed. In
locations where there is no height difference and there
NOTE: Vertical Adjuster is preset by dealer and should
is no risk of screed damage from striking the ramp, then
not need adjustment.
the machine may be loaded or unloaded facing either
direction.
Trailers used to haul the paver should have ample
capacity to carry the weight of the paver. Place the
trailer in a clear, level area for loading or unloading.
Work slowly and carefully to avoid
accidents. Keep the area clear.
Unloading
1. Remove tie down equipment.
2. Start and warm up engine.
3. Set throttle at 1/2 operating RPM. Set steering
control lever so paver moves very slowly.
4. Make sure:
Mat Texture Double Adjusters a. Screed position - UP
Figure 6-17 b. Auger extensions removed
1 – Vertical Adjuster c. Extendible screed - IN
2 – Extension Angle of Attack (AOA) Adjuster d. Gates below augers - CLOSED
2. Turning the AOA adjusters (Figure 6-17,2) counter-
Never back up with cutoff gates open.
clockwise (CCW) will increase the pressure on
the back of the extension. Turning the adjuster
clockwise (CW) will decrease the pressure on the
back of the extension.
NOTE: Increasing the pressure on the back of the
extension will give you a smoother, slicker finish.
Decreasing the pressure will give you a coarser
finish. Putting too much pressure on the back
of the extension will take the weight off of the
screed wearplate and will cause poor material
compaction, resulting in a poor finish in the Correct Unloading
middle of the main screed.
Figure 6-18
NOTE: A man should always be on the ground to assist
the operator in the unloading procedure.
Make sure engine is operating at a high
enough RPM so that the hydraulic pump is providing
sufficient flow to operate all functions properly.
Return to Return to
Operation
Do not let the screed strike the ramp 4. With the steering control lever slowly guide the
when moving off the ramp. This can break the paver up the ramp.
bearings on the thickness control screws or welds 5. Place paver in center of trailer or desired position.
on the leveling arms. A longer ramp or blocks may be
6. Lower screed to deck.
necessary to reduce the loading angle.
7. Shut down engine.
NOTE: If you have a problem unloading the paver -
STOP - LOOK - THINK. 8. Secure paver to transport as directed by
regulations.
5. Move paver forward down the ramp as shown
(Figure 6-18). Tie Down Procedure
Loading 1. Position paver on trailer centered from side to side
(Figure 6-20).
Paver must be loaded screed end first
to prevent damage. If the paver is loaded hopper end
first, the weight of the operator on the walkway will
tend to tip the paver onto the screed (Figure 6-19).
1. Move paver to base of ramp. Line up tracks with the
ramp.
2. Make sure of the following:
a. Screed position is - UP
b. Extendable screed - IN
Paver On Transport
c. Gates below auger - CLOSED
Figure 6-20
Never back up with cutoff gates open.
6
2. Attach tie down chains to the hopper end of paver at
the D-rings.
3. Attach tie down chains to the screed end of paver at
the D-rings (Figure 6-21).
4. Place chocks at wheels or tracks.
5. Make sure all chains are tight before moving.
Incorrect Loading Position

Figure 6-19
NOTE: Always have a helper on the ground that can
assist the operator in moving the paver onto the
transport.
To prevent an excessive jolt to the
undercarriage and throughout the paver, reduce
traveling speeds to a minimum before the paver
tracks come in contact with loading ramps or an
abrupt change in the surface. If encountered, the
track drive sprocket or possible other components
may be damaged because of the excessive jolt. Tie Down Points
3. Load paver screed end first. Set throttle at 1/2 Figure 6-21
operating RPM and steering control lever so paver
moves very slowly onto the ramp.
Return to Return to
Operation
Electric Screed The entire generator is shown in Figure 6-23. Note

the electrical cord (Figure 6-23,1) coming out of the
Heating System (Option) case of the generator at the far left. This is the cable
that runs to the rear of your paver that supplies power to
Generator comes with LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor the screed. This cable should be inspected regularly to
Paver equipped with optional electric screed heating ensure that no damage has occurred to the cable during
system. normal operation.
Generator NOTE: If damage is seen in the power cable, the unit
should not be operated until a new cable is
The fine tune speed adjustment (Figure 6-22,1) is on installed.
the manifold. The two ports facing you in the picture
are pressure (Figure 6-22,2) and the discharge port Figure 6-23 also shows the location of the main output
(Figure 6-22,3). The pressure line is on the right, going breaker (Figure 6-23,2) in your generator. All output
into the manifold, and the discharge line is on the left, power from the generator is lost when this breaker is in
coming out of the motor. The fitting (Figure 6-22,4) the “tripped” or “off” position.
coming out of the top of the manifold is the motor case
drain, and is tied directly to the lower hydraulic belly
tank. The generator is provided oil for operation by a
gear pump on the paver engine.
Do not run heating elements and
auxiliary operations, such as augers, at the same
time for extended periods over 1/2 hour. Generator
and heating element damage will occur.
NOTE: The faster the engine is run, the faster the
generator will run also. Generator is set so that it
will not over-speed.
Generator
Figure 6-23
1 - Electrical Cord
2 - Main Output Breaker
NOTE: If, when your screed heat system is turned on,
you have no heat on any screed, this breaker
should be checked. If, after resetting the breaker,
it will not stay in the ON position, a screed wiring
fault should be assumed (see Troubleshooting
in Section 8).
Generator Manifold Detail

Figure 6-22
1 - Fine Speed Adjust
2 - Pressure Port
3 - Discharge Port
4 - Motor Case Drain
Return to Return to
Operation
Control Box
NOTE: All control boxes are manufactured the same
to fit all screed and paver combinations. If your
screed does not have enough element wires
to fill all the plugs on the bottom of the control
box, it may be normal. Any plugs that are not
filled should be capped with appropriate plug
terminator.
Generator Rear View

Figure 6-24
1 - Power Cable
2 - L1 (Black Wire)
3 - L2 (White Wire)
4 - Generator Winding Wire
The rear of the generator is shown in Figure 6-24.
You can see the power cable (Figure 6-24,1) coming Electric Heat Control Box Before Wiring Completed
into the generator case at the top right. Just below the
generator case is the voltage capacitor. The capacitor
controls the output voltage of the generator, and may
need to be changed if no voltage is generated by the set

Figure 6-25
1 - System Timer
2 - Element Relays
6
(see Generator Voltage Testing in Section 7).
3 - Element Breakers
The main output of the generator is located in the lower
The control box consists of three major types of
left of the picture. You will see two main wires attached
components. The system timer (Figure 6-25,1) is
to the generator, a black wire (Figure 6-24,2), and a
located in the upper left hand corner of the box. The
white wire (Figure 6-24,3). The other two wires (Figure
element relays (Figure 6-25,2) are located in the upper
6-24,4) are generator winding wires, and should not
right hand corner of the box, and the element breakers
need to be serviced under normal circumstances.
(Figure 6-25,3) are located in the lower surface of
the box. The other block in the center is used as a wire
junction block only (see Schematics in Section 9).
Return to Return to
Operation
Cycle Timer Element Relay

A heat system timer is shown (Figure 6-26). There are Each element output from the bottom of the box consists
six terminals on the timer. The top two left terminals are of two wires. One wire will connect to the L1 circuit, and
the main 12 vdc input terminals for the timer. The ground the other wire will connect to the L2 circuit. The L1 circuit
(Figure 6-26,1) is on the left and the power (Figure is the left bank of element breakers. Each breaker has
6-26,2) is on the right. two terminals. One terminal is connected to the main
input, and the other terminal is connected directly to an
The top right terminal is the common terminal (Figure
element output wire. The L2 circuit is the right bank of
6-26,3) to the internal timer relay that controls the heat
element breakers. This bank is wired slightly different,
system. When power is applied to the input terminal, it
in that each leg not only goes from the main L2 power
is also jumped to the common (or COM) terminal on the
lead through a breaker, but each leg then goes through
timer. The lower right two terminals on the timer are the
one of the six contacts on the element relays. It is these
outputs of the internal timer relay.
relays that “make” or “break” the circuit to each element
The left of these two is the normally closed terminal to start or stop the heating cycles.
(Figure 6-26,4), which is not used in this system, and
An element relay is shown here (Figure 6-27). There
the lower right terminal (Figure 6-26,5) is the normally
are three relays in the control box. Each relay has two
open terminal. The normally open terminal is used as
separate sets of contacts operated by one coil.
the output terminal to “turn” the heating system on. The
lower left hand terminal (Figure 6-26,6) is the “initiate”
contact. When the HEAT ON button (Figure 6-8,2) is
depressed, 12 vdc is momentarily applied to this terminal
to start the timer cycle. During the timer cycle, power
will not be applied to this terminal unless the HEAT ON
button (Figure 6-8,2) is depressed again. Keep in mind,
if this happens, the timer will restart.
Element Relay
Figure 6-27
1 - Coil Terminals
2 - Contact Terminals
The coil contacts on the relay shown are at the top
and bottom of the right hand side of the relay (Figure
Heat System Timer Terminals 6-27,1). One set of contacts are the two terminals at the
Figure 6-26 top left of the relay, and the other set of contacts (Figure
6-27,2) are at the bottom left of the relay shown. When
1 - Ground Input the coil is energized, both sets of contacts will close. All
2 - Power Input the relays used are “normally open” (see Element Relay
Testing in Section 7).
3 - Common (COM)
4 - Terminal Output
5 - Terminal Output
6 - Initiate Terminal
Return to Return to
Operation
Element Breaker Element Assembly

The breakers are wired into each leg of each element. Next in the electric screed heating system are the
If an element has a fault, either in the wiring, or in the screed heating elements themselves. Each element is
element itself, the breaker will trip and power will sized to fit properly in your screed, and provide sufficient
no longer be applied to that leg of the element. The power to heat your screed plate to a temperature that
breakers can be manually reset by depressing the trip mix will not drag or stick to the lower surface of the
button back in when they are extended. If by depressing screed plate.
the breaker re-set, the breaker will not reset, there
An element assembly consists of four main components.
may be a need to replace the breaker, or diagnose the
The element (Figure 6-30,1), the wire protector adapter
element, or element wiring, it is connected to.
(Figure 6-30,2), the wire protector (Figure 6-30,3),
and the two pin wire plug (Figure 6-30,4) at the end of
the element protector (Figure 6-30,3).
Element Breaker
Figure 6-28
Element Connections
The bottom of the control box contains the system
6
element breakers, and the 6 main outputs for the screed
heating elements (Figure 6-29). Since the heating
elements are powered by 220VAC to 240VAC, each
element has two breakers (Figure 6-29,2). There is one
breaker for each leg of each element. Also shown is one Heating Element Assembly
of the two pin plugs that supplies power to the screed
Figure 6-30
elements.
1 - Element
NOTE: Any element lead can be plugged into any supply
plug (Figure 6-29,1) under the heating control/ 2 - Wire Protector Adapter
distribution box. All six plugs are equally rated. 3 - Wire Protector
4 - Two Pin Plug
Each element (Figure 6-31,1) used has a thin strip of
insulation (Figure 6-31,2) over it to keep the heat of the
element from escaping. A support bar (Figure 6-31,3)
is then laid over the element, and a shield (Figure
6-31,4) protects the element assembly. Each element
is clamped down to the screed plate so as to provide a
positive and efficient connection between the element
and the screed plate.
Electric Heat Control Box Bottom and Breakers
Figure 6-29
1 - Element Lead
2 - Breaker
Return to Return to
Operation
Truck Hitch Attachment

(Option)
The truck hitch is an optional attachment. It was
designed to improve the asphalt laying process. This
is mainly accomplished by keeping the truck driver off
his brakes, preventing excessive and uneven braking.
To engage the hitch with the rear wheels of the asphalt
truck, proceed as follows:
NOTE: Manual Valve Lever (Figure 6-33) on left side
of paver must be in Truck Hitch Position (toward
Operator Dash) to work the truck hitch.
Heating Element Assembly Detail
Figure 6-31
1 - Element
2 - Insulation
3 - Support Bar
4 - Shield
A typical element clamp assembly is shown (Figure
6-32). The clamp setup may vary slightly depending
on your screed size, or whether you are working on the
extension or main screed plates. The principle is the
same with all of the clamps.
Enough pressure should be applied to the element
assembly to sufficiently hold the element tight against
the screed plate surface. All clamp setups are lockable Truck Hitch Manual Valve Lever
with a jam nut on the adjustment screw. After tightening
the clamping stud, lock the clamp by tightening the stud Figure 6-33
jam nut. To remove an element, loosen all the clamping 1. Extend the arm extensions of the truck hitch by
studs over the element, and then the element can be setting the TRUCK HITCH IN/OUT switch (Figure
removed from the frame through the access provided at 5-2,16) to the OUT (Down) position to extend the
the outer end of the screed. The extension elements are hitch arms.
accessed by removing the top cover from the extension
screed plate. 2. Slowly drive paver toward rear of truck until roll on
hitch makes contact with the rear tires of the truck.
3. Retract the arm extension by setting the TRUCK
HITCH IN/OUT switch (Figure 5-2,16) to the IN (Up)
position to retract the hitch arms until both guide
rollers are fully locked into truck wheel rims.
4. It may be necessary to adjust the roller guides to the
inside of the wheel rims, initially.
Typical Heating Element Clamp

Figure 6-32
Return to Return to
Operation
Umbrella (Option) 3. Place canvas cover (Figure 6-34,7) over umbrella

frame assembly (Figure 6-34,8) and hook corners
Assembly Instructions to bows – tie each bow securely with tie straps.
4. Insert umbrella frame assembly (Figure 6-34,8)
1. Install Umbrella Mounting bracket (See bracket
with canvas in place into tube on curved shaft
mounting instructions furnished with each bracket).
(Figure 6-34,3) and insert bolt (Figure 6-34,6).
2. Insert ball stud (Figure 6-34,3) on curved shaft into Tighten snugly with nut (Figure 6-34,4).
umbrella support shaft (Figure 6-34,1), align holes,
5. Install complete umbrella into clamp on umbrella
and drive 3/16” X 1” (Figure 6-34,2) spiral spring
mounting bracket. Each bow may be raised
pins into position. Install locking handle (Figure
individually until locked into open position (Figure
6-34,5).
6-34,15). Each bow has two positions in which it
can be locked open. This is to allow for arc stretch
in canvas.
Umbrella Illustration
Figure 6-34
Return to Return to
Operation
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 7
Maintenance
Page
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Lubrication Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Maintenance Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Preparing Paver for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Paver Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
10-Hour or Daily Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
50-Hour (Initial) or Weekly Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
100-Hour or Monthly Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
250-Hour or Quarterly Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
500-Hour or Semi-Annual Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
1000-Hour or Annual Routine Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Maintenance Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 7
Extension Top Guide Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Replacing Screed Extension Wear Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Replacing Screed Main Wear Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Raising Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Lowering Conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Conveyor Flight Chain Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Automatic Track Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Conveyor Drive Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Torque Hub Hydraulic Motor Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Auger Drive Chain Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Track Tension Pressure Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Track Tension Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Conveyor Limit Switch Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Electrical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Generator Voltage Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Generator Speed Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Generator Capacitor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Element Relay Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Element Resistance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Battery Servicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Engine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Engine Lubrication Oil - Kubota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Engine Lubrication Oil - CAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Engine Fuel Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Engine Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Checking Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Adding Hydraulic Oil To Hydraulic Oil Reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Changing Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Removal & Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Track Component Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Rubber Track Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Torque Hub Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Rear Conveyor Shaft Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Auger And Inner Bearing Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Screed Extensions, Slides Or Bushing Replacement. . . . . . . . . 7-34
Screed Wear Plate Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Extension Wear Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Tandem Servo Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
2-Speed Hydraulic Motor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Safety Label Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Table 7-1. Periodic Maintenance Schedule
Semi-Annually
1000 Hours
500 Hours
250 Hours
100 Hours
Quarterly
50 Hours
10 Hours
Annually
Monthly
Weekly
Daily
SYSTEM ITEM
Paver Lubricate paver (Figure 7-1; Figure 7-2; Table 7-2) X X

Check oil level X
Torque hub oil level X
Replace oil charge filter cartridge X
Hydraulic Replace oil X
Replace oil suction filter X
Replace strainer filter X
Replace drive torque hub oil X
Inspect belts, replace A/R X
Inspect air intake hoses and clamps X
Engine Inspect alternator and connections X
Inspect turbo X
Check valve clearance X
Check all wiring connections X
Electrical
Service battery X
Engine Oil Replace engine oil and oil filter cartridge X

and Filter
7
Check oil level - change at initial 50 hours X
Check/clean air cleaner element X
Engine Air
Replace air cleaner element X
Cleaner
Check air cleaner indicator X
Drain contaminant water/deposits from water separator X
Fuel Replace fuel filter cartridge X
Inspect Fuel System Hoses and Clamps X
Clean engine cooling system X
Coolant Level, check and change A/R X
Cooling
Inspect Coolant Hoses and Clamps X
Clean radiator X
Adjust conveyor drive chains X
Adjust conveyor flight chains X
Mechanical
Adjust auger chains X
Screed extension top guide adjustment X
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Lubrication Chart
Lubrication Points
Figure 7-1
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Lubrication Points
Figure 7-2
Table 7-2. Lubrication Points Schedule
ITEM NO. TYPE LUB DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION INTERVAL
A Grease With Shell Avania EP Grease 2 Or Equivalent
Legend
B Spray With An Approved Release Agent
1 A Conveyor Pivot, front of screed each side under conveyor deck Weekly
2
3
4
A
A
A
Auger, grease fitting on end mount (end of day) Daily
Depth Screw (grease first in lock position, unlock and turn 180° and grease) Weekly
Flange Bearing and Fitting, on flight screw plus flange bearing, on T-handle Weekly
7
of extension, (both sides)
6 A Conveyor Chain, left and right side Daily
7 B Conveyor and Auger, as shown Daily
8 B Auger Chain, middle of paver Daily
9 B Paver, clean all surfaces Daily
10 B Tracks, between track pads Daily
11 B Screed Crown, on chain Weekly
12 B Spray any part of paver that contacts asphalt Daily
13 A Screed Pivot Weekly
14 A Slope Cylinder Pivot Weekly
15 A Main Flight Screws Ball Socket & Nut Weekly
16 A All Screws On Extension And Bearing Weekly
17 A Tilt Screws Weekly
Return to Return to
Maintenance
General Information Do not substitute fasteners of any kind

unless the fasteners are equal in size and grade as
Before performing any maintenance procedures original equipment.
on the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver, read
the following safety information and review Safety in NOTE: When performing any routine maintenance such
Section 2. as 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 hours, always
include previous routine maintenance hours in
Tool Hazard! ALWAYS use tools the higher hourly schedule.
appropriate for the task at hand and use the correct
NOTE: If the paver is operated more than 10 hours per
size tool for loosening or tightening screed parts.
day, follow the “Hour” schedule. If the paver is
Burn Hazard! ALWAYS handle hot operated less than 10 hours per day, follow the
components with heat-resistant gloves. “Periodic” schedules, where they apply.
This section gives the necessary procedures for routine Fire Hazard! Never spray cleaning
and general maintenance on the paver. Follow all the solvent or release agent on or near a screed heating
maintenance schedules and maintenance procedures element that is hot or being heated or on or near any
to maintain the paver in top operating order (see open flame or ignition source. Cleaning solvent and
Lubrication Chart in Section 7). release agent could ignite causing serious personal
injury.
Maintenance Schedule If mix is allowed to remain on the
screed overnight, possible damage can result
General Information on start-up the next day. Poor housekeeping will
The Maintenance Schedule lists the recommended time increase maintenance costs.
intervals between LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver
maintenance inspections and lubrication procedures. Preparing Paver for Maintenance
Table 7-1. Periodic Maintenance Schedule gives When performing maintenance, perform the following
inspection and lubrication information for the LeeBoy steps before leaving the operator’s position, unless the
Model 8515B Conveyor Paver. maintenance procedure instructs otherwise.
The “Hour” and “Periodic” time periods list most service 1. Park the paver on a flat even surface.
intervals. The maintenance schedule begins with 10- 2. Lower all attachments to ground level.
hour, or daily, maintenance intervals and continues
through the 1000-hour, or annual, maintenance 3. Place transmission in neutral.
schedule intervals. 4. Run engine at 1/2 speed (RPM) without load for 3 to
Preventive maintenance on the paver will provide years 5 minutes.
of trouble-free operation. Adjustment can be performed 5. Reduce engine speed (RPM) to slow idle.
in the field with ordinary hand tools. Engine preventive
maintenance, other than oil, air and fuel filter changes, 6. Place ignition switch in the OFF position.
is not covered in this section. Refer to current engine If maintenance must be performed with
operator’s manual for engine service information. engine running, do not leave paver unattended.
NOTE: For your convenience there is an oil drain hose
located on right-hand side of paver. Paver Lubrication
The changing of oil and cleaning of the Proper lubrication is necessary to maintain the LeeBoy
LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver should only be Model 8515B Conveyor Paver at top efficiency. Refer to
done in a designated area that can contain the oil and the lubrication information in Table 7-2. All lubrication
chemicals involved in any maintenance requirement. points are shown in Figure 7-1, and Figure 7-2.
These by-products should be discarded in
accordance with environmental regulations.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
10-Hour or Daily Routine 50-Hour (Initial) or Weekly

Maintenance Routine Maintenance
1. Remove any debris from screed and check for 1. Check hydraulic oil and add if necessary.
leaks.
2. To fill, remove cap, located on top of reservoir, and
Pierce Hazard! Avoid skin contact pour through. If you have a hydraulic or air pump,
with high-pressure hydraulic fluid spray caused you can fill at pressure hose off of rear gear pump
by a hydraulic system leak such as a broken for conveyors. (Remove cap and fill.)
hydraulic hose line. High-pressure hydraulic fluid
The LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor
can penetrate your skin and result in serious injury.
Paver hydraulic system requires clean, contaminant-
If you are exposed to high-pressure hydraulic fluid
free oil (see Table 4-8. Lubricant Specifications
spray, obtain prompt medical treatment. Have your
in Section 4). Take care when working with the
authorized LeeBoy Dealer repair the damage.
hydraulic system to ensure it is completely clean.
2. Raise Conveyors (see Raising Conveyor in Section
3. Adjust conveyor chains (see Conveyor Drive Chain
7) and clean mix off all flat surfaces. This operation
Adjustment in Section 7).
is quick and simple when the paver is still hot.
Immediately after raising conveyors place the safety 4. Check auger chains, lubricate and adjust.
prop in proper position.
Fire and Explosion Hazard! Do not
Use extreme care when working under smoke when observing battery electrolyte level. The
conveyors. Clear the area of untrained personnel. fumes can explode.
Be sure safety prop is properly placed into support
Burn Hazard! Electrolyte is an acid
position (Figure 7-8).
that can burn if it contacts skin or eyes. If contact is
NOTE: In cold weather, keep conveyor flight chains made, flush area immediately with water and obtain
properly oiled with cleaning solvent or release prompt medical attention.
agent. This will prevent conveyor bars from
5. Check all battery connections and remove any
sticking. Neglect could result in conveyor bar
corrosion that is present. (Check cables daily.)
damage or drive chain failure.
6. For both sides of the screed, lubricate all grease
If mix is allowed to remain in the paver fittings on the flight screw, the fitting on the depth
7
overnight, possible damage can result upon start- screw, and the fittings on the flange bearings
up the next day. Poor housekeeping will increase located on top of the extension screed (Figure 7-1;
maintenance costs. Figure 7-2). Grease nuts on extension screws.
3. Keep the fuel tank full to keep condensation from 7. Blow dust from generator unit under hopper conveyor.
forming. Fill at end of day.
4. Perform engine preventive maintenance as
described in your engine operator’s manual. Any
engine preventive maintenance should always begin
with an oil check.
5. Lubricate paver according to Lubrication Chart in
Section 7, Table 7-2, Figure 7-1, and Figure 7-2.
6. Check for damaged, or loose element wires
and harness connections. Repair or replace as
required.
7. Check for damaged, loose, or missing decals.
Replace decals as required (see Safety Label
Installation in Section 7).
Return to Return to
Maintenance
100-Hour or Monthly Routine 500-Hour or Semi-Annual

Maintenance Routine Maintenance
1. Position the torque hub so the center plug (Figure 1. All bearings are sealed and have grease fittings.
7-3,1) is at the twelve o’clock position. Remove These should be greased with multipurpose grease
the plug either at the three or nine o’clock position using a hand grease gun. Be careful to avoid
(Figure 7-3,2). If oil comes out, no oil is needed. blowing the seals.
Insert plug and tighten. If oil does not come
2. Perform the 500-hour preventive maintenance as
out, remove the plug at the 12 o’clock position
described in the engine operator’s manual.
and fill torque hub with specified gear oil (see
Specifications in Section 4) until oil starts to appear 3. Replace dry type air filter, if equipped. Refer to
at the other hole. Replace both plugs and repeat the current engine operator’s manual for service
process on other torque hub. information.
4. Change engine oil. To assure complete removal of
contaminants in the oil, perform the oil change while
engine is warm.
5. After draining used oil, clean and reinstall
drain plug and fill crankcase to the full mark
with manufacturer’s recommended oil (see
Specifications in Section 4).
6. Change engine oil and filters.
1000-Hour or Annual Routine

Maintenance
1. Drain and flush the hydraulic tank. A drain plug is
Torque Hub Plug Orientation located on the bottom of the tank for this purpose.
Fill as required (see Changing Hydraulic Oil in
Figure 7-3 Section 7).
1 - Center Plug 2. Perform the 1000-hour preventive maintenance as
2 - Side Plugs described in the engine operator’s manual.
2. Perform any other engine preventive maintenance 3. Change oil in drive torque hubs, (see Specifications
as described in the engine operator’s manual. in Section 4).
3. Check and adjust all chains, as required (see

Conveyor Drive Chain Adjustment in Section 7).
250-Hour or Quarterly Routine

Maintenance
1. Perform the 250-hour preventive maintenance as
described in the engine operator’s manual.
2. Change charge filter between valve bank and main
pump.
3. Change return filter on lower manifold.
4. Check air cleaner, if the engine is equipped with a
dry type element.
Improperly serviced air cleaners
quickly wear out engines and piston rings.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Maintenance
Adjustments
Extension Top Guide Adjustment
1. Close the left and right extensions to their fully
retracted positions.
2. Loosen top jack bar bolts.
3. Use allen set screws on top of rail to tighten the
upper slide guide rail down. Access the upper slide 1
guide rails through the small openings in the upper
cover near the front of the main screed frame. Start
at the outside of the paver, and work to the center.
Wear Plate Shoulder Bolts
4. Retighten top slide rail bolts.
Figure 7-4
5. Check for binding - do not overtighten set screws.
1 - Adjuster Screw Shoulder Bolt
6. Run the extensions out fully and grease the slide
track rails. Installation
NOTE: The slide tracks should be greased daily to help 1. Clean all areas where new wear plate will be
prevent excessive wear. attached.
2. Place new wear plate in position with floor jack or by
Replacing Screed Extension lowering screed to floor and slide pivot pin in.
Wear Plates 3. Reconnect the element power wire and re-tie the
Removal power cable to the attachment point provided.
1. Run extension out fully. NOTE: Do not tie the power cable so that it is tight. A
small amount of slack in the cable where it enters
2. Remove endgate by disconnecting tilt screw and the protective hose fitting is required.
loosen the 7/8” jam nut.
7
4. Attach adjustment screws to new wear plate.
3. Remove nut. Endgate will drop forward out of slot
and slide off of stud. 5. Place endgate back on.
4. Locate and unplug the element power wire. Make 6. Adjust 7/8” nut so that endgate will move up and
certain the wire running into the extension screed is down freely, then lock in place with jam nut.
loose and will drop away when the screed plate is 7. Connect tilt screw.
removed with interference.
5. Remove shoulder bolts out of lower adjustment
screws on top of wear plate (Figure 7-4,1).
6. Closely inspect all plugs, pins, and wires for
damage. Replace if needed.
7. Lower screed to ground and pull front pivot pin out
on 8515B (Figure 7-5).
8. Lift screed and wear plate should be disconnected.
8515B Pivot Pin

Figure 7-5
1 - Extension Wear Plate Pivot Pin
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Replacing Screed Main Wear Installation

Plates 1. Clean screed frame.
Removal 2. Set screed frame down on to new wear plate letting

cylinders carry most of weight. This will allow wear
1. Remove walk boards. plate to be moved to align with bolts.
2. Remove screed lids. 3. Place five (5) bolts in front left side first, then right
NOTE: Once walk boards are removed lids will slide out. side.
3. Remove the twenty-four (24) bolts (Figure 7-6,1) NOTE: You may need to clamp or pry around or rotate
holding wear plate to screed frame. crown in and out so that five (5) bolts in right side
line up.
4. Once these bolts are in place, bolt rear of wear plate
up to frame assembly.
5. Once bolts are started, lift screed and set on three
2” x 4” boards to hold flat. Place one board at each
end and one in the center.
6. Level the screed with the flight screws (Figure
5-7,3; Figure 5-8,3; Figure 5-9,6) until neutral
position is felt.
NOTE: Neutral position is when the pressure on the
flight screw is the same when screwing either
1 clockwise or counterclockwise.
7. Let screed all the way down and torque bolts from
Wear Plate Mounting Bolts
center out, 2 on left side then 2 on right side to 50 ft
Figure 7-6 lbs. (67 N•m).
1 - Bolt Location 8. Install screed lids and walk boards.
4. Under the heating control/distribution box, locate 9. Reconnect all element wires that were unplugged.
the element attachment plugs. Remove the
protective cover, and unplug the main screed
elements so that the main element power wires can
be lowered with the wear plate.
5. Closely inspect all plugs, pins, and wires for
damage. Replace if needed.
6. Before raising screed off of wear plate, clamp
center of crown gussets so that screed frame stays
flat.
7. Raise screed off of wear plate.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Raising Conveyor
Before raising or lowering conveyors,
fold side wings into the full “out” position.
1. Fold side wings all the way in, then remove bolts on
side wings.
2. Grab top of wings and pull out 5 to 6 in. (13 to 15 cm),
then pull bottom handle out till wing knuckles out
(Figure 7-7).
Safety Prop in Position

Figure 7-8
1 - Safety Prop
Lowering Conveyor
Remove all tools or foreign objects
before lowering.
1. Before lowering the conveyor, make sure that the
Side Wings
area under the conveyor is clear of tools or foreign
Figure 7-7 objects.
Crush Hazard! Safety prop must be 2. Release safety prop (Figure 7-8,1) carefully. If
placed in position. Use extreme care when working conveyor has dropped firmly down onto safety
under conveyors. Clear the area of untrained prop, it will be necessary to raise the conveyor.
7
personnel. After raising the conveyor, lower the safely prop as
instructed.
NOTE: Engine must be running to raise conveyor.
3. Lower conveyor by setting the RAISE CONVEYOR
NOTE: Manual Valve Lever (Figure 6-33) on left side of
RAISE/LOWER switch to the LOWER position and
paver must be in Conveyor Raise/Lower position
hold until conveyor is fully lowered.
(toward hopper) to work the CONVEYOR RAISE/
LOWER switch. 4. Clean area where side wings fold down.
3. Raise conveyor by placing the CONVEYOR RAISE/ 5. Fold side wings back with same in and out knuckle
LOWER switch to the RAISE position and hold until motion used to raise the side wings.
conveyor is fully raised.
6. Reinstall the hold down bolts on each side wing.
4. Immediately after raising the hopper, place the
Never pave with hold down bolts out.
safety prop in position (Figure 7-8,1).
Side wings may lift, letting asphalt get into conveyor
NOTE: Engine should be turned off when lowering. chains.
5. With engine turned OFF and Key ON, lower the
conveyor onto the safety prop by placing the
CONVEYOR RAISE/LOWER switch to the LOWER
position and hold until conveyor is fully lowered
and is resting securely on the safety prop. This will
provide a margin of safety preventing the safety
prop from accidentally being dislodged.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Conveyor Flight Chain

Adjustment
For cold weather, keep conveyor flight
chain properly oiled with cleaning solvent or release
agent. This will prevent conveyor from sticking inside
of conveyor pan. Neglect could result in conveyor
bars bowing if conveyor sticks.
NOTE: The conveyor should run smooth when conveyor
chain is properly adjusted. These chains should
be adjusted every 100 hours to maintain smooth
operations. If irregular movement of the conveyor
occurs, this is generally a sign that an adjustment
is needed.
Entanglement Hazard! Do not run
engine while checking and servicing conveyor drive
train.
Use the following procedure to make adjustment:
1. Raise conveyors (see Raising Conveyor in Section
7). Put keys in safe place.
2. Secure safety prop (Figure 7-8,1) to prevent Adjusting Bolt
conveyor from accidentally lowering. Figure 7-9
3. Loosen the locknut (Figure 7-9,1) and bolt holding 1 - Locknut
the Adjustment Roller Assembly.
2 - Adjustment Bolt
4. Turn adjustment bolts (Figure 7-9,2) alternately on
both sides of the conveyor. (LeeBoy recommends Automatic Track Adjustment
turning one bolt one half turn, then the other bolt
one half turn. Continue alternating tightening until NOTE: Failure to maintain adequate throttle setting may
chains are tight). The pressure on the chain will be cause improper adjustment to track.
noticeable as the bolts are tightened. When backing this paver with load,
5. After the conveyor chain tension is set, tighten maintain at least a three-quarter throttle setting.
locknut (Figure 7-9,1) and bolt holding assembly. Failure to do so may cause improper track tension,
resulting in poor performance and damage.
6. If the adjustment bolts (Figure 7-9,2) have been
run out, it will be necessary to remove a link in the Hydraulic adjustment cylinders are automatic and
conveyor chains and add a half link. This repair provide even tension on track that prevents excessive
should bring the adjustment bolts back to full travel. wear to paver undercarriage. This feature requires the
operator, when backing with load, to maintain at least
7. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the opposite side.
three-quarter throttle setting. Hydraulic pressure below
three-quarter throttle is not adequate to maintain track
adjustment.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Conveyor Drive Chain Torque Hub Hydraulic Motor

Adjustment Adjustment
Entanglement Hazard! Do not run Low Gear
engine while checking and servicing conveyor drive
train. Torque hub hydraulic motors are
calibrated and set at the factory. Only an Authorized
1. Look at drive chain through the top of the frame. LeeBoy Dealer should make adjustments.
If drive chain has excessive loose motion in it,
adjustment is necessary. NOTE: The low gear adjustment screw is located on
bottom of drive motor.
The adjustment must be made to the slow side drive
motor only. Only make small changes at a time and
recheck paver. Proceed as follows:
NOTE: Low gear operation requires the 2-SPEED HIGH/
LOW switches on both sides of the dash panel to
be in the LOW position.
1. With paver running, set both 2-SPEED HIGH/LOW
switches to the LOW position. Red 2-SPEED LIGHT
should not be illuminated.
2. Locate adjustment screw on the bottom of the
hydraulic motor.
3. Adjust screw in small increments of about 1/4 turn
then recheck tracking.
High Gear
NOTE: The high gear adjustment screw is located on top
Conveyor Chain Adjusting Bolts of drive motor.
Figure 7-10 Tracking adjustment on the high side gear is performed

1 - Chain Adjuster
2 - Locknut
2. If adjustment is necessary, loosen the locknuts
by adjusting the screw on top of hydraulic motor. The
adjustment on the motor for the fast track must be
screwed in to equalize track speed.
7
NOTE: If hydraulic motor has not been previously set,
(Figure 7-10,2) on the chain adjuster. Turn the
ten revolutions of the adjustment screw may be
chain adjuster (Figure 7-10,1) until the whip in the
required before noticing any difference in travel.
drive chain disappears.
NOTE: High gear operation requires the 2-SPEED
3. Retighten locknuts (Figure 7-10,2) when
HIGH/LOW switch on either side of the dash
adjustment is made.
panel to be in the HIGH position.
4. Perform the same check on the opposite conveyor
1. With paver running, set either 2-SPEED HIGH/LOW
drive chain.
switch to the HIGH position. Red 2- SPEED LIGHT
will be illuminated.
2. Adjust screw on top of hydraulic motor until back
pressure from spool is felt on adjustment screw.
This indicates adjustment is close.
3. Finalize adjustment by making one quarter (1/4) turn
at a time until correct adjustment is made.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Auger Drive Chain Adjustment Track Tension Pressure Relief

1. The auger chains should be just snug, not loose. To Pressure Check
tighten chains, loosen bolts (Figure 7-11,1,2) in slots
NOTE: Relief pressure is set at 700 PSI at track tension
provided for take up.
manifold (Figure 10-1,43).
2. To adjust chains for the right auger, use bolts
1. To check pressure, connect a 2000 PSI gauge at
(Figure 7-11,1). For left auger adjustment use bolts
one of the hoses going to the track tension cylinder
(Figure 7-11,2).
(Figure 10-1,19).
3. Use jack bolt under hydraulic motor mount to tighten
2. Place a hydraulic jack between front idler (Figure
chain. Twist auger forward and rearward by hand to
10-1,14) and track rail.
feel play in chain (1/4 in. [0.6 cm] of play in chain is
recommended). 3. Increase hydraulic jack pressure until front idler
cylinder compresses.
4. Tighten adjustment bolts to a torque of 209 ft. lbs.
(283 N•m). NOTE: Pressure should go to 700 PSI. If pressure is not
correct, adjust relief IN for more pressure and
OUT for less pressure.
Track Tension Release

1. Locate manifold (Figure 10-1,43) under hopper to
release track tension.
Do not tamper with adjustment part of
relief cartridge.
2. Back relief cartridge out of the aluminum block
about three turns or until pressure release is heard.
3. Make sure cartridge is tightened before moving
paver.
Auger Chain Adjusting Bolts

Figure 7-11
1 - Right Auger Chain Adjuster Bolts
2 - Left Auger Chain Adjuster Bolts
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Conveyor Limit Switch it remains in this position. If micro-switch clicked

OFF within the 6 1/2 to 7 in. (16.5 to 17.8 cm) limit, no
Adjustment further adjustment is required to the upper travel.
In order for the conveyor’s start and stop to occur at the 2. If the micro-switch (Figure 7-12,2) did not click OFF,
correct position, small adjustments may be necessary adjustment is needed. Remove the linkage (Figure
to the micro-switch (Figure 7-12,1) located on the 7-12,4) attaching the actuator arm (Figure 7-12,5)
conveyor flap (Figure 7-12,2). There are two positions to the eyelet on the flap pivot housing (Figure
of the conveyor flap: one upper, shutting the conveyor 7-12,6).
OFF, and one lower, turning the conveyor ON. Read the
following procedures carefully, referring to the figures 3. Loosen setscrew “A” (Figure 7-13,1), on the
as needed. actuator arm (Figure 7-13,2). Reposition this arm
by either rotating it clockwise or counterclockwise
1. Raise the conveyor flap (Figure 7-12,2) 6-1/2 to 7 depending where the micro-switch clicked OFF
in. (16.5 to 17.8 cm) from bottom of the tank mount during the conveyor flaps upward travel (Figure
support (Figure 7-12,3). Secure conveyor flap so 7-13).
Conveyor Micro-Switch Location

Figure 7-12
1 - Microswitch 4 - Linkage
2 - Conveyor Flap 5 - Actuator Arm
3 - Tank Mount Support 6 - Flap Pivot Housing
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Electrical System
Use compressed air to blow dirt from
generator monthly or more often if used in dirty
environment. Do not use high pressure water.
Generator Voltage Testing

The LeeBoy Model Legend Electric Screed System
generator is hydraulically driven. When the paver
engine is at full rpm and the hydraulic system at normal
operating temperature, the generator should produce
between 220VAC and 240VAC.
Setscrew “A” Location
The voltage of the generator depends on speed
Figure 7-13 (rpm). The voltage increases as rpm increases, and
1 - Setscrew A decreases as rpm decreases. The voltage will decrease
significantly if generator speed is slower than 3000 rpm.
2- Actuator Arm
NOTE: When testing the generator voltage ensure the
4. When the click OFF occurs between the 6-1/2 to paver engine is at full rpm and the hydraulic
7 in. (16.5 to 17.8 cm) limit, tighten setscrew and temperature is at normal operating levels.
connect linkage.
To test the generator voltage at the generator:
5. If the lower flap travel does not fall into the lower
limits, loosen setscrew “B” (Figure 7-14,1) on the 1. Use volt meter to measure between the two main
actuator arm (Figure 7-14,2) slightly. input wires L1 and L2 (Figure 7-15,2,3). If you
measure from L1 to the frame of the paver, or
ground, the voltage will be half of the rated output of
the generator. The voltage should be the same as
measured at the control box.
To test the generator voltage at the control box:
1. Use volt meter to measure between the two main
black and white input wires located inside the
control box on the terminal block similar to one in
Figure 7-15. The voltage should be the same as
measured at the generator.
NOTE: If your voltage at this point is lower, make certain
the generator is turning the correct speed (see
Setscrew “B” Location
Generator Speed Tuning in Section 7).
Figure 7-14
1 - Setscrew B
2 - Actuator Arm
NOTE: The setting from the factory is 1 in. (2.54 cm) from
the center of the setscrew “B” to the eyelet on
the actuator arm.
6. To bring the travel limits into tolerance, slide the
actuator arm in the direction desired. This may
require several adjustments before the correct
position is obtained. When the actuator arm is in the
correct position, tighten setscrew “B”. No further
adjustment is necessary.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Generator Speed Tuning

Generator speed tuning should only be
done by an authorized LeeBoy Dealer.
A volt meter set to read frequency (Hz) can be used to
test the speed of the generator. When the paver engine
is at normal operating speed (approximately 1750 to
2000 rpm), the generator should operate at 58 Hz to 62
Hz, or a speed of 3480 rpm to 3720 rpm. If generator
speed drops below 3480 rpm, then voltage output and
performance of the heating system will also decrease
significantly.
The generator should never be allowed
to operate at a speed of 3800 rpm or greater.
Generator damage will occur and may void your
existing warranty. If your speed is above 3800 rpm,
stop the generator set immediately.
Generator Testing View
NOTE: The generator and electrical system is designed
Figure 7-15
to work within the range of 58 Hz to 62 Hz. It does
1 - Capacitor not need to be set to exactly 60 Hz.
2 - L1 (Black Wire) NOTE: When testing the generator speed, make certain
that the paver engine is at normal operating
3 - L2 (White Wire)
speed (approximately 1750 to 2000 rpm) and
the hydraulic temperature is at normal operating
levels.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
To Measure Generator Speed: To Fine Tune Generator Speed:

1. Remove back panel from generator housing to There is a fine tune adjustment (Figure 7-16,1) provided
access the rear of the generator. on the top of the manifold. This adjustment will only
effect the speed of the generator a small amount. The
2. Use volt meter, set to read frequency (Hz), to
manifold should not be out of adjustment any more than
measure between the two main input wires L1 and
1/8 turn of this adjustment.
L2 (Figure 7-15).
NOTE: A photo tachometer may also be used to check Over adjustment will cause damage to
the speed of the generator at the motor coupling the generator and void the warranty.
by removing the motor coupling shield. Generator Speed should only be
Always replace shields and panels adjusted by an Authorized LeeBoy Dealer.
when finished testing. 4. Locate the Fine Tune Adjuster (Figure 7-16,1) and
3. Note that 60 Hz is exactly 3600 rpm. For every turn to increase or decrease the speed as needed.
single Hz above 60 an increase of 60 rpm can be NOTE: Clockwise (CW) adjustment will slow the
added to 3600 rpm. For every single Hz below 60 generator down.
Hz a decrease of 60 rpm can be subtracted from
Counter Clockwise (CCW) adjustment will speed
3600 rpm.
the generator up.
Example: 60 Hz is 3600 rpm. A reading of 62 Hz would
be 3720 rpm. A reading of 58 Hz would be 3480 rpm.
NOTE: The integrated flow control manifold is pre-set
and will maintain the generator at it’s proper
speed if the correct amount of oil is supplied to
the set. If the temperature of the hydraulic system
rises above 160°F, some slippage may occur
through the gear set of the generator motor, and
the generator may slow slightly.
Generator Fine Tuning

Figure 7-16
1 - Fine Tune Adjuster
If your generator will not operate at the correct speed
it may be necessary to test the hydraulic flow from the
pump, or check the generator motor for excessive case
drain flow. The case drain of the motor should not leak
more than 1 gallon per minute. Replace the generator
motor or paver pump if either are found to be operating
incorrectly.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Generator Capacitor
Replacement
The capacitor (Figure 7-15,1) located in the rear of
the generator controls and regulates the voltage in the
generator while in operation. If this capacitor fails, the
voltage will drop to little or no output at all.
Replacing this capacitor with one of the same type and
value will help determine if the capacitor is at fault.
To replace generator capacitor:
1. Ensure that the paver and generator engines are off.
First Terminal Set Testing
2. Detach the wires at the top of the capacitor.
Figure 7-18
3. Remove the capacitor and replace with a new one
of the same type and value.
4. Re-attach the leads at the top of the capacitor.
There are no other voltage adjustments that can be
made to the generator.
Element Relay Testing

The element relays are 12 vdc controlled, and have dual
contacts rated for 240VAC.
To test element relay:
1. Disconnect any wires to the relay, or completely
remove it from the control box (Figure 7-17).
Second Terminal Set Testing
Figure 7-19
7
NOTE: Without 12 vdc applied to the coil of the relay,
the contact terminals should have no continuity
through them. The contacts should be “open”.
If the contacts are closed, and you do not have
12 vdc applied to the coil of the relay, your
contacts are not correct, and the relay should be
replaced.
2. With the ohm meter still on the contact terminals,
apply 12 vdc to the coil terminals of the relay (Figure
Relay 7-18).
Figure 7-17 NOTE: The contact terminals should now close and
Place the leads of an ohm meter, or continuity tester show a path through them for the power to be
across the contact terminals (2 to 4) or (6 to 8) as shown applied to the electrical elements. If the relay
in Figure 7-18; Figure 7-19. does not work as described above, it may be
faulty, and should be replaced.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Element Resistance Testing Battery Servicing

When a breaker in the control box has tripped, it must be Burn Hazard! Batteries contain sulfuric
assumed that there may be a problem with wiring or an acid.
actual element in the circuit.
• NEVER allow battery fluid to come in contact with
Elements used to heat the screed are sized depending clothing, skin or eyes. Severe burns could result.
on how much area and material they are required to
• ALWAYS wear safety goggles and protective
heat. The actual resistance of the element will vary
clothing when servicing the battery.
depending on what wattage the element is in the specific
application. • If battery fluid contacts the eyes and/or skin,
immediately flush the affected areas with a large
To know that the element is correct, you should read
amount of clean water and obtain prompt medical
a resistance between 28 ohms and 60 ohms. If the
treatment.
element is bad, the reading will be very different from
this range. The element that is bad will most likely read The paver electrical system is a 12 volt negative ground
“open” or it will read very little resistance (less than 1 system. Keep sparks and flames away from the battery
ohm) and will indicate a short through the element. as electrolyte gas is highly flammable. The battery is
located on the right side of the operator’s platform
To test element resistance:
behind the disconnect switch.
1. Disconnect element one at a time from the
connection point on the lower side of the control Fire Hazard! Keep sparks and flames
box. away from the batteries, as electrolyte gas is highly
flammable.
2. Use an ohm meter and test the resistance through
the element between the two pins in the plug at the NOTE: When replacing the battery, discard the old
end of the element cable (Figure 7-20). battery properly.
NOTE: You do not have to test the plug attached to the Always turn the master battery switch
lower side of the control box. off when working on the electrical system or welding
on the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver.
3. Test between the two pins shown here with an ohm Damage to electrical components could result.
meter.
Before connecting the batteries, turn off the master
4. Test plug at end of element wires. switch, located underneath the main dash panel.
5. Before the element is plugged back in, check each Be certain that the terminals and battery posts are
wire (pin) with an ohm meter test lead, and place thoroughly cleaned and that the battery cable terminals
the other lead on a bare steel section of the screed are tight. Dirty or loose connections can create high
frame. If there is any continuity through the element electrical resistance and permit arcing.
to the frame, the element is bad and must be left NOTE: The electrical system is a negative ground
disconnected or replaced. system. Connect the positive (+) cable to the
Fire Hazard! Do not attempt to operate positive (+) post of the battery. Connect the
an element with a known short. Replace faulty ground cable to the negative (-) post of the
elements and wiring before using. battery. It is advisable to disconnect the negative
(-) cable first and connect it last. Reversed
polarity can damage the electrical system.
Keep the battery clean by washing it off whenever dirt
builds up is excessive. If corrosion is present around
terminal connections, remove them and wash with
ammonia solution or a solution consisting of 1/4 lb. (0.11
kg) baking soda added to one quart of warm water.
Element Plug End

Figure 7-20
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Make certain the vent caps are tight to prevent solution

from entering the cells. After cleaning, pour clean water
Engine Maintenance
over the battery and surrounding area to wash the
solution away. Check vent cap breather openings to
General Information
make sure they are open. The following engine maintenance information will cover
the engine general maintenance procedures most often
Fire and Explosion Hazard! Be sure
required.
that the battery charger is in the OFF position before
connecting it to the battery. For additional, very specific, engine maintenance
information, see the current engine manual.
Be sure to keep the battery fully charged during cold
weather to keep it from freezing. Freezing weather has Engine Lubrication Oil - Kubota
little effect on a fully charged battery.
When connecting a booster battery, connect one end Checking Engine Lubrication Oil Level
of the first jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of The engine lubrication oil must be kept at a level above
the dead battery and the other end to the positive (+) the “ADD” mark, but not above the “FULL” mark, on the
terminal of the booster battery. Connect one end of the engine lubrication oil dipstick.
second jumper cable to the negative (-) terminal of the
booster battery and the other end to the frame of the To accurately check the engine lubrication oil level:
paver with the dead battery. 1. Park the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver in a
The alternator supplies electrical current for charging “level” position and stop the engine.
the battery and ample electrical power to the electronic 2. Clean the area around the engine lubrication oil
controls. The built-in regulator in the alternator controls dipstick before removing the dipstick from the
the voltage output. If for any reason the wires must be engine.
disconnected from the alternator, mark them so that
they can be reconnected properly. Use the following Stop the engine before checking the
precautions to prevent damage to the alternator and/or engine lubrication oil level. With the engine running,
regulator: hot oil can be thrown causing serious injury.
1. An alternator is never to be polarized. Never ground 3. Wait five minutes, after engine shutdown, before
any alternator terminals or circuits. removing the dipstick from the engine and checking
the oil level.
7
Fire and Explosion Hazard! Always
observe battery polarity when connecting a battery NOTE: The above procedure will help to remove the
charger or jumper cables to the battery: negative (-) possibility of filling the engine with too much
to negative (-), positive (+) to positive (+). Failure to lubrication oil, by allowing the oil to return to the
do so could produce sparks. oil pan.
2. Always disconnect the battery before disconnecting

or connecting the alternator. Never disconnect the
alternator with it operating. Be certain the wiring is
properly connected before connecting the battery.
3. Always connect a booster battery in the proper
polarity: negative (-) to negative (-) and positive (+) to
positive (+).
When finished using the paver at the
end of the day, ALWAYS turn the DISCONNECT
switch to the “OFF” position. This will eliminate the
possibility of fire due to battery or cable shorting.
Kubota Engine
Figure 7-21
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Changing Engine Lubrication Oil Changing Engine Lubrication Oil

The engine lubrication oil must be changed according Filter
to the interval given in the current Kubota Diesel engine
The engine lubrication oil filter must be changed when
operator’s manual.
the engine lubrication oil is changed (see Changing
NOTE: The color of the engine lubrication oil can not be Engine Lubrication Oil in Section 7).
used as an indication of the need for a engine
lubrication oil change. The use of an engine Do not change the engine lubrication
lubrication oil “analysis service” is the only oil when the engine and lubrication oil are hot.
alternate reason for not following the required Change when warm only. Hot oil can cause serious
engine lubrication oil change schedule. injury.
Do not change the engine lubrication Do not change the engine lubrication
oil when the engine and lubrication oil are hot. oil filter with the engine running. Serious engine
Change when warm only. Hot oil can cause serious damage, or failure, will occur.
injury. With the engine “stopped” and filled with new engine
lubrication oil, proceed as follows:
Do not change the engine lubrication
oil with the engine “running”. Serious engine damage, 1. Wipe the area around the engine lubrication oil filter
or failure will occur. Clean the area around the element and its mounting base, with a clean cloth.
engine lubrication oil dipstick and oil filler cap before
2. Place a container under the filter element.
removing the dipstick, or oil filler cap.
3. Use a filter removal wrench to loosen and remove
With the engine “stopped”, and the engine lubrication oil
the filter element by turning it in a counterclockwise
is “warm”, proceed as follows:
(CCW) direction of rotation. Drain and discard the
1. Clean the area around the engine lubrication removed filter element.
oil drain plug found on the engine oil drain hose
NOTE: Be sure the used rubber gasket is removed and
located on the right side of the paver.
discarded with the filter element.
2. Place a container, having a capacity sufficient
NOTE: Consider the environment when discarding
to hold the drained oil, directly under the engine
used oil and do so according to safe and lawful
lubrication oil drain plug.
practices.
3. Using hose and fitting located on right-hand side of
4. Wipe the inside area of the lubrication oil filter head
paver, drain all of the engine lubrication oil into the
using a clean lint free cloth.
container.
5. Put clean engine lubrication oil on the rubber gasket
4. Clean, install and carefully tighten the lubrication oil
area of the new filter element. Fill the new filter
drain plug.
element with correct, new, and clean oil.
Do not overtighten the drain plug. 6. Install the new filter element onto the filter head.
5. Fill the engine with 15.0 qts (14.2 liters) of oil, Carefully tighten the filter element, by hand only.
using the correct engine lubrication oil (see NOTE: Tighten the filter element as directed on the filter
Specifications in Section 4). element, by the filter manufacturer.
6. Install the engine lubrication oil dipstick.
Do not start the engine before
changing the engine lubrication oil filter. Follow the
procedures given in this section and in the current
Kubota engine manual.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Engine Lubrication Oil - CAT Changing Engine Lubrication Oil

Checking Engine Lubrication Oil Level The engine lubrication oil must be changed according
to the interval given in the current CAT Diesel engine
The engine lubrication oil must be kept at a level above operator’s manual.
the “ADD” mark, but not above the “FULL” mark, on the
NOTE: The color of the engine lubrication oil can not be
engine lubrication oil dipstick.
used as an indication of the need for a engine
To accurately check the engine lubrication oil level: lubrication oil change. The use of an engine
1. Park the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver in a lubrication oil “analysis service” is the only
“level” position and stop the engine. alternate reason for not following the required
engine lubrication oil change schedule.
2. Clean the area around the engine lubrication oil
dipstick before removing the dipstick from the Do not change the engine lubrication
engine. oil when the engine and lubrication oil are hot.
Change when warm only. Hot oil can cause serious
Stop the engine before checking the injury.
engine lubrication oil level. With the engine running,
hot oil can be thrown causing serious injury. Do not change the engine lubrication
oil with the engine “running”. Serious engine damage,
3. Wait five minutes, after engine shutdown, before or failure will occur. Clean the area around the
removing the dipstick from the engine and checking engine lubrication oil dipstick and oil filler cap before
the oil level. removing the dipstick, or oil filler cap.
NOTE: The above procedure will help to remove the With the engine “stopped”, and the engine lubrication oil
possibility of filling the engine with too much is “warm”, proceed as follows:
lubrication oil, by allowing the oil to return to the
oil pan. 1. Clean the area around the engine lubrication
oil drain plug found on the engine oil drain hose
located on the right side of the paver.
2. Place a container, having a capacity sufficient
to hold the drained oil, directly under the engine
lubrication oil drain plug.
7
3. Using hose and fitting located on right-hand side of
paver, drain all of the engine lubrication oil into the
container.
4. Clean, install and carefully tighten the lubrication oil
drain plug.
Do not overtighten the drain plug.
5. Fill the engine with 10.6 qts (10.0 liters) of oil,
using the correct engine lubrication oil (see
Specifications in Section 4).
6. Install the engine lubrication oil dipstick.
Do not start the engine before
changing the engine lubrication oil filter. Follow the
CAT Engine procedures given in this section and in the current
CAT engine manual.
Figure 7-22
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Changing Engine Lubrication Oil Fuel system

Filter
Fuel Tank
The engine lubrication oil filter must be changed when
the engine lubrication oil is changed (see Changing The fuel level is indicated on the dash panel FUEL
Engine Lubrication Oil in Section 7). gauge and indicates the amount of fuel in the tank. Fill
the fuel tank “FULL”.
Do not change the engine lubrication
oil when the engine and lubrication oil are hot. NOTE: Fill the tank, to “FULL” before the paver is stored
Change when warm only. Hot oil can cause serious for the night to reduce the accumulation of moisture, in
injury. the tank, from condensation.
Do not change the engine lubrication The operator must be off of the paver
oil filter with the engine running. Serious engine while fuel is added. No smoking while filling the fuel
damage, or failure, will occur. tank. All fuels for internal combustion engines are
flammable. Fill the fuel tank only in a designated
With the engine “stopped” and filled with new engine area with good ventilation. Have a fire extinguisher
lubrication oil, proceed as follows: available.
1. Wipe the area around the engine lubrication oil filter Never fill the tank near an open flame,
element and its mounting base, with a clean cloth. or near equipment that can create sparks. Never
2. Place a container under the filter element. check fuel level or check for fuel leaks with an open
flame.
the filter element by turning it in a counterclockwise
(CCW) direction of rotation. Drain and discard the
removed filter element.
NOTE: Be sure the used rubber gasket is removed and
discarded with the filter element.
NOTE: Consider the environment when discarding
practices.
4. Wipe the inside area of the lubrication oil filter head
using a clean lint free cloth.
5. Put clean engine lubrication oil on the rubber gasket
area of the new filter element. Fill the new filter
element with correct, new, and clean oil.
6. Install the new filter element onto the filter head.
Carefully tighten the filter element, by hand only.
NOTE: Tighten the filter element as directed on the filter
element, by the filter manufacturer.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Engine Fuel Filters Engine Air Filter

The fuel filter element must be replaced as directed The engine inlet air filter assembly uses a replaceable
in the current engine operator’s manual. Replace filter element.
the fuel filter using the following “general” procedure
The air filter element should be
and specific information given in the current engine
replaced one time for each 100 hours of paver
operator’s manual.
operation, or monthly, for a paver which is operated
Diesel fuel is very flammable. Use under “normal” conditions, or more often for a paver
extra caution. that is operated under “very severe conditions.
Never operate the engine without an air cleaner
Do not change the fuel filter with the paver running.
element installed.
Do not change the fuel filter in an area near an open
Do not service the air cleaner element while the
flame. Do not smoke while changing the fuel filter.
engine is “running”.
Do not spill fuel.
Use the following procedures to service the air cleaner
1. Stop the engine. element:
2. Put a container under the fuel filter, before removing 1. Remove the two screws and plate securing each air
the filter element. filter cover over the air filters at the top of the engine.
NOTE: Consider the environment when discarding 2. Remove the air filter covers.
3. Remove the air filter elements from the engine and
practices.
discard.
3. Wipe the area around the fuel filter element and the
4. Clean the inside of the air cleaner body with a clean
element mounting head, using a clean lint free cloth.
cloth.
the element, by turning the element in a clockwise Severe engine damage can occur
direction. Drain and discard the removed element. if engine is operated without air filter properly
installed.
5. Wipe the inside area of the filter head with a clean
“lint free” cloth. Fill the “new” fuel filter element 5. Carefully install the new air filter elements into the
completely full of the correct and clean fuel. intake at the top of the engine.
6. Put clean fuel on the element rubber gasket.

7. Install the “new” fuel filter element onto the filter
head. Carefully tighten the element by hand only.
6. Install the covers over the filters.
7. Secure each cover with the two screws and plate.
8. Start the engine using all the correct starting
7
procedures (see Starting The Engine in Section 6).
Tighten the fuel strainer or the fuel
filter element as directed on the filter element, by the 9. Check that engine runs smoothly.
filter manufacturer. Do not overtighten the fuel filter
element onto the filter head.
8. Start the engine and check for ANY fuel leaks.
Stop the engine immediately if any fuel
leakage is noted. Do not start the engine until the
leakage problem is corrected.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Hydraulic System Adding Hydraulic Oil To

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir
General Information
The hydraulic reservoir oil level must be visible in the
The hydraulic motors and the hydraulic cylinders use sight gauge (Figure 7-23,1) to be at the correct level.
the same hydraulic oil reservoir and hydraulic oil supply. If the hydraulic oil level is below the sight gauge, the
correct, filtered hydraulic oil (see Specifications in
Checking Hydraulic Oil Level Section 4) must be added to the hydraulic oil reservoir
Check the hydraulic reservoir oil level, one time each until the oil level is shown to be full in the sight gauge.
day, by looking at the sight gauge on the reservoir. Do not remove the hydraulic filler cap
Check the oil level when the hydraulic oil is at “normal” from the reservoir when it is “HOT”. Hot hydraulic oil
operating temperature only. can cause serious injury. Allow hydraulic oil to cool
Do not loosen, or remove, the hydraulic down to a warm temperature.
oil reservoir filler cap when the hydraulic oil is “HOT”. 1. Unscrew hydraulic oil tank filler cap (Figure 7-23,2).
always loosen the filler cap slowly to relieve any
pressure in the hydraulic oil reservoir. Do not over fill the hydraulic oil
reservoir.
Only loosen the filler cap when the oil
is at a “WARM” temperature. 2. Add needed amount of new, filtered hydraulic oil
(see Specifications in Section 4).
3. Keep the oil level of the hydraulic oil reservoir at the
correct level.
NOTE: An air space is designed into the hydraulic oil
reservoir and allows for oil expansion, at warm
temperatures. The hydraulic oil reservoir will
have a low pressure in it at system operating
temperatures.
Hydraulic Oil Tank

Figure 7-23
1 - Sight Gauge (Oil Level/Temperature)
2 - Filler Cap
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Changing Hydraulic Oil 5. To be sure the bottom oil tank is properly filled,
proceed as follows:
Changing the hydraulic oil removes the accumulation
of dirt, water and mechanical wear particles from a. Remove the strainer on the top tank.
the hydraulic oil reservoir and system. The chemical b. Fill the top hydraulic oil tank with the correct,
structure of the hydraulic oil also changes after filtered hydraulic oil until tank is full.
continuous use in the system and new, clean, and
c. Crank engine and let pump transfer oil from
filtered oil (see Specifications in Section 4) is a must
top tank to bottom tank.
to help insure further correct operation of the hydraulic
system. d. Monitor oil level in top tank. When oil level is
below one-half full, shut off engine and refill top
Hydraulic oil which has oxidized or tank.
which contains contamination, of any type, can
shorten the expected service life of any, or all, of the e. Repeat this process until proper level is
components in the hydraulic system. obtained.
Use the following procedures to change the hydraulic oil Do not overfill the hydraulic oil
in the hydraulic oil tank (Figure 7-23). reservoir with oil.
1. Stop the engine. Allow the hydraulic oil to cool, until Never let tank run dry. Pump damage
it is at a warm temperature only. Slowly loosen, and will occur.
then remove, the hydraulic oil reservoir filler cap
6. Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil reservoir,
(Figure 7-23,2). Put a CLEAN, lint free cloth over
again. Add oil if needed.
the reservoir fill tube opening and secure in place
with tape. 7. Install the hydraulic oil reservoir filler cap onto the
reservoir filler neck and tighten securely.
Do not drain the hydraulic oil from
the reservoir when it is “HOT”. Hot hydraulic oil can 8. Start the engine using the correct procedures (see
cause serious injury. Drain at a warm temperature Starting The Engine in Section 6).
only. 9. Check the hydraulic system for any leaks.
NOTE: All reservoir tanks together plus hoses hold Do not use the hands on any hydraulic
approximately 40 gallons (see Specifications in hose, fitting or system component to check the
Section 4). system for possible leaks. Serious injury can result
2. Carefully remove the plugs from the hydraulic
tanks. Use a drain collection device, of sufficient
capacity to collect the hydraulic oil. Allow all of the
from an oil leak under high pressure. Oil can be
injected under the skin by high pressure. Protect the
eyes by wearing safety glasses.
7
hydraulic oil to drain from the reservoirs and into the
Stop the engine immediately if any
container.
hydraulic leak is noted. Do not start the engine until
Do not fill the hydraulic oil reservoir any problem noted has been corrected.
with new hydraulic oil until the strainer has been
serviced.
3. Install the hydraulic oil reservoir drain plug, and
tighten securely.
4. Carefully remove the cloth from the hydraulic oil
reservoir fill tube opening.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Removal & Installation Cylinder

Procedures 1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising
Conveyor in Section 7).
Track Component Replacement 2. Locate the track tension manifold (Figure 10-1,43).
Then, back the relief cartridge out of the aluminum
Idler block about three turns, or until you hear the tension
1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising pressure release.
Conveyor in Section 7). NOTE: The following step is for poly/steel tracks only.
2. Locate track tension manifold (Figure 10-1,43), 3. Rotate the track so that the master link is at the
then back the relief cartridge out of the aluminum rear bottom of the front idle (Figure 10-1,14). Then
block about three turns or until you hear the tension remove the master pin (Figure 10-1,28). Once the
pressure release. master pin is removed, back the paver until the track
NOTE: The following step is for poly/steel tracks only. clears the front idler.
3. Rotate track so that the master link is at the rear 4. Jack up the paver on the side needing to be
bottom of the front idler (Figure 10-1,14), then repaired and remove the front track roller.
remove the master pin (Figure 10-1,28). Once Crush Hazard! Machine may fall off
master pin is removed, back up the paver until the jack and cause personal injury. Always use safety
track clears the front idler. blocking in addition to jack when working under
4. Jack up the paver on the side needing to be paver.
repaired. 5. Remove the clip pin from the cylinder rod and the
Crush Hazard! Machine may fall off idler bracket.
jack and cause personal injury. Always use safety 6. The idler will slide straight out at this time.
blocking in addition to jack when working under
7. Grab the cylinder and pull it toward the front so that
paver.
you can remove the hose from the cylinder bottom.
5. Remove the clip pin from the cylinder rod and idler
8. Replace the cylinder or repack the seal kit and
bracket.
install in paver.
6. The idler will slide straight out.
9. Install the idler making sure the cylinder and the clip
7. Remove idler bracket and bolt to new idler. pin are in correct position.
8. Install idler making sure cylinder and clip pin are in 10. Lower sprocket back down toward track chain,
correct position. keeping sprocket about 1 in. (2.54 cm) out of chain.
9. Lower sprocket back down toward track chain, 11. Check that track chain is fully seated with drive
keeping sprocket about 1 in. (2.54 cm) out of chain. sprocket and rollers are aligned with chain center.
NOTE: The following step is for poly/steel tracks only. 12. Tighten tension relief back in.
10. Check that track chain is fully seated with drive 13. Lower paver to ground, remove jack and start
sprocket and rollers are aligned with chain center. machine.
11. Tighten tension relief back in. NOTE: Track tension will automatically adjust when
12. Lower paver to ground, remove jack and start machine is started.
machine. 14. Ensure that track chain remains fully seated with
NOTE: Track tension will automatically adjust when drive sprocket and rollers are still aligned with chain
machine is started. center.
13. Ensure that track chain remains fully seated with

drive sprocket and rollers are still aligned with chain
center.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Rollers Sprockets
1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising 1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising
Conveyor in Section 7). Conveyor in Section 7).
2. Locate the track tension manifold (Figure 10-1,43). 2. Locate track tension manifold (Figure 10-1,43),
Then back the relief cartridge out of the aluminum then back the relief cartridge out of the aluminum
block about 3 turns or until you hear the tension block about three turns or until you hear the tension
pressure release. pressure release.
3. Jack the paver up on the side needing the repair. NOTE: The following step is for poly/steel tracks only.
Crush Hazard! Machine may fall off 3. Rotate track so that the master link is at the rear
jack and cause personal injury. Always use safety bottom of the front idler (Figure 10-1,14), then
blocking in addition to jack when working under remove the master pin (Figure 10-1,28). Once
paver. master pin is removed, back up the paver until the
track clears the front idler.
4. Remove the rollers that are faulty and replace them
with new ones. Torque bolts to 90 ft. lbs. (122 N•m). 4. Jack up the paver on the side needing to be
repaired.
5. Check that track chain is fully seated with drive
sprocket and rollers are aligned with chain center. Crush Hazard! Machine may fall off
jack and cause personal injury. Always use safety
6. Tighten tension relief back in.
blocking in addition to jack when working under
7. Lower paver to ground, remove jack and start paver.
machine.
5. Remove Rear Track Roller.
NOTE: Track tension will automatically adjust when
6. Remove bolts from Sprocket and replace Sprocket.
machine is started.
7. Apply thread lock (Loctite) to bolts and torque to
8. Ensure that track chain remains fully seated with
proper specification.
drive sprocket and rollers are still aligned with chain
center. 8. Lower sprocket back down toward track chain,
keeping sprocket about 1 in. (2.54 cm) out of chain.
NOTE: The following step is for poly/steel tracks only.
9. Pull track to front of paver so that track laying on
ground can be hooked on to, then reverse sprocket
to rotate track to top so that master pin (Figure 10-
7
1,28) will go in at rear of idler (Figure 10-1,14).
10. Tighten tension relief, start paver, and rotate the
track to make sure it is OK. When finished remove
the jack.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Rubber Track Replacement Installation
Removal 1. Replace any worn or broken components if needed.
1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising 2. Install the new rubber track (Figure 10-2,12) where
Conveyor in Section 7). old one was removed starting at sprocket end first.
2. Jack paver off ground 24 in (61 cm) so that complete 3. Raise undercarriage into paver and place trunnions
undercarriage has enough clearance to come out and rear stops. Remove jack or lifting device.
and properly support paver. 4. Check O-ring, replace if worn. Reinstall the motor
3. Loosen track tension cartridge at manifold located (Figure 10-2,3) and torque the bolts (Figure 10-
at rear of bottom hydraulic tank (Figure 10-4,16). 2,23) to proper specs.
4. Label and disconnect the track tension hoses from 5. Connect track tension hoses to manifold and tighten
undercarriage at track tension manifold (Figure track tension cartridge back down.
10-1). 6. Connect generator cord to generator (Electric Heat
5. Cap and plug all the hoses. only).
6. Remove generator cord at generator if removing left 7. Fill torque hub with specified oil (see 100-Hour or
undercarriage (Electric Heat only). Monthly Routine Maintenance in Section 7).
7. Remove the two (2) bolts (Figure 10-2,23) holding 8. Lower paver to ground.
the drive motor (Figure 10-2,3) to the torque hub Make sure hose connections are clean
(Figure 10-2,4) and leave on paver. before removing and also before installing.
8. Support the undercarriage (Figure 10-2) with a 9. Lower conveyor and bolt hopper wings down.
forklift or jack before lowering to ground.
10. Run paver and check for any leaks.
9. Unbolt the 2 trunnions (Figure 10-2) on the
front of track undercarriage and stops at rear of
undercarriage from each side.
10. Lower the whole track assembly (Figure 10-2)
down and lay on side.
11. Remove rubber track (Figure 10-2,12) by prying
from idler end first.
NOTE: At this time Idler, Torque Hub, Sprocket, Rollers,
and Cylinder should be replaced if needed.
Undercarriage must be lowered before replacing
above components except Rollers.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Torque Hub Replacement Installation
Removal 1. Install torque hub in proper position for drive motor

to line up.
1. Raise conveyor and insert safety prop (see Raising
Conveyor in Section 7). 2. Place thread-locking adhesive on torque hub
bolts and torque all bolts to specification (see
2. Loosen track tension cartridge in manifold (located Specifications in Section 4).
on rear of bottom hydraulic tank) until pressure
leaks off. 3. Check O-ring on drive motor, replace if worn. Bolt
drive motor to torque hub.
3. Remove master pin in track chain behind front idler
on bottom side. 4. Place thread-locking adhesive on sprocket
bolts and torque all bolts to specification (see
4. Back paver up until track lays flat on ground. Specifications in Section 4).
5. Jack paver up approximately 24 in (61 cm) off 5. Reinstall rear track roller if previously removed.
ground and place on sturdy jack stands.
6. Fill torque hub with specified oil (see 100-Hour or
6. Remove the two cap screws (Figure 10-1,47) Monthly Routine Maintenance in Section 7),
and lock washers (Figure 10-1,48) attaching the
hydraulic drive motor (Figure 10-1,44) to the torque 7. Lower paver to ground and reconnect track.
hub drive (Figure 10-1,4). NOTE: Removing pad from chain where master pin is
NOTE: Do not disconnect hoses from the hydraulic drive placed will make reconnecting track easier from
motor. Hoses are long enough to slide motor out top side at idler rear.
and place out of way. 8. Tighten track tension cartridge down.
NOTE: Mark location of torque hub to frame before 9. Lower paver to ground.
removing to assure that drive motor is reinstalled
in same position. Make sure hose connections are clean
before removing and also before installing.
NOTE: Sprocket can be removed at this time before
torque hub is taken out by removing bolts in 10. Lower conveyor and bolt hopper wings down.
sprocket and removing track roller. 11. Run paver and check for any leaks.
7. Remove bolts holding torque hub to track Do not use the hands on any hydraulic
7
undercarriage. hose, fitting or system component to check the
NOTE: Before completely removing all bolts from torque system for possible leaks. Serious injury can result
hub, place jack or other support underneath to from an oil leak under high pressure. Oil can be
safely lower torque hub to ground. injected under the skin by high pressure. Protect the
eyes by wearing safety glasses.
12. Start the engine using the correct procedures (see
Starting The Engine in Section 6).
13. Check the hydraulic system for any leaks.
Stop the engine immediately if any
hydraulic leak is noted. Do not start the engine until
any problem noted has been corrected.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Rear Conveyor Shaft Installation

Replacement 1. Slide the new shaft (Figure 10-3,8) in and align
the inner C-188 sprocket (Figure 10-3,6) onto the
Removal spline shaft.
1. Rotate flight chains (Figure 10-3,2) until C-188 2. Install the snap ring (Figure 10-3,9) on and fasten
master pin (Figure 10-3,15) is located. When the rubber shield back.
located, rotate the master pin to the rear of the
conveyor drive sprocket. 3. Install the outer C-188 sprocket (Figure 10-3,5), be
sure that the teeth are in line with the inner C-188
NOTE: If the shaft (Figure 10-3,8) is broken, the front sprocket.
shield with rubber needs to be removed, then
push against the outer edge of the conveyor bars 4. Install the pivot bearing plate (Figure 10-3,4)
to make the chains rotate. using the four capscrews (Figure 10-3,10) and
lockwashers (Figure 10-3,11).
2. Remove grating walkway from paver so that you can
reach in to the center of conveyor at rear, or lay in 5. Apply thread-locking adhesive on taper head bolt
under engine platform to reach center. (Figure 10-3,1).
3. Push back the rubber shield at the center of the 6. Attach the outer drive sprocket (Figure 10-3,3) with
conveyor at the rear so that the snap ring (Figure taper headed bolt (Figure 10-3,1) and countersunk
10-3,9) can be removed off the shaft. washer (Figure 10-3,2).
4. Run screed extension out fully on side to be 7. Put 80 chain on and lubricate the chain.
changed. 8. Adjust chain for about 1/4 in. (0.64 cm) play.
NOTE: The front screed arm bolt may need to be 9. Place chain guard back on.
removed to tilt arm out of the way.
10. Hook screed arm in place.
5. Remove the chain guard and 80 chain that drives
11. Adjust main flight chains and let the conveyors run
the conveyor.
for a short period of time. Then recheck the chain
NOTE: The flight chains can be loosened to allow the adjustment.
shaft to come out easier.
12. Place grating back on when finished.
6. Remove capscrew (Figure 10-3,1) and countersunk
NOTE: Conveyors should be adjusted about every 100
washer (Figure 10-3,2) then remove the outer 80
hours to avoid damage to the conveyor rear
drive sprocket (Figure 10-3,3).
shafts and the chains.
7. Remove the four capscrews (Figure 10-3,10) and
NOTE: Keep the conveyors clean and well lubricated.
washers (Figure 10-3,11), then remove conveyor
mounting plate with bearing (Figure 10-3,4). NOTE: If the conveyor or flight chains are adjusted all
the way out, locate the master link and remove
NOTE: Do not remove the master pin on the inner C-188
it. Remove 1 block link and 2 sidebars on each
chain. Let the sprocket and chain stay together.
chain, then replace with C-188 1/2 links. (There
8. Remove C-188 master link (Figure 10-3,13) and lay is not enough room to take a link out without
the chain away from the sprocket on the outer side. installing a 1/2 link back).
9. The rear shaft (Figure 10-3,8) and outer C-188
sprocket (Figure 10-3,5) will pull straight out at this
time.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Auger And Inner Bearing Installation

Replacement NOTE: When installing the new augers be sure to align
augers the same as the removed augers. It is
Removal very easy to install augers backwards.
1. Remove rear grating over auger assembly. 1. Install new augers (Figure 10-5,15,16) making
2. Run screed extension all the way out. sure that they are on correct side to auger material
outward.
NOTE: This provides room to stand in behind auger
back to remove top portion of auger cover. Auger 2. Tighten bearing setscrew to help hold auger shaft
cover is in three pieces with a small tack to hold from moving outward.
cover together while building. 3. Slide auger collar (Figure 10-5,6) on end of auger
3. Remove four nuts holding cover (Figure 10-5,1) on shaft and bolt end mount (Figure 10-5,8,9) back on.
and pry cover apart. Torque mounting screws to 78 ft. lbs. (106 N•m)
4. Clean asphalt build up from around cover. 4. Push collar (Figure 10-5,11) all the way in against
end mount (Figure 10-5,8,9) and attach with
NOTE: Heating asphalt may be required. setscrews (four setscrews, two on outside and two
5. Remove middle and bottom portion of cover by on inside).
laying on conveyor under engine. 5. Replace bronze bushing (Figure 10-5,7) in the end
6. Rotate augers so that master link is centered at mounts.
front. 6. Place auger chains back on and adjust auger
7. Loosen auger chains by sliding auger motors motors (Figure 10-5,4) up to tighten chains.
(Figure 10-5,4) down from backside after loosening Use adjusting bolt to tighten motor, then snug
the two bolts securing mounting brackets (Figure bottom motor mount bolts (make sure chains have
10-5,5). approximately 1/4” of slack).
8. Remove auger end mounts (Figure 10-5,8,9) so 7. Make sure motor is level then tighten top and
that augers can be removed through opening in bottom bolts to a torque of 150 ft. lbs. (155 N•m). Do
sides. the same for the other side.
9. Remove augers (Figure 10-5,15,16) and lay augers 8. Lubricate chains.
7
on the ground in the same position as removed. This 9. Place auger cover (Figure 10-5,1) back in place
will help insure proper installation of the new augers. making sure slot for auger shaft is sealed shut.
10. Check inner auger bearing (Figure 10-5,12) and 10. Place grating back on over auger.
replace at this time if faulty.
11. Run augers and make sure everything is correct.
NOTE: Auger chains can be lubricated each day by
spraying oil or chain lube in through slots where
auger motor is adjusted.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Screed Extensions, Slides Or Screed Wear Plate Replacement

Bushing Replacement Removal
NOTE: When replacing bushings, the bushings need to 1. Run screed extension all the way in.
be honed if 1-1/2” rods (Figure 10-37,4) do not
2. Remove the cylinder covers, (Figure 10-27,19,20)
slide in.
the walk boards (Figure 10-36,1), and the screed
Removal lids (Figure 10-27,7).
1. Remove cylinder covers (Figure 10-27,19,20). NOTE: For electrically heated screed, remove all wiring
2. Run screed extension out completely. and heating elements.
3. Remove cylinder pin (Figure 10-47,6). 3. Remove the twenty-four (24) 3/8” bolts holding the
wear plate (Figure 10-27,13) to the screed frame
4. Remove the four 1/2” bolts (Figure 10-37,9) lock on each side.
washers(Figure 10-37,8), and flat washers (Figure
10-37,7) in extension rods (Figure 10-37,6) holding 4. Clamp the center portion of the screed frame so
the extension on. that when the screed frame is raised up off the worn
wear plate the clamp will hold the frame in place.
5. After bolts have been removed, pull extension out of
the way. 5. Raise the screed up and remove the worn wear
plate.
6. Pull 1-1/2” rods (Figure 10-37,6) out of slide (Figure
10-37,2). 6. Clean all material buildup from the screed frame
before bolting in the new wear plate.
7. Loosen five bolts (Figure 10-27,21) attaching top
guide (Figure 10-27,17). This will let main slide Installation
(Figure 10-37,2) come out easily. At this time 1. Set the new wear plate down level on 3 blocks,
bushings (Figure 10-37,4) can be replaced or main placing one block in the center and one at each end.
slide can be replaced. Make certain the extensions are raised all the way
Installation up to prevent extensions from holding the screed
frame off the wear plate.
1. Clean area where slides (Figure 10-37,2) are
installed, and lubricate before reinstalling the slide. 2. Lower the screed frame down on the new wear
plate.
2. Loosen guide (Figure 10-37,17) and drive guide
down tight against slide by using allen set screws. NOTE: Do not tighten the bolts in the next step until all
the bolts are installed.
3. Slide 1-1/2” rods (Figure 10-37,6) back into slide
(Figure 10-37,2). 3. Install five bolts in one side at the front to hold the
wear plate.
4. Secure rods (Figure 10-37,6) with capscrew
(Figure 10-37,9) lockwasher (Figure 10-37,8), and 4. Loosen the vibrator on the slotted side and adjust
flat washers (Figure 10-37,7). the crown. This will move the screed frame in and
out on the wear plate to help align the bolts on the
5. Make sure extension is mounted flush with bottom opposite side.
of screed plate.
5. Once the front bolts are installed install the rear
6. Hook cylinders (Figure 10-47,1,2) back to bolts.
extensions using pin (Figure 10-47,6) and put
cylinder cover (Figure 10-27,19,20) back on. 6. When all of the bolts have been started make sure
the screed frame and the wear plate are flat.
7. Run extension out and grease the extension well
before operating “in” and “out”. 7. Torque bolts to 55 ft. lbs. (74 N•m). Start inside and
move outward by rotating from the left to the right
side. This will keep the screed relaxed.
NOTE: Install all wiring and elements if electric.
8. Place the screed lids, the walk boards and the
cylinder covers back on the screed.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Extension Wear Plate Tandem Servo Pump

Replacement Replacement
Removal Removal
1. Run the extensions all the way out. 1. Remove the right side cover.
2. Remove the endgates by removing the tilt screw and 2. Remove the right side access door cover.
7/8” nut on each side. The endgate will tilt forward
3. Remove the top right side cover and right side
out of the holder and slide off the 7/8” bolt.
cover.
3. Disconnect the extension adjuster (Figure 10-28,4)
4. Label and disconnect the hoses to the tandem
from the wear plate (Figure 10-28,2), by removing
propulsion hydraulic pump, plugging the hoses and
locknut, washer, and shoulder bolt (Figure 10-
capping the fitting on the hydraulic pump.
28,6).
5. Label and disconnect the hoses to the tandem
4. Remove the front extension hinge shield (Figure
auxiliary hydraulic pump, plugging the hoses and
10-28,16).
capping the fitting on the hydraulic pump.
NOTE: For electrically heated screed, remove all wiring
NOTE: If Tandem Auxiliary Pump is functioning properly
and heating elements.
leave hoses attached and slide out of Main
5. Slide the hinge pin (Figure 10-28,8) out and the Pump.
wear plate (Figure 10-28,2) will fall off.
Pump assembly is very heavy and must
Installation be properly supported with a sling before loosening
1. Hold the new wear plate (Figure 10-28,2) in place mounting bolts.
and slide the hinge pin (Figure 10-28,8) in place. 6. Place a sling around the pump assembly to provide
2. Fasten the extension adjuster (Figure 10-28,4) support.
back to the wear plate (Figure 10-28,2) with 7. Remove the two screws attaching pump assembly
locknut, washer, and shoulder bolt (Figure 10- to the pump plate cover.
28,6).
8. Slide the pump assembly out of the splined
NOTE: Install all wiring and elements if electric. coupling.
7
3. Put the front hinge shield (Figure 10-28,16) back 9. Using the sling, lift pump assembly with auxiliary
on. pump assembly out of paver and place on a flat
4. Install endgate and tilt screw back on the paver. surface.
Auxiliary Pump (if necessary)
NOTE: This pump stays on machine while changing
Servo Pump. Do not disconnect hoses.
10. Remove the two screws attaching the tandem
auxiliary hydraulic pump to the tandem propulsion
hydraulic pump.
11. Remove the o-ring from between the pumps.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Installation (if Auxiliary Pump was removed) 2-Speed Hydraulic Motor

NOTE: (If auxiliary pump was removed.) Replacement
1. Place a small amount of hydraulic oil on the oring Removal
and install o-ring between the pumps.
1. Turn the paver off.
2. Carefully support auxiliary pump and align the
mounting holes in the auxiliary pump with the 2. Check to be sure there is no hydraulic pressure.
mounting on pump. 3. Label and disconnect the hoses to the hydraulic
3. Attach the pumps with the two mounting screws. motor (Figure 10-1,44).
4. Torque the screws to 89 ft. lbs. (121 N•m). 4. Plug the hoses and cap the fitting on the hydraulic
motor.
Pump assembly is very heavy and must
be properly supported with a sling before loosening 5. Support hydraulic motor, then remove the two
mounting bolts. screws (Figure 10-1,47) and lockwashers (Figure
10-1,48) attaching the hydraulic motor to the torque
5. Support the complete pump assembly with a sling hub and carefully remove the motor from the torque
and lift assembly into paver. hub.
6. Carefully slide pump assembly into splined coupling 6. Remove the o-ring (Figure 10-1,46).
and align mounting holes with the pump plate cover
mounting holes (grease splines before installing). 7. Drain the hydraulic oil from the hydraulic motor.
Discard or repair the hydraulic motor as appropriate.
7. Attach the pumps with the two mounting screws.
Installation
8. Torque the screws to 89 ft. lbs. (121 N•m).
1. Lubricate a new o-ring (Figure 10-1,46) with
9. Remove plugs and caps and connect hydraulic hydraulic oil and install on torque hub.
hoses to pumps are previously labeled.
2. Attach hydraulic motor to torque hub using two
10. Check hydraulic oil level in tank and add hydraulic capscrews (Figure 10-1,47) and lockwashers
oil if necessary. (Figure 10-1,48).
11. Install the right side cover. 3. Torque capscrews (Figure 10-1,47) to 120 ft. lbs
12. Install the right side access door cover. (163 N•m).
13. Install the top right side cover and right side cover. 4. Remove plugs from hydraulic hoses and connect
the hydraulic hoses in accordance with the labels.
14. Install the spray hose assembly on the top right side
cover. 5. Operate paver and check for leaks.
15. Start the paver (see Starting The Engine in Section NOTE: When installing motor dry, crank and let run
6). for approximately 10 minutes to work air out of
system before engaging to move.
16. Check to be sure there is no hydraulic oil leaks.
17. Let machine idle for approximately 10 minutes
before operating. This will allow pump and motor
cases to fill with oil and ensure pumps are not
damaged.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
Safety Label Installation 5. Peel back the remaining paper and carefully smooth
the remaining portion of the label in place.
Anytime the LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver has
been repainted or the safety labels have been removed, 6. Small air pockets can be pierced with a pin and
damaged or can’t be read, a new set of labels should be smoothed out using the piece of label backing
ordered and reinstalled for safe operation (Figure 2-1; paper.
Figure 2-2). 7. If the label has a protective top paper, use hot soapy
1. Be sure that the installation area is clean and dry. water on the surface to which the label is being
Use hot soapy water and dry the area thoroughly applied. Leave wet. After determining the location,
before installing decals. remove the backing paper and soak the label in
clean soapy water before application. This will help
2. Determine the exact position by taking prevent air bubbles in the finished label.
measurements and test fitting before you remove
the backing paper. 8. Smooth the label into place with a sponge and
check for air bubbles. Small air pockets may be
3. For safety labels with no top protection paper, pierced with a pin and smoothed out. When the label
determine the label location and remove the is completely smoothed out, carefully remove the
smallest portion of the split backing paper. top paper.
4. Align the label over the specified area and carefully
press the small portion with the exposed adhesive
backing into place.
Return to Return to
Maintenance
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 8
Troubleshooting
Page
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Troubleshooting Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Electric Screed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Conveyor Asphalt Paver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Controller User Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vibrator/Electric Actuator Relay And Backup Alarm Outputs. . . . . . 8-6
Pump Control Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Brake Release/Pump Neutral Bypass Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Optimize Dual Joystick Steering Control Box:. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Optimize Steering Wheel With FNR Joystick Control Box:. . . . . . . 8-8
Calibrate Steering Wheel With FNR Joystick Control Box: . . . . . . . 8-9
Steering/Acceleration And Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Steering Box Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Neutral Safety Lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Critical Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Charts
The troubleshooting charts below identify the most If the problem persists, see your authorized LeeBoy
common symptoms of failure. Use these charts to help Dealer (see Contact Information in Section 3).
identify the failed component and possible remedies.
Electric Screed
Table 8-1. Electric Screed Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM CAUSE REMEDY
Electric Screed heating Control box power switch not in Ensure that the screed control box power
system will not operate at “on” position. switch is “on”.
all. Breakers are in a tripped position Ensure all element breakers are in their “set”
with no breakers showing a tripped position with no breakers showing a tripped
condition. condition.
Engine not operating at proper Ensure the paver is running. Set the throttle on
throttle. the paver to full engine RPM.
NOTE: Throttle positions less than full will still
produce screed heat, but at a drastically
reduced rate and temperature.
Generator malfunction. See generator voltage testing.
Electric Screed heats, but Screed section not plugged into Ensure the screed not heating is plugged into
one screed section does bottom of control box out puts. the bottom of the control box out puts.
not. Element breakers for screed Ensure the element breakers for that screed
section in a tripped condition. section are not tripped.
Faulty element relay. See Testing element relays, or Testing element
resistance.
When starting the electric Heat system timed out. See Testing system timer.
heat system, it will not stay
running long, or at all.
Electric Screed is heating, Engine not operating at proper Ensure the paver is running. Set the throttle on
but never gets hot enough throttle. the paver to full engine RPM.
to pave.
NOTE: Throttle positions less than full will still
produce screed heat, but at a drastically
reduced rate and temperature.
Elements improperly clamped. Go over proper element installation
procedures, and ensure elements are clamped
properly.
Generator malfunction. See Generator speed tuning.
See Generator voltage testing.
Electric heating system “Heat On” light is burned out. Replace the “Heat On” light.
seems to be working, but
the light isn’t on.
Elements have been tested Faulty element wiring. Test or inspect element wiring.
but the breaker still trips. Faulty breaker. Replace defective breaker.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Conveyor Asphalt Paver

Table 8-2. Paver Troubleshooting
Engine does not start Defective battery or low battery Replace or charge battery as applicable
charge
MASTER switch not in ON position Set switch to the ON position
Steering control not centered Center steering control to activate neutral
switch
Insufficient fuel supply Fill fuel tank
Fault in engine Refer to engine owner’s manual
Safety switch faulty Replace
Wires not making good connection Make sure wires are tight
on solenoid
Plug in switch box unplugged Plug back in
Solenoid plunger sticking Clean plunger
Fuel solenoid coil defective Replace coil
Starter or solenoid faulty Replace or rebuild
Neutral switch defective Replace
Start relay faulty Replace
Engine cuts off and will not Low fuel Add fuel to fuel tank
start. (Turns over but will not Faulty fuel solenoid Replace solenoid
start)
Low Battery Faulty alternator Replace or rebuild
Paver will not move RUN/STOP switch faulty Check RUN/STOP switch
Electrical cord Faulty Check electrical cord.
Paver will not run straight One of the hydraulic drive motors is Readjust motors
out of adjustment
Steering control not centered Center steering control
Travel pump defective Replace pump or rebuild
8
Paver does not change Defective switch Replace switch
speed when 2-SPEED Defective solenoid Replace solenoid
HIGH/LOW SWITCH is
Defective drive motor Replace drive motor
toggled
Tracks not running smooth Tracks too loose Tighten tracks
Too low engine RPM to hold track Rev engine to full RPM and throttle back to
tension one-half
Track rollers worn Replace
Track tension pressure Check pressure.
NOTE: Pressure should be set to 350 PSI
Paver will not pull on one or Faulty hydraulic motor Adjust
both sides Pump pressure too low Pump pressure should be 3000 PSI
Faulty torque hub Rebuild or replace
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Table 8-2. Paver Troubleshooting (continued)

Engine runs but no Engine rpm too low Increase engine speed
hydraulics Pump drive coupling faulty Replace
Defective pump Replace
Auger hanging up or will not Chain too loose Adjust
turn Chain broke Replace
Faulty motor Replace
Solenoid valve defective Replace solenoid
Asphalt set up around auger Keep clean and oiled
Screed extensions binding Asphalt set up around extension Keep clean and oiled
Screed extension loose Out of adjustment Adjust hold downs on extensions
(work up and down)
Screed leaving streak down No lead crown in screed Crown leading edge of screed (see Setting
center of pavement Crown or Valley in Section 6)
Screed worn out Replace
Extensions set too low Adjust extension. Always start out in the
morning with extensions all the way up, no down
pressure
Screed not heated properly Set propane pressure at 15 PSI for about 5 to 8
minutes
Screed leaving ripples Extension set too low Readjust extensions
Extensions work up and down Adjust top guide
Extension rod bushings worn Replace bushings
Flight screw locking up Twisting screed too far Give screed time to react
Screw seized Replace screw
Flight screw bearing Twisting screed too far Give screed time to react
damage Loading and unloading Check ramps for easy access
Flame coming out of end of Raw gas from burners Adjust burners in or out of hole
screed Turn cutoff valve slowly to OFF, when flame
goes out turn valve back on fully
Hydraulic oil running out of Hydraulic oil tank overfilled Drain 5 to 6 in. (12.7 to 15 cm) from top of tank
breather cap Air in bottom of tank Bleed if you don’t have vent hose
Oil over heated Slow paver down about 10% to 15%
Check oil cooler and thermostat
Hydraulic pump cavitation Low level in hydraulic tank Fill
or lost power Clogged filters Replace
Suction hose loose Retighten
Charge pump worn Rebuild
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Table 8-2. Paver Troubleshooting (continued)

Feeder does not work on Defective AUTOMATIC/MANUAL Replace switch
one or both sides switch
Solenoid defective Replace solenoid
Feeder drive chain broken Repair chain
Defective conveyor motor Replace motor
Rear conveyor shaft broken Replace conveyor shaft
Feeder flight bars hang up Flight chains too loose Adjust. If adjusted all the way and a link is
removed you must install a 1/2 link
Feeder drive chain too loose Adjust every 100 hours
Loss of power to drives Relief out of adjustment Check pressure. Drive - 3000 PSI, feeders
feeder or augers 2400 PSI, augers and cylinders 2000 PSI
Piston groups worn out Replace
Auxiliary pump worn out Replace
Electric screed does not Defective SCREED LIFT RAISE/ Replace switch
work FLOAT switch
Defective solenoid Replace solenoid
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Controller User Guide Pump Control Outputs

The Plus One controller is setup to operate dual
Startup hydrostatic pumps, two options are built in; the low
When the key is turned on the status light will come current outputs for the series pumps (default setting),
on for approximately 3 second while the Plus One and high current outputs for the H1 series.
powers up. The status light will turn off when the paver If the H1 pumps are used you must switch the Plus One
is ready to start. If the light stays on this means that the to high current outputs
joystick(s) in the control box are not in NEUTRAL and
the Plus One will not allow the engine to start. Placing Adjustment should only be done by an
the joystick(s) in NEUTRAL will turn off this light and Authorized LeeBoy Dealer.
allow the engine to start. If the light starts to blink see To Set For High Current Output:
Table 8-5. Fault Codes for Status LED in section 8 of
this manual. 1. Turn the paver off.
2. Open the dash board panel and locate the High
Optimization Output connector and plug it into the High Output
After installing this software the steering control box(es) receptacle.
will require optimization as well as calibration (which will
be discussed in the next section).
Brake Release/Pump Neutral
The software will automatically recognize which type of
Bypass Valve
steering control (Dual Joystick or Steering Wheel with This +12 vdc output is turned on when any joystick is not
FORWARD/NEUTRAL/REVERSE (FNR) Joystick) is in NEUTRAL and the RUN/STOP switch is in the RUN
installed and if there is one or two boxes connected. On position. The output is turned off when the joysticks
pavers with two boxes; the Plus One will only operate if are brought to NEUTRAL, the operators RUN/STOP
both boxes are of the same type. switched is switched to STOP or the opposite control
NOTE: Plus One will not allow the Engine Enable to box is set to RUN.
come on until the Optimization procedure has There is a proportional time delay, based on output to
been done. the pump coils. The maximum delay is 10 seconds if full
NOTE: If the pumps are the high current (Sauer H1 or outputs to the pumps were present and the minimum
Rexroth) perform the pump selection. delay is 3 seconds. The time delay will start when the
joysticks are brought to NEUTRAL, the operators RUN/
Vibrator/Electric Actuator Relay STOP switched is switched to STOP or the opposite
control box is set to RUN.
And Backup Alarm Outputs
When the run signal is returned the output is immediately
Anytime one or more joysticks are in the FORWARD turned on and there is a 0.2 second delay on outputs
position (none can be in REVERSE) the Vibrator/ to the pump coil. This delay allows time for the brake to
Electric Actuator Relay +12 vdc output is turned on. The release before the propel coils are energized.
output is disabled in a counter-rotate condition.
Anytime a joystick is in the REVERSE position or a
counter-rotate condition exists, the Backup Alarm +12
vdc output is turned on.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Optimize Dual Joystick Steering Calibrate Dual Joystick Control

Control Box: Box:
Adjustment should only be done by an Calibration (also called straight line tracking) involves
Authorized LeeBoy Dealer. 4 steps: Threshold, low, mid and high speed setting.
There are separate procedures for calibrating pavers
1. Turn the paver off. Open the dash board panel and with Dual Joystick steering control and Steering wheel
locate the Optimize/Calibrate connector and plug it with FNR Joystick steering control. On pavers with two
into the Optimize receptacle. steering control boxes the calibration will only need to
2. Place all joysticks in the center position and move be done with one box.
the RUN/STOP switch(es) into the STOP position. NOTE: This procedure will set the maximum speed of
3. Turn the power key to the on position (power to the paver.
the Plus One controller). Outputs are disabled. To calibrate the dual joystick steering control box:
The status light will blink a slow continuous blink to
indicate Optimize Mode. 1. Turn the paver off.
4. Wait 5 seconds for the Plus One to capture the 2. Open the dash board panel and locate the Optimize/
joysticks in center (NEUTRAL) position. Calibrate connector and plug it into the Calibrate
receptacle.
5. Push joysticks full FORWARD for 5 seconds.
3. Place all joysticks in the center (NEUTRAL) position
6. Push joysticks full REVERSE for 5 seconds. and move the RUN/STOP switch into the RUN
7. If a second control box is present optimize it in the position. If two control boxes are present place the
same manner. other RUN/STOP switch to the STOP position.
8. The status light will stop blinking. Unplug the 4. Turn paver on and the status light will blink rapidly
Optimize/Calibrate connector from the Optimize with no pauses to indicate Calibration Mode.
receptacle and turn off the power key.
Setting The Threshold:
1. Start the engine and run at 1/2 throttle.
2. Move left joystick FORWARD until paver begins to
move slightly, then toggle RUN/STOP switch from
RUN to STOP and back to RUN. Return joystick to
NEUTRAL.
3. Move left joystick REVERSE until paver begins to
8
NEUTRAL.
4. Move right joystick FORWARD until paver begins to
NEUTRAL.
5. Move right joystick REVERSE until paver begins to
RUN to STOP and back to run. Return joystick to
NEUTRAL.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Setting The Straight Line Tracking: Optimize Steering Wheel With

1. Move joysticks FORWARD until paver begins FNR Joystick Control Box:
to move forward slowly, adjust Right Joystick
1. Turn the paver off. Open the dash board panel and
FORWARD or REVERSE as necessary to make
locate the Optimize/Calibrate connector and plug it
sure paver is traveling straight. Toggle RUN/STOP
into the Optimize receptacle.
switch from RUN to STOP and back to RUN.
2. Place all steering wheels and joysticks in the center
2. Move Left Joystick to approximately 1/2 joystick
position and move the RUN/STOP switch(es) into
position, adjust Right Joystick FORWARD or
the STOP position.
REVERSE as necessary to make sure paver is
traveling straight. Toggle RUN/STOP switch from NOTE: Be sure that the steering wheels are centered.
RUN to STOP and back to RUN.
3. Turn the power key to the on position (power to
3. Move Left Joystick to full FORWARD, adjust the Plus One controller). Outputs are disabled.
the Right Joystick FORWARD or REVERSE as The status light will blink slowly with no pauses to
necessary to make sure paver is traveling straight. indicate Optimize Mode.
4. When the paver has achieved full speed, reduce 4. Wait 5 seconds for the Plus One to capture the
joystick position until the paver slows (slightly) to steering wheel center (NEUTRAL) position.
the desired maximum speed and then toggle RUN/
5. Turn the steering wheel full right and push the FNR
STOP switch from RUN to STOP and back to RUN.
joystick full FORWARD for 5 seconds.
NOTE: This setting determines the pavers maximum
6. Turn the steering wheel full left and the FNR joystick
speed. Any joystick movement beyond this point
full REVERSE for 5 seconds.
will have no effect on the pavers forward speed.
7. If a second control box is present optimize it in the
5. Repeat for reverse.
same manner.
6. Bring both joysticks to NEUTRAL.
8. The status light will stop blinking. Unplug the
7. Keeping power to the Plus One, unplug the Optimize/Calibrate connector from the Optimize
Optimize/Calibrate connector from the Calibrate receptacle and turn off the power key.
receptacle (this will write the calibration values to
memory).
8. Turn off and restart paver.
9. Run paver to verify acceptable operation. Paver
will now operate in typical dual joystick mode with
speed and direction of each track controlled by the
respective joystick.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Calibrate Steering Wheel With Setting The Straight Line Tracking:

FNR Joystick Control Box: 1. Move FNR joysticks FORWARD until paver begins
to move FORWARD slowly, adjust the steering
1. Turn the paver off.
wheel as necessary to make sure paver is traveling
2. Open the dash board panel and locate the Optimize/ straight. Toggle RUN/STOP switch from RUN to
Calibrate connector and plug it into the Calibrate STOP and back to RUN.
receptacle.
2. Move FNR Joystick to approximately 1/2 joystick
3. Place all steering wheels and joysticks in the center position, adjust the steering wheel as necessary to
(NEUTRAL) position and move the RUN/STOP make sure paver is traveling straight. Toggle RUN/
switch into the RUN position. If two control boxes STOP switch from RUN to STOP and back to RUN.
are present, place the other RUN/STOP switch to
3. Move FNR Joystick to full FORWARD. When the
the STOP position.
paver has achieved full speed, reduce joystick
4. Turn paver on and the status light will blink rapidly position until the paver slows (slightly) to the desired
with no pauses to indicate Calibration Mode. maximum speed.
Setting The Threshold: 4. Adjust the steering wheel as necessary to make
sure paver is traveling straight. Toggle RUN/STOP
1. Start the engine and run at 1/2 throttle. switch from RUN to STOP and back to RUN.
2. Turn the steering wheel full left; Move FNR joystick NOTE: This setting determines the pavers maximum
FORWARD until paver begins to move slightly, then speed. Any joystick movement beyond this point
toggle RUN/STOP switch from RUN to STOP and will have no effect on the pavers forward speed.
back to RUN. Return joystick to NEUTRAL.
5. Repeat for reverse.
3. With steering wheel still at full left; Move FNR
joystick to REVERSE until paver begins to move 6. Bring the FNR joystick to NEUTRAL and center the
slightly, then toggle RUN/STOP switch from RUN steering wheel.
to STOP and back to RUN. Return joystick to 7. Keeping power to the Plus One, unplug the
NEUTRAL. Optimize/Calibrate connector from the Calibrate
4. Turn the steering wheel full right. Move FNR joystick receptacle (this will write the calibration values to
FORWARD until paver begins to move slightly, then memory).
toggle RUN/STOP switch from RUN to STOP and 8. Turn off and restart paver.
back to RUN. Return joystick to NEUTRAL.
9. Run paver to verify acceptable operation.
5. With steering wheel still at full right; Move FNR
joystick REVERSE until paver begins to move
8
slightly, then toggle RUN/STOP switch from RUN
to STOP and back to RUN. Return joystick to
NEUTRAL.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Steering/Acceleration And Steering Box Control Selection

Deceleration The Plus One will only assign control of the paver to
Steering the paver is done by slowing the left or right a steering control box if all joysticks are in NEUTRAL,
track. When a steering wheel with FNR joystick control the steering wheels are centered and the RUN/STOP
box is used the steering wheel angle at which counter- switches are in the STOP position.
rotation starts and the speed limit for counter-rotation The Plus One will assign control to the first box that is
are pre-programmed into the Plus One’s memory. This switched to the RUN position.
limits the ability to counter-rotate the tracks at high
If at anytime the RUN/STOP switch is set to the STOP
speeds. If the FNR joystick is at 100% forward, as the
position the paver will decelerate to stop and set the
steering wheel was turned from centered to full right
brake after 3 seconds. At anytime during operation if the
the right track would only slow to 0% forward (at the
RUN/STOP switch on the second control box is set to
inflection point) and never counter-rotate. If the FNR
the RUN position the paver will decelerate to stop and
joystick is at 50% forward the right track would counter-
set the brake after 3 seconds.
rotate at 50% reverse (if the speed limit allows it to).
Control will be restored to the operator when this switch
You can achieve full counter-rotation at either full left
is set back to STOP (the paver will ramp back to the
or full right (hard-over) up to the speed limit, at which
setting of the operator’s controls). The purpose of this is
point the counter-rotating track would decelerate to
to allow personnel on the opposite side of the paver to
zero speed (if over the speed limit). The counter-rotating
pause the paver and then return control to the operator
track can never exceed the speed of the forward track.
by flipping the RUN/STOP switch back to STOP.
The steering wheel angle of inflection (point at which the
Paver control can be switched to the second steering
controlled track would start to counter-rotate) and the
control box by setting all joysticks in NEUTRAL,
speed limit for allowing counter-rotation can be adjusted
centering the steering wheels, switching both RUN/
with the Service Tool.
STOP switches to the STOP position and then switching
Each joystick and steering wheel has been setup with the second box to RUN.
individual profile and ramping to give smooth control.
Ramping for acceleration and deceleration is
Neutral Safety Lockout
proportional to the amount of movement of the joystick. This is an option built into the Plus One program. If at
This will provide a quicker ramp for direction changes anytime the paver is in NEUTRAL with the RUN/STOP
and a slower ramp if the joysticks are moved to neutral. switch in the RUN position, the Plus One will disable the
These profiles can be adjusted with the Service Tool. control box after a set period of time. The operator will
The steering wheel profile has been setup to give a be required to switch from RUN to STOP and back to
finer degree of control when the wheel is moved a small RUN to regain control. This is provided as a safety in the
amount and more aggressive steering as the wheel is event that the operator leaves his station with the control
turned more. These profiles can be adjusted with the box still active. When activated the paver will not if the
Service Tool. joysticks were accidentally moved without someone at
the controls. The length of time until lockout activates
The Steering wheel has a center position dead band can be adjusted with the Service Tool.
separate from the joysticks. This dead band is less than
that used by the joystick controller and reduces the NOTE: The default is set at 30 Minutes.
amount of “play” in the steering wheel. This dead band
can be set with the service tool.
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
Critical Faults A joystick fault can prevent paver movement if:
The following faults will prevent paver movement: • There is only one box present
1. Steering control box not detected. • The fault happens in the box that has control (RUN/
STOP switch in RUN position)
2. Joysticks not optimized.
• The fault occurs when neither box has control
3. Pump control coil fault.
NOTE: The paver will operate if fault occurs in the box
4. Brake valve/Pump neutral bypass coil fault (High that is not currently in control ( i.e. the left box
current output mode only). is operating the paver and the right box has
5. Joystick(s) not in NEUTRAL at startup. a fault). The fault will disable the paver once
the controlling box is put in the STOP position.
6. Joysticks in NEUTRAL with RUN/STOP switch in Disconnecting the faulted box will allow control
RUN position safety time out. to be restored to the opposite box.
Table 8-5. Fault Codes for Status LED
Blink Code Reason for Fault Corrective Action
Continuous On Joysticks not in neutral at startup Place all joysticks in neutral
(at startup)
Continuous On Joysticks in neutral too long with Run/Stop Toggle Run/Stop switch from Run to Stop and
(while running) Switch in Run position (safety time out) back to Run
Continuous Calibration Mode Open dashboard panel and unplug the Optimize/
rapid blink Calibrate plug from the Calibrate receptacle
Continuous Optimize Mode Open dashboard panel and unplug the Optimize/
slow blink Calibrate plug from the Optimize receptacle
21 Left Steering Control Box not optimized Perform Optimize procedure in Section III
22 or 27 Left Steering Control Box: Voltage <100 mv or >4900 mv
Left joystick or FNR joystick fault Check wires to Left joystick or FNR joystick
23 or 28 Left Steering Control Box: Voltage <100 mv or >4900 mv
Right joystick or steering wheel fault Check wires to right joystick or steering wheel
24 Right Steering Control Box not optimized Perform Optimize procedure in Section III
25 or 37 Right Steering Control Box: Voltage <100 mv or >4900 mv
26 or 38
Left joystick or FNR joystick fault
Right Steering Control Box:
Right joystick or steering wheel fault
Check wires to Left joystick or FNR joystick
Voltage <100 mv or >4900 mv
Check wires to right joystick or steering wheel
8
31 Break Release / Pump neutral bypass valve NOTE: Only used in high current output mode
coil
The output is open or short-circuited
Check the coil and wires
32 Right pump FWD or REV output fault The output is open or short-circuited
33 Left pump FWD or REV output fault The output is open or short-circuited
36 Vibrator/ Electric Actuator relay fault The output is open or short-circuited
Check the relay and wires
Return to Return to
Troubleshooting
NOTES
Return to Return to
Section 9
Schematics
Page
Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Electrical 1 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Electrical 2 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Electrical 3 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Electrical 4 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Electrical 5 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Electrical 6 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Electrical 7 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Electrical 8 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Electrical 9 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Electrical 10 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Hydraulic 1 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Hydraulic 2 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
9
Hydraulic 3 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Hydraulic 4 of 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Return to Return to
Schematics
NOTES
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 1 of 10
INSIDE ELECTRICAL PANEL
FUSE BLOCK, 18 GANG LEFT EXTENSION SWITCH YELLOW LEFT EXTENSION IN
UPPER
(LEFT PANEL)
BLACK
MANIFOLD
20A 3 RED
UPPER BLOCK
RED LEFT EXTENSION OUT
LEFT EXTENSION 1 MANIFOLD
2 1 BLACK 14G
BLOCK
LEFT EXTENSION
LEFT EXTENSION SWITCH SWITCH (LEFT LOWER
(RIGHT PANEL) CONTROLS)
BLACK
RED
3 3 RED
2 1
BLUE
2 G
1
LEFT CUTOFF
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
YELLOW (LT CUTOFF)
20A LEFT CUTOFF OPEN UPPER
3
RED
LEFT CUTOFF 2 MANIFOLD
2 1 RED (LT CUTOFF)
LEFT CUTOFF CLOSE
BLOCK
LEFT CUTOFF
SWITCH (RIGHT PANEL)
BLACK
RED
3
2 1
BLACK
RIGHT CUTOFF
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
YELLOW (RT CUTOFF)
20A 3
RIGHT CUTOFF OPEN UPPER
RED
RIGHT CUTOFF 3 MANIFOLD
2 1 RED 14G (RT CUTOFF)
RIGHT CUTOFF CLOSE BLOCK
LEFT CUTOFF
RED BLACK
3
2 1 BLACK
SIDE WINGS
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
YELLOW (SIDEWING)
20A 3
SIDE WINGS OUT UPPER
RED
SIDE WINGS 4 MANIFOLD
2 1 RED (SIDEWING)
SIDE WINGS IN
BLOCK
SIDE WINGS
BLACK
RED
2 1 BLACK
RIGHT EXTENSION YELLOW RIGHT EXTENSION IN UPPER

SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
BLACK
MANIFOLD
20A 3 RED RIGHT EXTENSION OUT
UPPER BLOCK
RED
RIGHT EXTENSION 5
2
MANIFOLD
1 BLACK
BLOCK
RIGHT EXTENSION
RIGHT EXTENSION SWITCH (RIGHT LOWER
SWITCH (RIGHT PANEL) CONTROLS)
9
BLACK
RED
3 3 RED 8515 PAVER FUSE DIAGRAM

2 1
BLUE
2 H
1
START
KEY
SWITCH
A RED 10G
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 2 OF 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POWER INPUT
Figure 9-1
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 2 of 10
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 2 OF 6
LEFT CONVEYOR SWITCH

(LEFT PANEL) LEFT
BLACK
20A 3
CONVEYOR
RED LIMIT SWITCH
LEFT CONVEYOR 6
2 1 RED (LEFT CONV) CONVEYOR WHITE
1
N/O
BLACK
2
LEFT CONVEYOR
WHITE CONVEYOR AUTO
RED
3
2 1 BLACK CONVEYOR MANUAL LOWER

MANIFOLD
BLOCK
RIGHT CONVEYOR
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL) RIGHT
BLACK
20A 3
CONVEYOR
RED LIMIT SWITCH
RIGHT CONVEYOR 7
2 1 RED (RT CONV) CONVEYOR WHITE
1
N/O
BLACK
2
RIGHT CONVEYOR
WHITE CONVEYOR AUTO
RED
3
2 1 BLACK CONVEYOR MANUAL LOWER

MANIFOLD
BLOCK
RIGHT SCREED LIFT
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
RED (SCREED 1)
20A 3
SCREED RAISE UPPER
RED
SCREED LIFT 8 MANIFOLD
2 1 RED (SCREED 2)
SCREED FLOAT
BLOCK
LEFT SCREED LIFT
BLACK
RED
3
2 1 BLACK
LOWER
RED (2 SPEED)
20A 3
2 SPEED HIGH GEAR MANIFOLD
RED
2 SPEED 9
BLACK BLOCK
2 1
R
LEFT 2
SIDE WINGS SPEED LIGHT
BLACK
RED
BLACK
2 1
R
RIGHT 2
9
SPEED LIGHT
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 3 OF 6
Figure 9-2
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 3 of 10
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 2 OF 6
RY1
87A 87
30
25A
ELECTRIC SCREWS 10 LEFT GRADE/SLOPE
GREEN WHITE (VIB RELAY)
F
LEFT SCREW SWITCH 85 86
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL) RY1
(LEFT PANEL)
1 3
VIB RELAY
2
LEFT VIBRATOR
3 1 4
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
RED (VIBRATOR)
LOWER
4 RED
3 MANIFOLD
5 2 BLOCK
6 2 1
RIGHT VIBRATOR
BLACK
BLACK
RIGHT SCREW SWITCH 3
(RIGHT PANEL)
2
RIGHT GRADE/SLOPE 3 1
1 1 4
GRADE
2 CONTROLS
LEFT
LINEAR
ACTUATOR
GRADE
CONTROLS
LEFT THROTTLE SWITCH RIGHT
(LEFT PANEL) LINEAR
ACTUATOR
20A 3
RED
THROTTLE 11
1
4
RIGHT THROTTLE
SWITCH
(RIGHT PANEL)
3 L
9
1
4 K
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 4 OF 6
Figure 9-3
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 4 of 10
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 3 OF 6
RY1
87A 87
RED 30
25A
ELECTRIC SCREWS 10 LEFT GRADE/SLOPE
GREEN WHITE (VIB RELAY)
F
LEFT SCREW SWITCH 85 86
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL) RY1
(LEFT PANEL)
1 3
VIB RELAY
2
LEFT VIBRATOR
3 1 4
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
RED (VIBRATOR)
LOWER
4 RED
3 MANIFOLD
5 2 BLOCK
6 2 1
RIGHT VIBRATOR
BLACK
BLACK
3
2
RIGHT GRADE/SLOPE 1
RIGHT SCREW SWITCH
(RIGHT PANEL)
1 3
1 4
RED
BLUE
GREEN
RED LEFT
TOPCON PAVER SONIC
BLACK
2
MODULE BOX TRACKER
WHITE
SLOPE
GRADE SENSOR
CONTROLS
LEFT
LINEAR
BLACK ACTUATOR
WHITE
GREEN
RED RIGHT
TOPCON PAVER SONIC
RED
MODULE BOX TRACKER
BLUE
OPTIONAL TOPCON SYSTEM 5
GRADE
CONTROLS
9
RIGHT
LINEAR
ACTUATOR
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 5 OF 6
Figure 9-4
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 5 of 10

CONTINUE ON
SHEET 4 OF 6 PUSH BUTTON HORN
HORN
20A
RED AUX 7 BLACK
HORN / SPRAYDOWN 12
SPRAYDOWN
SWITCH
3
SPRAYDOWN
RED
2 AUX 4 BLACK
M BLACK
BEACON
SWITCH BEACON LIGHT
20A 3
RED 2 AUX 8 BLACK
WORKLIGHTS/BEACON 13 BLACK
WORKLIGHTS
SWITCH
3
RED
2 AUX 5 BLACK FRONT RIGHT LIGHT W
AUX 11 BLACK FRONT LEFT LIGHT W
AUX 1 BLACK REAR RIGHT LIGHT W
AUX 3 BLACK REAR LEFT LIGHT W
LIFT CONVEYOR
SWITCH
YELLOW (HOPPER)
20A LIFT CONVEYOR LOWER
RED 3 UPPER MANIFOLD BLOCK
HOPPER/GAUGES 14
2 1 RED (HOPPER)
LIFT CONVEYOR RAISE
(UPPER MANIFOLD HARNESS)
LEFT AUGER
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
20A
LEFT AUGER 15
RED RED LEFT SONIC AUGER
BLACK CONTROL BOX
1
2
RED
3
4
WHITE
5 LEFT AUGER
BLACK
RED
6
SWITCH (LEFT LOWER
LEFT AUGER CONTROLS)
3 LEFT AUGER 2
BROWN
1 2 1
9
YELLOW LEFT AUGER
RED (LEFT AUGER)

LEFT AUGER
LOWER
MANIFOLD
BLOCK
CONTINUE ON
SHEET 6 OF 6
Figure 9-5
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 6 of 10

CONTINUE ON
SHEET 5 OF 6 RIGHT AUGER
SWITCH (LEFT PANEL)
20A RED 14G RIGHT SONIC AUGER
RED
RIGHT AUGER 16
BLACK
CONTROL BOX
1
3 RED
4
WHITE
5
RIGHT AUGER
BLACK
RED
6 SWITCH (RIGHT LOWER
RIGHT AUGER CONTROLS)
YELLOW
3 RIGHT AUGER 2
BROWN BROWN 14G
2 1
1 LOWER
YELLOW RIGHT AUGER MANIFOLD
BLOCK
RED (RT AUGER) RIGHT AUGER
PLUS ONE LIGHT

PUSH BUTTON
EMERGENCY STOP
R
BLACK WHITE (STATUS LIGHT)
C
5A
RED (POWER)
ELECTRONIC STEER 17
11 12
D
WHITE (ENGINE ENABLE)
21 22
E
BLACK/WHITE NEUTRAL START

B RELAY LEFT SLOPE
SWITCH (LEFT LOWER
CONTROLS)
RED/BLACK
3 RED
ORANGE 2
G
1
RED (LEFT SLOPE)
YELLOW (LEFT SLOPE)
20A
ELEC HEAT SCREED 18 M
OPTIONAL ELEC HEAT
RIGHT SLOPE
SWITCH (RIGHT LOWER
CONTROLS)
RED/BLACK
3 RED
9
ORANGE 2
H
1
RED (RIGHT SLOPE)
YELLOW (RIGHT SLOPE)
Figure 9-6
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 7 of 10
INSTRUMENT PANEL INSIDE ENGINE KUBOTA

ELECTRICAL PANEL
THROTTLE
LINEAR
B
ACTUATOR
A
L ALTERNATOR
1 B+
K 2
3
FUEL SENDING UNIT
IN FUEL TANK
TEMPERATURE OIL
G SWITCH SWITCH
OIL
START
PRESSURE
RELAY
SENSOR
87A 87
12 WHITE BLACK THROTTLE INC
11 RED ORANGE FUEL LEVEL TEMPERATURE 30
10 YELLOW BLACK THROTTLE DEC

SENDER
9 TAN TACH 85 86
RY1
8 WHITE CHECK ENGINE
7 BLUE ENGINE TEMP
6 BROWN OIL PRESSURE
5 ORANGE GLOW PLUGS
4 YELLOW START FUEL SOLENOID
3 RED 16 GA IGNITION
HOLD
2 ORANGE BLACK NEUTRAL START
1 PULL
GND B+
FUEL
PUMP
STARTER
GLOW PLUG RELAY
B 87A 87
GLOW PLUGS
30
FUSE HOLDER
W/ 5A FUSE GREEN 85 86
RY1
FUSE HOLDER
W/ 20A FUSE 4
3 BLACK 12 GA
2
1 RED 12 GA 3
9
2
REMOTE
POWER
POST + - DISCONNECT
BATTERY
Figure 9-7
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 8 of 10
ENGINE CAT
INSTRUMENT PANEL INSIDE THROTTLE B+
ALTERNATOR
ELECTRICAL PANEL LINEAR 1

B 2
ACTUATOR 3
A
OIL 1
PRESSURE FUEL
PUMP 2
SENSOR TEMPERATURE OIL
L SWITCH SWITCH
G
K
TEMPERATURE
FUEL SENDING UNIT COLD
IN FUEL TANK SENDER
ADVANCE FUEL
SOLENOID
COLD 2
ADV SW 1
IGNITION RELAY
87A 87
30
85 86 START
RY1
12 WHITE BLACK THROTTLE INC RELAY
11 RED ORANGE FUEL LEVEL
10 YELLOW BLACK THROTTLE DEC 87A 87
9 TAN TACH
30
8 WHITE CHECK ENGINE
7 BLUE ENGINE TEMP
85 86
6 BROWN OIL PRESSURE RY1
5 ORANGE GLOW PLUGS

4 YELLOW START
3 RED 16 GA IGNITION
2 ORANGE BLACK NEUTRAL START
1
B+
STARTER
GLOW PLUG RELAY
B 15 AMP
40 AMP
FUSE HOLDER GLOW PLUGS

W/ 5A FUSE 80 AMP
RY1
FUSE HOLDER
W/ 20A FUSE 4
3 BLACK 12 GA
2
9
1 RED 12 GA 3
2
REMOTE
POWER
POST + - DISCONNECT
BATTERY
Figure 9-8
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 9 of 10
BLACK WIRE GROUND J GND(2) PLUS ONE SYSTEM

C13
GND(2)
A GND(2) C1-P1 POWER GROUND -
SENSOR GND(2) C2
B SENSOR GND(2) C1-P2 POWR SUPPLY +
SENSOR PWD(2)
C SENSOR PWD(2) A C1-P3 CAN1 +
DIN/AIN C1-P15
D B C1-P4 CAN1 -
RIGHT E C C1-P5 AIN/CAN1 SHIELD
STEER DIN
F
C1-P6
C1-P6 DIN
BOX DIN/AIN
G
C1-P14
C1-P7 DIN
DIN/AIN/FREQIN C1-P23
H SENSOR PWD(2) C1-P8 SVDC SENSOR POWER +
I SENSOR GND(2) C1-P9 SENSOR POWER GROUND -
DIN C1-P7
J C1-P10 DIN
C1-P11 DIN
C1-P12 DIN
C1-P13 DIN
C1-P14 DIN/AIN
C1-P15 DIN/AIN
C3 C1-P16 DIN/AIN
GND(2)
A GND(2) C1-P17 DIN/AIN
SENSOR GND(2)
B SENSOR GND(2) C1-P18 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
SENSOR PWD(2)
C SENSOR PWD(2) C1-P19 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
DIN/AIN C1-P17
D C1-P20 CAN2 +
LEFT E C1-P21 CAN2 -
STEER
INSIDE ELECTRICAL PANEL BOX
DIN
DIN/AIN
F
C1-P10
C1-P16
C1-P22 AIN/CAN2 SHIELD
G C1-P23 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
DIN/AIN/FREQIN C1-P24
H C1-P24 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
I C1-P25 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
DIN C1-P11
J C1-P26 DIN/AIN/FREQIN
CALIBRATE C1-P27 AIN/TEMP/RHEO
1 Y C8 C1-P28 AIN/TEMP/RHEO
2 CALIBRATE C1-P12
1 1 C1-P29 AIN/TEMP/RHEO
OPTIMIZE C1-P18
2 2 C1-P30 AIN/TEMP/RHEO
OPTIMIZE
1 C1-P31 DOUT
2 C11 C7 C1-P32 DOUT

H1 OUTPUT C1-P13
1 1 C1-P33 DOUT
C5
2 2 C C1-P34 DOUT/PVE Pwr1
H1 OUTPUT
C1-P31
PUMP 1
C1-P35 DOUT/PVE Pwr2
NEUTRAL 2 GND(2)
C9 GND(2) C1-P36 DOUT/PVE Pwr3
OPTIMIZE
1 C1-P37 PWNOUT/DPUT/PVE1OUT
C1-P39 PWNOUT/DPUT/PVE1OUT
2
1
1
C10 C18 C21 C1-P40 PWNOUT/DPUT/PVE1OUT
CALIBRATE L R BACKUP ALARM
MOTOR PUMP REV PUMP REV 160320
L R
PUMP FWD PUMP FWD C1-P43 PWNOUT/DPUT/PVE2OUT
C19 C22
9
GND(2) ALARM
2
1
1
TERMINAL BLACK WIRE GROUND
BLOCK (0) J GND(2)
C1-P47 POWER SUPPLY +
E C1-P50 POWER SUPPLY +
F
D
Figure 9-9
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Electrical 10 of 10
INSIDE ELECTRICAL HEAT BOX
ELEMENT ON
INDICATOR
- +
INPUT
COM
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
+
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
HEAT ON
INT N/C N/O

5 SEC TIMMER
MAIN TIMMER
3
N/O
INITIANT
WHITE
N/C RED
INPUT BLACK
BLACK
+
COM INPUT GREEN
- 7 BLUE
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
F D B E C A
ELEMENT
ELEMENT
ELEMENT
ELEMENT
HEATING
HEATING
HEATING
HEATING
GENERATOR
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
15 AMP
9
NOT USED
12 VDC
M
GENERATOR
MANIFOLD
Figure 9-10
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Hydraulic Hosing 1 of 5
PUMP ASSY, H1 W/AUX PUMP
OUTLET
TO LOWER
MANIFOLD, P2
TO LOWER
G
MANIFOLD P1
TO LOWER
MANIFOLD, T H
A
PUMP, HYD, SINGLE
ENGINE ASSY W/EDC, H1
B TO VIBRATOR MOTOR, D APP1 APP2
M
TO
3 WAY
A
23 cc 17 cc
PUMP, HYD,
VALVE, 2 D AUX, H1
O
B L3
APS1 APS2
TTG TO CHARGE E C
FILTER, OUTLET
TTA
I
TTF J L
TTE INLET TO DRIVE MOTOR
PANEL, LMA
TTB
TO DRIVE MOTOR
PANEL, RMB X7
COOLER, HYD OIL, K M
TO DRIVE MOTOR
STRAINER, HYD PANEL, LMB
SUCTION, 200 MESH TO DRIVE MOTOR N TO BRAKES
PANEL, RMA
TTC
TANK W/M,
HYD, TOP,
85E3
TTD
D
TO GENERATOR,
DRAIN
BTD
BTH BTG
BTF
BTC
TENSIONER
TENSIONER CYLINDER
CYLINDER TANK W/M, HYD, BTB
BTE BOTTOM, BTA
9
E MANIFOLD,
TRACK
TO GENERATOR
D
TENSIONER,
MANIFOLD, OUT
N/S
TO DRIVE MOTOR L1
B A
3 WAY VALVE, 3 &

UPPER MANIFOLD, T
Figure 9-11
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
MANIFOLD, HOPPER
WING SEQUENCE
2
LEFT CUTOFF
HOPPER LIFT
SIDE WING CYLINDER

EXTENSION
EXTENSION
SIDE WING
CBL CBR
B
SCREED DOWN
CUTOFF
RIGHT SIDE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LEFT SIDE
LEFT
SCREED UP
SIDE WING CYLINDER
SLOPE
SLOPE
CRL 1 CRR
T
MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, HYD, 9SLOT,
3 WAY 7VALVE, RELF
F33
VALVE (UPPER MANIFOLD)
P
S1
S2
2
ST
3
1 TO MAIN PUMP, E
FILTER HEAD, HYD I
CHARGE/RETURN
O
FILTER ELEMENT, HYD
CHARGE
RSA
LSA
RSB
LSB
R
Q
SWA
SWB
TO UPPER TO LOWER
RCA
CLA
RCB
REA
LCA
LEA
CLB
REB
LCB
LEB
TANK, TTF MANIFOLD
FILTER, OUTLET
TO 2 SPEED, 2S
CUT OFF CYLINDER

CUT OFF CYLINDER
F
TO BOTTOM
TO TRACK TANK, BTC
S TENSIONER, A
TO LOWER
MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, O
GENERATOR, GR OUT
W/FLOW CONT P
GP
IN
SCREED LIFT
SCREED LIFT
HOPPER LIFT
3 1 4 2
G2
D
D
GENERATOR, HYD
G1
TO BOTTOM TANK, BTF
9
HOSE KIT, 8500,
8510, 8515 15'
SCREED NO SLOPE
SCREED EXTENSION, LH SCREED EXTENSION, RH

(NO SLOPE OPTION) (NO SLOPE OPTION)
Figure 9-12
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
TO TOP TANK, TTE

A
RIGHT CONVEYOR
LEFT CONVEYOR
RIGHT AUGER
LEFT AUGER
VIBRATOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
TO GENERATOR MANIFOLD, IN
P
C E G H J L
O
A D F P1 P2 I K M MANIFOLD, HYD,
6VALVE, ADJ
(LOWER MANIFOLD)
TO AUX
PUMP, G
R
APP2
TO UPPER TO AUX
MANIFOLD, P FILTER PUMP,
APP1
ASSY, HYD
RCMB
LCMA
RCMA
FLOW
LCMB FLOW CONTROL,
CONTROL,
1/2"
L 1/2" R
R L
MOTOR, HYD MOTOR, HYD

LHB RHA
(AUGER/CONVEYOR) (AUGER/CONVEYOR)
LHA RHB
L
MOTOR, HYD
(AUGER/CONVEYOR)
MOTOR, HYD
(AUGER/CONVEYOR)
L
9
FLOW
B
CONTROL,
D
1/2" D
TO TOP
TANK, TTB
R R
VIBRATOR MOTOR VIBRATOR MOTOR
Figure 9-13
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
LEFT CUTOFF
HOPPER LIFT
EXTENSION
EXTENSION
RIGHT SIDE
RIGHT SIDE
LEFT SIDE
SCREED DOWN
CUTOFF
SLOPE
SLOPE
RIGHT
RIGHT
WING
LEFT
SCREED UP
MANIFOLD, HYD, 9SLOT,
7VALVE, RELF
(UPPER MANIFOLD)
S1
S2
ST
RSA
REA
LSA
LEA
RSB
REB
LSB
LEB
SCREED EXTENSION
SCREED EXTENSION
3 1 4 2
SCREED
SLOPE
SLOPE
EXTENSION SCREED EXTENSION
HOSE KIT, 8515 15'

SCREED, SLOPE
OPTION
9
Figure 9-14
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
TO MANIFOLD
3 WAY VALVE, 1
Q TO MAIN PUMP, X7
N
TO MAIN TO MAIN TO MAIN TO MAIN

TO
PUMP, D PUMP, C PUMP, B PUMP, A
2ST BOTTOM
TANK, K J
HOSE KIT, 8515 DRIVE MOTOR BTE
E L M
MD LMA LMB RMA RMB
L1
A X2
B
TORQUE HUB, 47.6:1, W/BRAKE

TORQUE HUB, 47.6:1, W/BRAKE
X1
B A
L1
MOTOR, HYD, DRIVE,
9
2 SPEED (LH) MOTOR, HYD, DRIVE,
2 SPEED (RH)
Figure 9-15
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Hydraulic 1 of 4
EXTENSION
EXTENSION
RIGHT SIDE
SIDE WING
LEFT SIDE
HOPPER
CUTOFF
CUTOFF
SLOPE
SLOPE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LEFT
LEFT
LIFT
983643 MANIFOLD, HYD,
9SLOT, 7VALVE, RELF
(UPPER MANIFOLD)
160 PSI
2400
PSI
T
986519 PUMP, HYD,
SINGLE W/EDC, H1 290010
M14 M14 FILTER HEAD,
HYD
SWA
SWB
RCA
CLA
RCB
RSA
REA
LCA
CLB
LSA
LEA
RSB
REB
LCB
LSB
LEB
S1
S2
ST
CHARGE/RETURN
SCREED DOWN
SCREED UP
290030
FILTER 984594 FILTER ASS'Y
MC M3 X7 MB ELEMENT, 984594-01 FILTER ELEMENT
HYD CHARGE 900140 MANIFOLD 3 WAY VALVE
L3 L1 BYPASS 40 PSI
18GPM
3
F00A
1
F00B F00A F00B
2
COOLER, HYD OIL,
3630 320 3630

OIL PSI PSI PSI
COOLER
RIGHT AUGER
3630 3630
LEFT AUGER
CONVEYOR
PSI PSI
CONVEYOR
VIBRATOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
RIGHT
LEFT
M4 M5
2.75 CIR 2.75 CIR
T OUT GR
CW
L2 3000
2400 2400 PSI
PSI PSI
M5 M4 C
O IN GP
MD E MA B A D E F G P1 P2 H I J K L M
D C B A 986992 MANIFOLD,
983644 MANIFOLD, GENERATOR,
HYD, 6VALVE, ADJ
W/FLOW CONT
(LOWER MANIFOLD)
X1 X2 L2 M2 M2 L2 X2 X1
TENSION CYLINDER RUBBER TRACK
TENSION CYLINDER POLY TRACK

TENSION CYLINDER POLY TRACK
CYL, HYD, 3.50X4.00X1.25 ROD
CYL, HYD, 3.50X3.00X1.25 ROD

986807 TORQUE HUB, 47.6:1,
CYL, HYD, 3.50X4.00X1.25 ROD
CYL, HYD, 3.50X3.00X1.25 ROD

986807 TORQUE HUB, 47.6:1,
A A 750 PSI
9
1 - 2 GPM 1 - 2 GPM
23 cc 17 cc
TENSION CYLINDER
851544
36123 MANIFOLD,
TRACK
W/BRAKE
STRAINER, HYD
980607-01
W/BRAKE
B B
980607-01
SUCTION, 200 MESH TENSIONER
811331
2.8 CIR 2.8 CIR
811331
L1 M1 M1 L1
987473
PUMP, HYD, AUX, H1
811362 811362
MOTOR, HYD DRIVE, 2 SPEED MOTOR, HYD DRIVE, 2 SPEED
Figure 9-16
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Hydraulic 2 of 4
CBL CBR
CRL CRR
610110
610110
EXTENSION
EXTENSION
RIGHT SIDE
SIDEWING CYLINDER
SIDE WING
LEFT SIDE
SIDEWING CYLINDER CYL, HYD, 2.00X8.00X1.00 ROD
HOPPER
CUTOFF
CUTOFF
CYL, HYD, 2.00X8.00X1.00 ROD
SLOPE
SLOPE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LEFT
LEFT
LIFT
1500 PSI 910122
MANIFOLD, HOPPER
B A WING SEQUENCE
160 PSI
983643 MANIFOLD, HYD, P

9SLOT, 7VALVE, RELF
(UPPER MANIFOLD)
2400
PSI
T
SWA
SWB
RCA
CLA
RCB
RSA
REA
LCA
CLB
LSA
LEA
RSB
REB
LCB
LSB
LEB
SCREED
SCREED
S1
S2
ST
CYL, HYD, 2.50X4.00X1.25 ROD
CYL, HYD, 2.50X4.00X1.25 ROD

DOWN
UP
CUTOFF CYLINDER
CUTOFF CYLINDER
910170
910170
OUT GR
G1
3000
CYL, HYD, 2.00X12.00X1.00 ROD
CYL, HYD, 2.00X12.00X1.00 ROD

3 1 4 2 PSI
G
D
G2
IN GP
SCREED LIFT CYL
SCREED LIFT CYL

987893
986992 MANIFOLD, GENERATOR, HYD, 8500/8515 (ELECTRIC HEAT)
GENERATOR, VOLTAGE 220 - 240 VAC @ 59 - 62 HZ
851436
851436 W/FLOW CONT
9
840020
HOPPER LIFT
CYLINDER
CYL, HYD,
3.00X12.00X1.25 ROD
851191 851192
SCREED EXTENSION, LH SCREED EXTENSION, RH
CYL, HYD, 2.00X12.00/30.00X1.25 ROD CYL, HYD, 2.00X12.00/30.00X1.25 ROD
Figure 9-17
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Hydraulic 3 of 4
RIGHT CONVEYOR
LEFT CONVEYOR
RIGHT AUGER
LEFT AUGER
VIBRATOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
T
2400 2400
PSI PSI
983644 MANIFOLD,
HYD, 6VALVE, ADJ C
(LOWER MANIFOLD) O
B A D E F G P1 P2 H I J K L M
”
”
LCMB RCMB LHA RHA
CONTROL, 1/2
981941 FLOW
CONTROL, 1/2
981941 FLOW
22.0 CIR 22.0 CIR 22.0 CIR 22.0 CIR
LCMA RCMA LHB RHB
1001027
1001027 1001027
CONVEYOR MOTORS
AUGER MOTOR AUGER MOTOR
981941 FLOW
9
R CONTROL, 1/2 ” R
983405 983405
MOTOR, HYD, GEAR, 1.17 CIR L L MOTOR, HYD, GEAR, 1.17 CIR
8515 SCREED VIRBATOR 8515 SCREED VIRBATOR
Figure 9-18
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Schematics
Hydraulic 4 of 4
EXTENSION
EXTENSION
RIGHT SIDE
SIDE WING
LEFT SIDE
HOPPER
CUTOFF
CUTOFF
SLOPE
SLOPE
RIGHT
RIGHT
LEFT
LEFT
LIFT
160 PSI
983643 MANIFOLD, HYD,

9SLOT, 7VALVE, RELF
(UPPER MANIFOLD) 2400
PSI
SWA
SWB
RCA
CLA
RCB
RSA
REA
LCA
CLB
LSA
LEA
RSB
REB
LCB
LSB
LEB
S1
S2
ST
SCREED DOWN
SCREED UP
983421 983421
SCREED EXTENSION SLOPE SCREED EXTENSION SLOPE
CYL, HYD, 2.75X2.00X1.125 ROD CYL, HYD, 2.75X2.00X1.125 ROD
9
981710L 981710R
SCREED EXTENSION, RH, 8515 SCREED EXTENSION, RH, 8515
CYL, HYD, 2.00X2.00X42.00X1.25 CYL, HYD, 2.00X2.00X42.00X1.25
Figure 9-19
Return to Return to
Schematics
Notes
Return to Return to
Section 10
Illustrated Parts List (IPL)
Page
Illustrated Parts List (IPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Quick Reference Guide - Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) . . . . . . . . 10-4
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) (continued). . 10-6
Rubber Track Undercarriage (5 Roller Undercarriage) . . . . . . . . 10-8
Conveyor Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Conveyor Drive Assembly (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Hopper Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Hopper Components (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Auger Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Auger Assembly (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Conveyor Drive Cutoff, Screed Lift Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Hydraulic Components LH Side Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
H1 Pump & Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Kubota Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28
Cat Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Cat Engine (continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Spray Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Screed Arm Assembly With Toe Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Propane Heater And Automatic Ignitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 10
Truck Hitch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Kubota Sheet Metal Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Return to Return to
CAT Sheet Metal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52

Strike Offs And Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Lower Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Instrument Panel Dash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Power Crown (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Screed Non-sloping Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Screed Sloping Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Screed Frame Sloping - Propane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Propane . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Propane. . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Propane . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Screed Frame Sloping - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
Vibrator Assembly LH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Vibrator Assembly RH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Walk Board Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Slide Plate Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . . 10-92
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . 10-94
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Electric. . . . . . . . . . . 10-96
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Electric . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98
Endgate LH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100
Endgate RH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-102
Screed Pull Arms LH Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-104
Screed Pull Arms RH Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-106
Citrus Tank & Heat Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-108
Screed Miscellaneous Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-112
Alphabetical Parts Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-114
Return to Return to
Quick Reference Guide - Filters

Part Number Description Maint. Interval Figure Ref.
9 82 0 8 0 - 02 Kubota, Fuel Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-9
9 82 0 8 0 - 0 3 Kubota, Oil Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-9
9 8 6 5 37- 31 Kubota, In-line Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-9
38385-01 Kubota, Air Primary Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-9
3 8 3 8 5 - 02 Kubota, Air Safety Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-9
984909-01 CAT, Fuel Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-10
988671-01 CAT, Oil Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-10
38385-01 CAT, Air Primary FIlter 250 Hours Figure 10-10
3 8 3 8 5 - 02 CAT, Air Safety Filter 250 Hours Figure 10-10
3 6 1 23 Hydraulic, Filter - 2 Required 250 Hours Figure 10-7
290030 Hydraulic,Charge Filter Return 250 Hours Figure 10-7
984594-01 Hydraulic, Element 250 Hours Figure 10-7
3 6 92 6 Spray Down Pump, Strainer 250 Hours Figure 10-11
10
Return to Return to
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage)
Figure 10-1
Return to Return to
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) Parts List

Item
No. Part Number Qty. Description Remarks
2 8 51 1 0 1 P 1 Track Assy, One Side, w/Poly Pads
3 8 51 1 0 2 1 Chain Rail, Track Drive
4 9 8 6 8 07 1 Torque Hub, 47.6:1, w/Brake
5 1 0 0 3 0 52 1 Sprocket, Track Drive
6 81201 7 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
7 80983 7 CSHH, .625-11 x 2.00 GR8
8 8 1 1 70 12 CSHH, .625-11 x 1.25 GR8
9 8 51 5 6 6 1 Track Roller, B/1
10 8 1 1 3 28 20 Washer, Lock, M12
11 8 1 1 3 3 0A 8 CSHH, M12-1.50 x 50mm
12 811326 4 Track Roller, B/O
13 811330 12 CSHH, M12-1.50 x 40mm
14 1001589 1 Idler, Track Front
15 1 0 0 3 072 1 Assy, Weldment, Undercarriage, L.H.
16 1 0 0 3 073 1 Assy, Weldment, Undercarriage, R.H.
17 8 1 1 3 2 9A 1 Yoke, Track Idler
18 870 3 07 1 Hair Pin Cotter, .177
19 811331 1 Cyl, Hyd, Track Tensioner
20 8 51 6 4 4 1 Breather, Track Tensioner Cyl.
21 811331-01 1 Seal Kit, Hyd. Cyl.
22 8 51 1 0 4 A/R Track Pad, Poly
22a 811304 A/R Cast Track Pad 33 per side
— 8 51 1 0 1 A/R Track Assy, Cast Not Shown
22b 983166-02 A/R Track Pad, Poly, Heavy Duty
— 983166-03 A/R Chain Rail, Track Drive, Heavy Duty Not Shown
— 983166-04 A/R Pin, Track Link, Master, Heavy Duty Not Shown
— 983166-05 A/R Kit, Track, Heavy Link Not Shown
— 983166-06 A/R CSHH, 135mm, Track Pad Bolt Not Shown
24 811312 A/R Link Kit, Track Repair
25 8 51 4 6 0 A/R Bushing, Track Link, Short
26 8 1 1 3 14 A/R Bushing, Track
27 8 1 1 3 07 A/R Pin, Track Link, Plain
28 811306 A/R Pin, Track Link, Master
29
30
31
811310
811308
811309
A/R
A/R
A/R
Spacer, Track Link Bushing
CSHH, Track Pad
Nut, Track Pad Cap Screw
10
32 24 0 4 -1 0 - 8 1 Adapter, Hyd. Hose
33 9 8 4 28 3 S R V 1 Push Roller Assy, Swivel
Return to Return to
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) (continued)
Figure 10-1
Return to Return to
Sprocket Drive Track System (4 Roller Undercarriage) Parts List (continued)

Item
34 850130 4 Bearing, Auger, Axle, Idler
35 980032 2 Roller Assy, Push Bar, w/Brgs and Shaft
36 980034 2 Shaft, Push Bar Roller
37 8 1 0 070 2 Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50
38 810081 1 Pin, Push Bar Swivel
39 6 8 0 1 -1 0 - 8 1 FITT, 90 10MJ-08MB
40 6 4 0 0 -1 0 - 8 1 FITT, Str 10MJ-08MB
41 6401-8-8 1 FITT, Str 08MP-08MB
42 5 4 0 6 -1 2- 8 1 FITT
43 851544 1 Manifold, Track Tensioner
44 81 1 3 62 1 Motor, Hyd, Drive, 2 Speed
45 8 5 1 4 8 9A A/R Seal, Hyd Motor/Pump
46 81 1 3 6 6 A/R O-Ring, Hyd. Motor
47 81 1 3 6 4 2 CSHH, .500-13 x 1.50
48 118-5 2 Washer, Lock, .500
49 8550B 1 Hose Assy Track RH Tensioner
50 980035 2 Roller, Extension Bumper
51 8 52 6 6 4 2 Extension, Front Bumper
10
Return to Return to
Rubber Track Undercarriage (5 Roller Undercarriage)
Figure 10-2
Return to Return to
Rubber Track Undercarriage (5 Roller Undercarriage) Parts List

Item
1 9 8 0 6 07 L 1 Assy In Front Of Under Carriage, LH
2 9 8 0 6 07 R 1 Assy In Front Of Under Carriage, RH
3 811362 1 Motor, Hyd, Drive, 2 Speed
4 9 8 6 8 07 1 Torque Hub, 47.6:1, w/Brake
5 9 8 0 6 70 1 Sprocket, Track Drive, 17 Tooth Rubber Track Only
6 980606R 1 Weldment Undercarriage, Rubber Track, RH Rubber Track Only
7 980606L 1 Weldment Undercarriage, Rubber Track, LH Rubber Track Only
8 8 51 5 6 6 2 Track Roller, B/1 Rubber Track Only
9 9 8 0 6 07- 0 1 2 Cyl, Hyd, Track Tensioner Rubber Track Only
— 9 8 0 6 07- 0 2 A/R Seal Kit Not Shown
10 8 1 1 3 2 9A 2 Yoke, Track Idler
11 983530 2 Idler, Track Front Rubber Track Only
12 9 825 8 5 2 Track, Rubber, Continuous
13 870 3 07 2 Hair Pin Cotter, .177
14 983588 3 Track Roller, B-1, Inner Flange Rubber Track Only
15 8 1 1 70 12 CSHH, .625-11 x 1.25 GR8
16 81201 7 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
17 80983 7 CSHH, .625-11 x 2.00 GR8
18 8 1 1 3 28 20 Washer, Lock, M12
19 8 1 1 3 3 0A 12 CSHH, M12-1.50 x 50mm
20 9 8 9 2 72- 3 6 4 CSHH, M10-1.50 x 30mm
21 3 2 0 14 2 4 Washer, Lock, M10
22 811366 A/R O-Ring, Hyd. Motor
23 80503 2 CSSH, .500-13 x 1.75
24 118-5 2 Washer, Lock, .500
25 8 51 4 8 9A A/R Seal, Hyd Motor/Pump
26 8 51 6 4 4 1 Breather, Track Tensioner Cyl.
— 983166 A/R Track Assy, One Side 30 Pads per side
27 983166-02 A/R Track Pad, Poly, Heavy Duty
— 983166-03 A/R Chain Rail, Track Drive, Heavy Duty Not Shown
— 983166-04 A/R Pin, Track Link, Master, Heavy Duty Not Shown
— 983166-05 A/R Kit, Track, Heavy Link Not Shown
— 983166-06 A/R CSHH, 135mm, Track Pad Bolt Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Assembly
Figure 10-3
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Assembly Parts List

Item
— 8 5 1 62 6 S R V 1 Conveyor, Assy. Complete Not Shown
— 8 5 1 62 7 S R V 1 Bed Assy. 8500 Conveyor Not Shown
1 851111 2 CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00
2 851112 2 Washer, Counter Sunk, .500
3 8 5 1 473 2 Sprocket, Outer Drive
4 851483 2 Conveyor Mounting Plate With Bearing
5 8 5 1 474 S R V 2 Sprocket, Outer Dr. C-188
6 850030 2 Sprocket, Inner Drive C-188
8 851116 2 Drive Shaft, Conveyor
9 850040 2 Snap Ring, Conveyor Drive Shaft
10 1 02- 4 0 5 -1 A A/R CSHH, .500-13 x 1.00
11 118-5 2 Washer, Lock, .500
12 8 5 1 1 1 7A S R V A/R Conveyor Chain, Assy
13 8 5 0 070A 4 Link, Master w/Pins
14 8 5 0 0 8 0A A/R Block Link
15 851127L A/R Belly Pan, LH
16 851127R A/R Belly Pan, RH
17 8 5 02 1 5 A A/R Half Link, Conveyor Chain w/Pin, Cotter
18 851118A A/R Bar, Conveyor Flight Bar (Quick Change) Thick side goes toward screed
19 850080B A/R Link w/Tab Conveyor Chain Inner
— 8 5 1 1 1 8 -2 A/R Tab, Conveyor Chain Weld On Replacement, Not Shown
20 8 5 1 1 1 8 -1 2 Pin, Roll Pin (.375 x 2.00)
21 1 0 0 1 02 7 2 Hyd. Motor, Conveyor Main
— 1 0 0 1 02 7- 0 1 A/R Seal Kit, Hyd. Motor Not Shown
22 851120 2 Sprocket, Conveyor Drive Motor
23 851121 2 Chain, Conveyor Drive (#80)
24 8 0 02 82 A/R CSHH, .625 x 1.25
25 1 1 8 -7 A/R Washer, Lock, .625
26 850038LSRV A/R Deflector, Left Side (High Deck)
— 850038RSRV 4 Deflector, Right Side (High Deck) Not Shown
27 850040 4 Snap Ring, Conveyor Drive Shaft
28 850120 4 Idler, Conveyor Chain Front
29
29A
30
8 5 1 1 23
851653
8 5 1 1 24
2
4
2
Tube Assy. Conveyor Front Chain Guide
CSSH, .625 x 2.00
Shaft, Conveyor Front Idler
10
31 8 5 0 1 62 4 Roller, Conveyor Chain Guide, w/ Bearing
32 851651 2 Tube Assy, Conveyor Rear Drive
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Assembly (continued)
Figure 10-3
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Assembly Parts List (continued)

Item
32A 8 5 1 6 52 8 CSSH, .625 x 1.00
33 851128SRV 2 Scraper, Conveyor
34 41 0 070 2 Stop Rubber, (Scraper)
35 8 5 0 1 70 4 Set Screw
36 900050 2 Micro Switch, Auto. Conveyors
37 900060 2 Arm, Auto. Conveyor Switch
38 9 0 0 075 2 Linkage
39 9 0 0 076 2 Screws
40 9 0 0 07 7 2 Washer, Lock
41 9 0 0 078 2 Nut
42 9 0 0 07 9 2 Pin, Cotter (.250)
10
Return to Return to
Hopper Components
Figure 10-4
Return to Return to
Hopper Components Parts List

Item
1 9 8 070 3 1 Assy, Side Wing, RH 8515
2 9 8 0702 1 Assy, Side Wing, LH 8515
3 610110 2 Cyl. Hyd. 2.00 x 8.00
— 610110-01 A/R Seal Kit Not Shown
— 9 3 0 0 41 A/R Side Wing Cylinder Bushing Not Shown
4 8 5 1 1 32 2 Pin
5 87 0 3 07 4 Hair Pin Cotter, .177
6 1 1 9 -1 0 2 Washer, Flat, SAE, 1.00
7 851133 1 Shield, 8500 Center Conv.
8 8 02 1 1 2 S R V 1 Hold Down
9 8 4 0 1 62 1 Center Shield, Conveyor Rear
10 851134 6 CSHH, .375-16 x .750
11 985669SRV 1 Shield, Front Support
12 851136A 1 Shield, Front Hard Rubber
13 8 5 1 1 37 1 Clamp, Hopper Front Flashing
14 854084SRV 4 Pin, Pivot Side Panel
15 9 8 07 2 8 2 Rubber Side Wing, 8515
15A 9 8 07 2 7 2 Plate, Side Wing Rubber Shield
16 8 5 3 81 6 1 Bottom Tank
17 9 87 2 6 4 S R V 1 Safety Prop, Hopper
18 8 4 0 02 0 1 Cylinder, Hopper Lift
— 8 4 0 02 0 - 0 1 A/R Seal Kit, Hopper Wing Not Shown
19 24 0 0 3 0 2 Pin, Hydraulic Cylinder
20 840157SRV 1 Hinged Panel, L/H
21 840156SRV 1 Hinged Panel, R/H
22 92 0 0 32 S R V 2 Guide Bar Assy
23 92 0 0 41 S R V 2 Bar, Guide (Outer)
24 92 0 0 5 1 S R V 2 Housing, Guide Bar (Inner)
25 92 0 0 6 1 S R V 2 Rod & Chain, Guide Bar
26 92 0 070 2 Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00
27 985058 1 Rubber, Front Lip, Center
28 985063 1 Flashing, Center, Front Lip
29 853598 2 Bar, .375 x 6.25 x 7.00
30
31
32
853595
9 8 5 5 81
1 02-2 0 9 -1 A
2
1
10
Bar, 125 x 1.50 x 9.50
Front Lip Clamp
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00, GR5
10
33 1 02- 4 07-1 A 4 CSHH, .500-13 x 1.50, GR5
34 851111 1 CSSH, .500-13 x 2.00, GR5
Return to Return to
Hopper Components (continued)
Figure 10-4
Return to Return to
Hopper Components Parts List (continued)

Item
35 1 02- 6 07-1 A 2 CSHH, .625-11 x 1.50, GR5
36 1 1 8 -7 2 Washer, Lock, .625
37 1 1 7- 5 8 Nut, Hex, Heavy, .625-11
38 118-5 4 Washer, Lock, .500
39 119-3 20 Washer, Flat, SAE, .375
40 143-3 10 Nut, Lock, .375-16
10
Return to Return to
Auger Assembly
Figure 10-5
Return to Return to
Auger Assembly Parts List

Item
1 981685 1 Assy, Auger Motor Cover, 8515
2 981688 1 Chain Cover, 8515
3 860030 2 Sprocket, 800/8500 Auger
4 1001027 2 Hyd. Motor, Conveyor Main
— 1 0 0 1 0 2 7- 0 1 A/R Seal Kit, Hyd. Motor Not Shown
5 981696 2 Mount, Motor, 8515
6 8 51 6 4 5 2 Collar, Auger End Mount
7 8 1 0 070 2 Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50
8 860051HDRSRV 1 Auger End Mount, RH 8000/8500
9 860051HDLSRV 1 Auger End Mount, LH 8000/8500
10 981691 2 Auger Shaft w/Sprocket, Spacer & Bearing
11 9 82 9 4 5 2 Assy, Spacer Auger Shaft
13 981683 2 Clamp, Auger 12”
14 981695 1 Cover, Auger Support, 8515
15 9 8 1 70 0 R 4 Auger Flight, RH, 12”, 8515
16 9 8 1 70 0 L 4 Auger Flight, LH, 12”, 8515
17 981699 1 Plate, Wear, 12” Auger, 8515
19 981692L 1 Auger Assy Complete, LH, 8515
20 981692R 1 Auger Assy Complete, RH, 8515
21 811364 8 CSSH, .500-13 x 1.50
22 118-5 8 Washer, Lock, .500
23 860045 18 CSSH, .500-13 x 1.50
24 118-5 18 Washer, Lock, .500
25 120-4 4 Washer, Flat, USS, .438
26 1 0 2-1 0 3 -1 A 6 CSSH, .312-18 x .750
27 1 1 8 -2 8 Washer, Lock, .312
28 1 0 2-2 0 3 -1 A 2 CSSH, .375-16 x .750
29 118-3 2 Washer, Lock, .375
30 860039 4 CSSH, .625-11 x 1.50
31 1 1 8 -7 12 Washer, Lock, .625
32 1 2 0 -7 4 Washer, Flat, USS, .625
33 120-5 14 Washer, Flat, USS, .500
34
35
36
350055
8 0 28 6
1 1 6 -7
10
8
8
Nut, Hex, .500-13
CSSH, .625-11 x 2.75
Nut, Lock, .625-11
10
37 1 0 2-1 0 3 -1 A 2 CSSH, .312-18 x .750
38 9 8 1 51 1 2 Washer, Fender, .375 x 1.50
Return to Return to
Auger Assembly (continued)
Figure 10-5
Return to Return to
Auger Assembly Parts List (continued)

Item
39 985815 8 Chain, Auger Drive
— 8 5 3 41 1 A/R Link, Master Not Shown
— 9 8 579 6 R / H 1 12" Auger Ext Not Shown
— 9 8 579 6 L / H 1 12" Auger Ext Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Cutoff, Screed Lift Cylinders
Figure 10-6
Return to Return to
Conveyor Drive Cutoff, Screed Lift Cylinders Parts List

Item
1 1001027 2 Hyd. Motor, Conveyor Main
— 1 0 0 1 0 2 7- 0 1 1 Seal Kit, Hyd. Motor
2 8 51 14 8 S R V 4 Bolt, Conveyor Drive Chain Adjuster
3 8 51 1 4 9 S R V 2 Mount, Conveyor Drive Motor
4 8 51 1 2 1 2 Chain, Conveyor Drive (#80)
5 8 51 1 2 0 2 Sprocket, Conveyor Drive Motor
6 8 51 1 1 1 8 CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00
7 116-5 8 Nut, .500-13 Hex
8 854532SRV 1 Chain Guard, Conveyor L.H. Drive
— 8 5 3 572 S R V 1 Chain Guard, Conveyor R.H. Drive Not Shown
9 80338 4 Cotter Pin, .188 x 2.00 Long
10 118-3 6 Washer, Lock, .375
11 1 0 2-2 0 3 -1 A 6 CSSH, .375-16 x .750
12 8 514 3 6 2 Hyd. Cyl., Screed Lift (1000c / 8000c / 8500)
— 8 514 3 6 - 0 1 A/R Seal Kit, 2.00 Cylinder Not Shown
13 1 1 8 -1 0 2 Washer, Lock, 1.00
14 1 0 0 - 9 1 3 -1 A 2 CSHH, 1.00-14 x 3.00 GR8
15 1 0 0 24 6 4 2 Nut, Lock, 1.00-14
16 1 0 0 - 9 1 5 -1 A 2 CSHH, 1.00-14 x 3.50 GR8
17 8 51 1 52 2 Plate, Cut Off Cylinder Mount
18 1 0 2- 6 07-1 A 6 CSHH, .625-11 x 1.50
19 1 1 8 -7 6 Washer, Lock, .625
20 24 0 0 3 0 2 Pin, Hydraulic Cylinder
21 9 1 0 1 70 2 Hyd. Cyl., Cutoff
— 9 1 0 1 70 - 0 1 A/R Seal Kit, 2.50 Cylinder Not Shown
22 8 51 1 5 3 S R V 1 Cutoff Left Side
23 8 51 1 5 4 S R V 1 Cutoff Right Side
24 1 0 2- 5 -1 A 2 CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00
25 1 1 8 -1 2 Washer, Lock, .250
26 860036 2 Washer, Fender (.250)
27 Reference 1 Frame Body Reference Only
28 8 5 3 4 97 2 Plate, 8000-8500, Cut Off Cylinder Mount
29 853593SRV 2 Bar, .250 x 2.00 x 7.00
10
Return to Return to
Hydraulic Components LH Side Fuel Tank
1
7
2
16
4 3
10
11 5
6
6
Figure 10-7
Return to Return to
Hydraulic Components LH Side Fuel Tank Parts List

Item
1 14 0 0 3 0 H L 1 Cap, Hyd Tank, Lockable
2 14 0 0 3 0 F N 1 Filler Neck
3 14 0 0 3 0 G K 1 Strainer & Gasket Kit
4 5 0 0 070 1 Sight Gauge, Hyd. Oil Temp/Level
5 1003410SRV 1 Assy, Tank Hydraulic, 8515B
6 36123 2 Filter, Hydraulic
7 1003288SRV 1 Assy, Tank Fuel, 8515B Includes Item 8, 9
8 14 0 0 4 0 1 Sending Unit, Fuel Tank
9 14 0 0 3 0 F L 1 Cap, Fuel Tank, Lockable
10 910122 1 Manifold, Side Wing
11 9 1 0 1 2 2-1 1 Relief Valve, Side Wing Manifold
12 290010 1 Filter, Head, Charge/Return
13 290030 1 Filter, Element, Charge/Return
14 1 0 2-2 0 5 -1 A 4 CSHH, .375-16 x 1.00
15 118-3 4 Washer, Lock, .375
16 984594-01 1 Filter, Element Hydraulic
10
Return to Return to
H1 Pump & Controls
Figure 10-8
Return to Return to
H1 Pump & Controls Parts List

Item
1 9 8 6 51 9 1 Pump, Hyd. Single w/EDC (new: H-1 Pump)
— 9 8 6 51 9 - 0 1 A/R Coil, Control Bypass H-1 Pump Not Shown
— 9 8 6 51 9 - 0 2 A/R Nut, Plastic, H-1 Pump Not Shown
— 9 8 6 51 9 - 0 3 A/R Kit, Shaft, H-1 Pump Not Shown
2 9 87473 1 Pump, Aux. H-1, 11T Spline
3 9 87 1 3 4 2 Dual Joysticks, Control Box, Plus One
4 8 51 5 4 8 2 Curly Cord, Steering Box to Junction Box
5 9 87 1 3 5 1 Controller, 50 DIN,. Plus One
6 9 87 1 3 3 1 Harness, Plus One to Pumps
7 36808 1 O-Ring, Piggyback to Main
9 1 0 0 070 8 2 Steering Wheel, Control Box, Plus One
— 160320 1 Horn, Backup Alarm Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine
45
Figure 10-9
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine Parts List

Item
— 9 8 8 6 73 1 Engine, Kubota, 85.5HP, Tier 3 Not Shown
— 1 0 0 0 8 6 7-1 0 1 Solenoid, Fuel w/Diodes Not Shown
— 1001166-03 1 Starter, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-04 1 Alternator, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-05 1 Belt, Engine, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-09 4 Glow Plug, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB Not Shown
1 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 1 1 Plate, Pump, Mnt, Kub, Tier3
— 1001166-64 1 Coupling, Pump Drive Coupler and Hardware Only
— 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 3 1 Tank, Coolant Recovery, Kubota Not Shown
2 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 5 1 Hose, Radiator, Lower, Kub
3 1001166-40 1 Guard, Belt, Kub, V3600TB
— 1001166-42 1 Manual, Operators, Kub, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-43 1 Manual, Service, Kub, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-44 1 Manual, Workshop. Kub, V3600TB Not Shown
— 1001166-45 1 Manual, Parts, Kub, V3600TB Not Shown
4 1001166-56 4 Plug, Hole Cover, Rad Shroud
5 1001166-57 2 Isolator, Rad Upper Mnt
6 1001166-58 2 Plate, Rad Isolator Mnt
7 1001166-59 2 Isolator, Rad Lower Mnt
8 1001166-60 1 Bumper Assy, Rad Isolator Mnt
9 1 0 02 1 8 4 - 0 4 1 Cap, Radiator, 13.5 PSI, 2.25 Neck
10 1 0 02 1 8 4 -1 7 1 Plate, Fuel Pump Brkt, Kub
11 1 0 02 1 8 4 -1 8 1 Pump, Fuel, Electric, Kubota
12 3 3 31 2 2 Clamp, Muffler, 2.50 x .313
13 38385 1 Air Filter Fpg Radial
— 38385-01 1 Filter Element, Air Primary Not Shown
— 3 8 3 8 5 - 02 1 Filter Element, Air Safety Not Shown
14 38385-05 1 Bracket, Air Cleaner Mount
15 9 81 5 1 1 6 Washer, Fender, .375 x 1.50
— 9 82 0 8 0 - 02 1 Filter Element, Fuel Not Shown
— 9 8 6 5 37- 0 3 1 Filter Oil 8515 Kubota Not Shown
16 9 8 6 5 37-1 4 4 Isolator, 8515
17 9 8 6 5 37-1 6 1 Mount, Motor Lf 8515 Kubota
18
19
20
9 8 6 5 37-1 7
9 8 6 5 37-1 9
9 8 6 5 37-2 1
1
1
1
Mount, Motor Rf 8515 Kubota
Fan, 8515 Kubota
Hose, Radiator, Upper, 8515
10
21 9 8 6 5 37-24 1 Air Filter, Upper Reducer
— 9 8 6 5 37-2 6 1 Exhaust, Tip 90 Kubota Not Shown
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine (continued)
45
Figure 10-9
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine Parts List (continued)

Item
22 9 8 6 5 37-2 7 1 Air Breather Hose 180 x 1.7
23 9 8 6 5 37-2 8 1 Air Breather 45 x 3.00
24 9 8 6 5 37-2 9 1 Air Breather 90 x 3.00 - 3.50
25 9 8 6 5 37- 3 0 1 Muffler Strap,Engine
— 9 8 6 5 37- 31 1 Filter, Fuel, In Line Not Shown
26 9 8 6 5 37- 3 5 1 Muffler
27 9 8 6 5 37- 4 0 1 Fan Shroud
28 9 8 6 5 37- 4 2 2 Radiator Support Plate Foot
29 9 8 6 5 37- 4 3 1 Radiator Support Plate
30 9 8 6 5 37- 4 4 1 Fan Guard
31 9 8 6 5 37- 4 5 1 Radiator Brace
— 9 8 6 5 37- 5 0 1 Sending Unit, Water Temp, Kubota Not Shown
— 986801 1 Cable, Bat, Pos, 2/0, 42" Not Shown
— 9 8 6 8 02 1 Cable, Bat, Neg, 2/0, 34" Not Shown
— 9 876 32 2 Flange, Shroud Not Shown
32 9 87 9 8 5 1 Actuator, Emulsion Throttle, DC 12v
— 9 8 81 6 9 1 Kit, Hose Oil Drain 85XX Kubota Not Shown
33 9 8 0 31 7 1 Adapter, Throttle Actuator Rod
34 9 8 0 31 8 1 Adapter, Throttle Actuator, Base
35 9 82 1 5 7 2 Ball Joint, .375, Male, w/Stud
36 9 8 8 6 73 -1 0 1 Muffler Brace, Kubota Engine
37 9 8 8 6 73 -1 1 1 Throttle Bracket, Actuator, Kub
38 9 8 8 6 73 -1 2 1 Throttle Mount, Actuator, Kub
39 9 8 8 6 73 -1 3 1 Radiator/Cooler Assy, Kub, 8515B
40 9 8 8 6 73 -1 4 2 Engine Mount, Rear, Kub, 8515
41 9 8 8 6 73 -1 5 1 Intake, Tube, Kub, 8515
42 9 8 8 6 73 -1 6 1 Exhaust, Nipple, Kub, 8515
43 1 0 0 31 3 9 - 0 4 1 Tube, Air Inlet
44 1 0 02 9 1 7-2 9 1 Inlet Hood
— 9 8 8 6 73 -1 7 1 Harness, Engine, V3600TB Kubota Not Shown
— 9 8 8 6 73 -1 8 1 FITT, 90 02Mp-05Hb Not Shown
— 9 8 8 6 73 -1 9 1 FITT, Str 02Mp-05Hb Not Shown
— 9 8 9707 1 Sensor, Oil Pressure, 300 Kubota Not Shown
—
—
—
8 0 47 1
81 2 9 1
80486
2
2
2
M8 x 1.25 nut
M8 x 1.25 x 16 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer
M8 x 1.25 x 22 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer
Not Shown
Not Shown
Not Shown
10
— 8 0 478 16 M10 lock washer Not Shown
— 81 1 3 0 1 4 M10 x 1.25 x 16 mm socket head cap screw Not Shown
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine (continued)
45
Figure 10-9
Return to Return to
Kubota Engine Parts List (continued)

Item
— 81 1 32 10 M10 x 1.25 x 25 mm bolt Not Shown
— Reference 1 M10 x 1.25 x 20 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer Not Shown
— 8 0 92 0 12 M10 x 1.25 x 30 mm hex head Not Shown
— Reference 10 M12 x 1.25 x 35mm bolt Not Shown
— Reference 4 M16 x 2.00 x 60 mm bolt Not Shown
— Reference 16 #10-32 x .750 serrated flange bolt Not Shown
— Reference 2 .250-20 x .500 serrated flange bolt Not Shown
— 8 0 1 87 1 .250-20 x 1.25 hex head bolt Not Shown
— 80194 1 .250-20 x 1.50 hex head bolt Not Shown
— Reference 2 .250-20 serrated nut Not Shown
— 80350 2 .250-20 nylock nut Not Shown
— 8 02 2 1 1 .375-16 x 1.00 bolt Not Shown
— 1 0 4 -2 0 5 -1 A 1 .375-16 x 1.00 serrated flange bolt Not Shown
— Reference 6 .375-16 x 1.25 serrated flange bolt Not Shown
— 80996 6 .375 SAE flat washer Not Shown
— 512156 2 .375 x 2.00 fender washer Not Shown
— 8 0 1 62 3 .375 lock washer Not Shown
— 80038 1 .375-16 nut Not Shown
— 80056 6 .375-24 hex nut Not Shown
— Reference 5 .375-16 serrated flange nut Not Shown
— 80695 18 Washer, Flat, SAE, .500 Not Shown
— 80164 18 Washer, Lock, .500 Not Shown
— 8 025 0 8 CSHH, .500-13 x 1.25 Not Shown
— 23 024 0 4 Hose Clamp, 2.125 (Size 28) Not Shown
— 986801 1 Cable, Battery Starter to Battery Pos.
— 9 8 6 8 02 1 Cable, Battery Engine to Ground Post
10
Return to Return to
Cat Engine
Figure 10-10
Return to Return to
Cat Engine Parts List

Item
— 1002917 1 Cat C3.4t Tier3 Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 3 1 C3.4 Sn# Cjr Oper Manual Not Shown
1 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 1 1 Radiator/Oil Cooler Combo
2 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 2 4 Bottom Radiator Mount
3 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 3 1 Guard, Fan Rd 18.625 2.00"ID
4 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 4 1 Puller 17.32/8-8/25/Pag/3Hl/
5 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 5 1 F/W Coupling w/Pmp
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 8 1 Coupling, Pump Drive Coupler and Hardware Only
6 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 6 1 800 Ex Elbow w/Flange 3Hole
7 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 07 1 Flex Tube 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 4.50 L
8 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 8 1 Left Muffler Support
9 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 9 1 Right Muffler Support
10 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 0 1 Bracket, Front Mount
11 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 1 1 Leg, Right Rear
12 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 2 1 Hose, Upper 42496683
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 3 1 Harness, Cat Paver Not Shown
13 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 4 1 Transition Tube 2.50 x 3.00
14 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 5 1 Bracket Top Left Radiator
15 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 6 1 Leg, Left Rear
16 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 7 1 Bracket, Throttle
17 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 8 1 Lever, Throttle
18 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 9 1 Bracket, Top Right Radiator
19 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 0 1 804 Fan Spacer
20 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 1 1 Hose, Lower Radiator
— 9 8 4 9 0 9 -1 2 1 Water Temp Sender M16 x 1.50 Not Shown
— 39081 1 Hyd Oil Pressure Sender Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 2 1 Temp Switch 240F .250 Nptf Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 3 1 Three Thread Plug Seal Not Shown
21 9 8 6 5 37-14 4 Isolator, 8515
— 9 8 4 9 0 9 -1 0 1 FITT Not Shown
— 3 8 82 6 1 FITT, Bspp To Pipe, .250-18 Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-24 1 Tee Female Pipe .125 Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-25 2 Adapter, .500-20 to .250-18 SAE Not Shown
—
—
—
3 82 79
33491
1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 6
1
1
1
.313 x .250 Male Pipe Elbow
.313 x .125 Barb Tite Hose End
Adapter, .250-18 Fp To M14
Not Shown
Not Shown
Not Shown
10
— 3 51 8 9 2 Brass Hose Ftg Male Pipe .250 Not Shown
— 33277 2 #4 Hose Clamp .250 to .625 Not Shown
Return to Return to
Cat Engine (continued)
Figure 10-10
Return to Return to
Cat Engine Parts List (continued)

Item
— 33164 2 #10 Hose Clamp .375 to .625 Not Shown
— 33169 4 #28 Hose Clamp 1.25 to 1.75 Not Shown
— 3 3 4 37 1 #40 Hose Clamp 2.00 to 2.50 Not Shown
— 70 0 5 0 0 1 #44 Hose Clamp 2.25 to 2.75 Not Shown
— 87 1 1 1 1 52 7 1 #48 Hose Clamp 2.50 to 3.00 Not Shown
22 9 8 6 5 37- 3 5 1 Muffler
23 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 7 2 Mounting Band 6.62: ID, Metal
24 7 1 1 72 1 Clamp,Muffler, 2.00
25 3 4 6 79 1 Seal Clamp 2.50
26 1 7 1 1 70 1 Rbr Elbow
27 370 8 1 1 Stack Extn
28 33312 1 Clamp, Muffler, 2.50 x .313
29 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-28 1 Tail Pipe 2.50 ID 12.00 L
30 38385 1 Air Filter Fpg Radial
— 38385-01 1 Filter Element, Air Primary Not Shown
— 38385-02 1 Filter Element, Air Safety Not Shown
31 38385-05 1 Bracket, Air Cleaner Mount
32 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 9 1 Inlet Hood
33 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 0 1 Servisignl
34 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 1 1 Ell, Rbr 2.50 x 2.13 Hose
35 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 2 4 Sgle .375 Thread, 1.00 Rubber
— 3 82 6 8 1 Clamp - T Bolt 2.25 ID Nom 2.50 Not Shown
— 36045 1 Clamp - T Bolt 2.50 ID Nom 2.80 Not Shown
36 9 82 1 57 2 Ball Joint, .375, Male, w/Stud
37 9 879 8 5 1 Actuator, Emulsion Throttle, DC 12v
38 980317 1 Adapter, Throttle Actuator Rod
39 980318 1 Adapter, Throttle Actuator, Base
40 1 0 0 2 9 24 1 Plate, Air Cleaner Mount
41 984909-01 1 Filter, Fuel
— 988671-01 1 Filter, Oil Not Shown
— 9 8 8 6 7 1 -1 0 1 Belt Not Shown
—
—
42
9 8 8 6 7 1 -1 0
988671-09
1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 4
1
1
1
Alternator
Starter
Gasket, Engine Exhaust Manifold
Not Shown
Not Shown 10
— 1 0 02 9 1 7- 3 5 1 Cable, Battery Starter to Battery Pos.
— 1 0 02 9 1 7- 3 6 1 Cable, Battery Engine to Ground Post
Return to Return to
Spray Down
Figure 10-11
Return to Return to
Spray Down Parts List

Item
1 920200 1 Hose Reel, Machine Washdown
2 1001542 1 Pump, Spraydown
3 480260 1 Bracket, Water/Fuel Pump Mount
4 920222 1 Tee, .375
5 99638 1 Nipple, .375
6 984338 1 Hose, Pump to Hose Reel, 5'
7 36926 1 Strainer See item 2
8 920220 2 Handle & Nozzle, Spraydown
9 9 0 1 2 1 0A A/R Nozzle, Spraydown Handle
10 984339 2 Hose, 15' to Spraydown Handle
11 8 51 4 4 8 A/R Pressure Switch (Flowjet Pump)
12 984339 1 Hose, 15' to Tank
— 1 0 0 14 28 S R V A/R Kit, Spraydown Pump and Strainer Includes Items 2, 7
13 34536 1 FITT, 90 06MJ-08MP
10
Return to Return to
Screed Arm Assembly With Toe Point
Figure 10-12
Return to Return to
Screed Arm Assembly With Toe Point Parts List

Item
1 8 51 2 0 6 S R V 1 Extension, Screed Arm
2 984896SRV 1 Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, RH Reference Only, See Fig 10-46
— 9 8 4 8 97S R V 1 Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, LH Reference Only, See Fig 10-45
4 8 51 2 0 9 1 Mount, Pivot
5 8 51 51 8 2 Screw, Electric (6.00”)
6 8 51 2 1 0 S R V 2 Ears, Pivot
7 8 51 2 1 1 1 End, Rod End of Screw
8 8 51 2 1 2 1 End, Motor End of Screw
9 8 51 2 1 3 1 Clevis, .188 x .250
10 8 51 52 0 1 Cable, Height Locator .188 x 90 w/5.00” Stroke
11 8 51 2 1 5 1 Decal, Height
12 1 0 2- 41 1 -1 A 1 CSHH, .500-13 x 2.50
13 1 1 6 -1 0 1 Nut, Lock 1.00-8
14 1 0 2- 6 1 1 -1 A 3 CSHH, .625-11 x 2.50
15 1 1 6 -7 3 Nut, Lock, .625-11
16 8 51 1 3 4 2 CSHH, .375-16 x .750
17 119-3 2 Washer, Fender .375
18 1 0 2- 9 -1 A 1 CSHH, .250 x 2.00
19 1 1 6 -1 1 Nut, Lock, .250
20 1 0 2- 4 0 8 -1 A 2 CSHH, .500-13 x 1.75
21 115-5-A 2 Nut, Lock, .500
22 855568 1 Bracket, Grade Control
23 853586SRV 1 Mounting Plate 6” Electric Screw, RH
— 853585SRV 1 Mounting Plate 6” Electric Screw, LH Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Propane Heater And Automatic Ignitors
Figure 10-13
Return to Return to
Propane Heater And Automatic Ignitors Parts List

Item
1 230010 1 L.P.G. Tank, 20 lbs
2 230030 1 Adapter, P.O.L.
3 230110 1 Gauge, L.P.G. Pressure
4 230300 1 Solenoid Valve, 12 Volt L.P.G.
5 9 8251 5 1 Regulator w/Gauge, L.P.G.
6 230032 1 Hose, L.P.G. Regulator to Tee
7 230034 2 Hose, Ignitor Burner
9 230081 2 Tee, .250 Street
10 230038 2 Hose, Screed Extension Burner
11 2 3 0 070 5 Valve, Selector (Cutoff)
12 230069 3 Adapter, Hose to Pipe (90 deg)
13 8 51 2 25 2 Hose, Screed Extension Burner
17 9 825 0 4 2 Burner, Screed Extension
18 2 3 0 24 0 2 Hose Clamp, 2.125 (Size 28)
19 9 825 0 1 A/R Burner Nozzle, Ignitor
20 9 825 0 3 2 Burner Nozzle, Screed Extension
21 230084 2 Quick Disconnect Coupling
22 2 3 0 0 24 2 Ignitor, Ceramic, Hot Surface
23 230034 1 Hose, Ignitor Burner
10
Return to Return to
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 4
Figure 10-14
Return to Return to
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 4 Parts List

Item
1 8 51 241 S R V 2 Housing, Rear Slide Bar
2 8 51 24 2 S R V 2 Bar, Adjustable Slide
3 9 2 0 070 2 Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00
4 8 51 24 3 S R V 2 Housing, Front Slide Bar
5 14 3 - 5 2 Nut, Lock, .500-13
6 8 51 24 9 S R V 2 Skid
7 1 0 2- 41 1 -1 A 2 CSHH, .500-13 x 2.50
8 981981 2 Alum. Cable Sleeve .0625
9 8 51 24 5 1 Spring, Tension
10 8 51 24 6 1 Cable 1.0625
11 8 51 247S R V 1 Arm, Skid Support (Rear)
12 8 51 24 8 S R V 1 Arm, Skid Support (Front)
13 1 0 2- 6 1 1 -1 A 1 CSHH, .625-11 x 2.50
14 1 1 6 -7 1 Nut, Lock, .625-11
15 8 51 578 1 Bracket, Sonic Tracker
16 1 1 9 -7 1 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
17 1 0 2- 6 1 7-1 A 1 CSHH, .625-11 x 4.00 GR5
18 985866 1 AM Module and Cable Assy, w/Base Plate
— 985866-01 1 AM Module Only Not Shown
— 985866-02 1 Cable, AM Module Only Not Shown
— 984596 1 Assy, Cord Remote (TOPCON) Not Shown
19 8 51 579 1 Sonic Tracker
20 8 51 5 8 1 1 Wire Bail, Temperature
21 8 51 2 6 5 1 Case For Sonic Tracker
22 8 51 575 S R V 2 Pivot Mount, TOPCON/Spectra Physics
23 9090-1125SRV 1 Bracket, Z Arm, TOPCON
24 300060 1 Handle, Bolt, .625-11
25 1 0 2- 6 0 6 -1 A 1 CSHH, .625-11 x .250 GR5
26 1 1 9 -7 1 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
27 8 51 4 2 1 A/R Slope Meter
28 8 51 574 A/R Coiled Cord, TOPCON Tracker/Slope
— 8 51 5 8 4 S R V 1 Assy, 20 Ft. Kit Not Shown
— 8 51 5 8 5 S R V 1 Assy, 30 Ft. to 40 Ft. Kit Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 5
Figure 10-15
Return to Return to
Paver Leveling Control (TOPCON) System 5 Parts List

Item
1 9 8 3 414 -1 0 2 Assy Temp. Bail w/Sleeves
2 9 8 3 414 - 0 1 2 TSD Sonic Tracker II
3 9 8 3 414 - 0 8 2 Coil Cord, 15ft CA to Tracker
4 9 8 3 414 - 0 2 2 TSD 3 Conn SS Paver Box
5 9 8 3 41 6 - 0 1 2 Cable J-Box to Control Box
6 9 8 3 414 -14 2 Slope Cable 5 Foot
7 9 8 3 414 -1 3 2 Slope Sensor
8 984596 2 Assy, Cord Remote (TOPCON)
9 985866-02 2 Cable, AM Module Only
10 985866-01 2 AM Module Only
11 9090-1125SRV 2 Bracket, Z Arm, TOPCON
12 9 2 0 070 2 Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00
13 8 51 575 S R V 2 Pivot Mount, TOPCON/Spectra Physics
14 300060 2 Handle, Bolt, .625-11
15 1 0 2- 6 0 6 -1 A 4 CSHH, .625-11 x .250 GR5
16 1 1 9 -7 4 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
17 8 51 578 2 Bracket, Sonic Tracker
18 1 1 9 -7 2 Washer, Flat, SAE, .625
19 1 0 2- 6 1 7-1 A 2 CSHH, .625-11 x 4.00 GR8
20 9 8 3 414 - 0 9 2 Assy CB Bracket
— 9 8 828 8 S R V 1 Dual Grade & Slope System 5 Kit, Not Shown
— 988409SRV 1 Dual Grade Control System 5 Kit, Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Truck Hitch Assembly

Figure 10-16
Return to Return to
Truck Hitch Assembly Parts List

Item
— 1 0 0 0 25 3 S R V 1 Truck Hitch Assy Not Shown
1 930015 1 Support, Pivot Bar
2 930020SRV 1 Arm Extension, RH
3 9 3 0 0 25 S R V 1 Arm Extension, LH
4 930030SRV 2 Arm, Assy, Truck Hitch Wheel Pivot
5 620400 4 Collar, Lock
6 8 1 0 070 4 Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50
7 930040 2 Roller
8 930045SRV 2 Assy, Axle, Guide Wheel
9 930050 2 Bearing, Truck Hitch Roller
10 930055 2 Guide Wheel, Truck Hitch
11 8 51 1 1 1 2 CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00
12 810102 2 Push Roller, Truck Wheel
13 810110 8 Bearing, Push Roller (1.25)
14 930060 2 Roller Extension, Bumper
15 930065 1 Cover, Back Panel
16 9 3 0 070 1 Cylinder, Arm Extension
— 9 3 0 070 - 0 1 1 Seal Kit Not Shown
— 8 52 25 0 1 Valve Truck Hitch Not Shown
17 9 3 0 075 2 Shaft, Bumper Roller
18 851112 2 Washer, Counter Sunk, .500
— 984399 1 Hose Kit 8515 Truck Hitch Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Kubota Sheet Metal Cover
11
17
12
24
13
23
14
9
3
7 5
25
1
6
22
21
27 32 4
15 22
30
18
28
19 8
16
29 31
20
26 2
Figure 10-17
Return to Return to
Kubota Sheet Metal Cover Parts List

Item
1 9 876 2 1 1 Toeboard, Driver Side
2 9 876 1 6 1 Toeboard, Pass. Side
3 9 876 2 7 1 Cover, Top Center
4 988118 1 Cover, Right Side SM
5 9 876 3 0 1 Shroud
6 9 876 3 2 2 Flange, Shroud
7 9 876 2 0 1 Cover, Access Hole LH
8 1000850 1 W/M, RH Engine Cover, W/Defl
9 9 876 2 3 1 Cover, Drivers Side
11 9 876 24 1 Grill, Top Center
12 9 876 2 6 1 Door, Engine Access
13 9 876 3 9 2 Hinge, (2) Thru Holes
14 980460 1 Southco Fastener
— 35560 2 Key, Vandalism Lock Not Shown
15 9 876 2 9 1 Cover, Access Hole, Top
16 9 876 3 3 1 Cover, Access Hole RH
17 9 876 2 2 1 End Sheet, Side Cover
18 9 879 6 2 1 Grating, Left Side
19 9 879 6 3 1 Grating, Middle
20 9 879 6 4 1 Grating, Right Side
21 9 8 8 1 24 1 Air Breather Bracket
22 9 8 82 2 6 2 Bracket For SM
23 989469 1 Assy, Beacon Light Post
— 2 1 1 74 8 - 0 2 1 Light, Strobe, Amber Not Shown
24 9 876 3 5 1 Radiator Cover
25 988119 1 Grill, Top Center, w/Air Breather Hole
26 854592 1 Support, Elite III Dash
27 9 878 5 0 1 Support, Dash Assy
28 854632 1 Cover, Vandalism Assy.
29 980333 1 Dash, Assy 8515
30 8 5 5 373 1 Cover, Dash Channel
31 SW29 1 Switch, Battery Disconnect
32 9 8 5 51 8 1 Term. Battery, POS. Remote Mount
—
—
—
5804
986806
986804
1
1
1
Cable, Battery
Battery
Cable, Battery
Switch to Bat. Neg or Gnd Post
Battery Post to Jump Start Post

10
Return to Return to
CAT Sheet Metal Cover
14
17
23 24
9 3
7
24
26
25
16 12
1 11 6
21 4
22 16 32 5
30
27
19
28
8
29 13
31
18 2
Figure 10-18
Return to Return to
CAT Sheet Metal Cover Parts List

Item
1 9 876 2 1 1 Toeboard, Driver Side
2 9 876 1 6 1 Toeboard, Pass. Side
3 1003358 1 W/M, Engine Cover 8515B CAT
— 1003359 1 Assy, Engine Cover, 8515B CAT Includes Items 3, 23, 24, 25, 26
4 988118 1 Cover, Right Side SM
5 988126 1 Cover, Top Con Hole
6 1 0 0 2 9 24 1 Plate, Air Cleaner Mount
7 9 876 2 0 1 Cover, Access Hole LH
8 1000850 1 W/M, RH Engine Cover, W/Defl
9 9 876 2 3 1 Cover, Drivers Side
11 9 876 3 9 2 Hinge, (2) Thru Holes
12 980460 1 Southco Fastener
13 9 876 3 3 1 Cover, Access Hole RH
14 9 876 2 2 1 End Sheet, Side Cover
16 9 8 82 2 6 2 Bracket For SM
17 989469 1 Assy, Beacon Light Post
— 2 1 1 74 8 - 0 2 1 Light, Strobe, Amber Not Shown
18 854592 1 Support, Elite III Dash
20 854632 1 Cover, Vandalism Assy.
21 980333 1 Dash, Assy 8515
22 8 5 5 373 1 Cover, Dash Channel
23 9 876 24 1 Grill, Top Center
24 9 876 3 5 1 Radiator Cover
25 1002912 1 Grill, Right Hood Cover
26 1 0 0 3 28 3 1 Plate, Engine Access Cover
27 9 879 6 2 1 Grating, Left Side
28 9 879 6 3 1 Grating, Middle
29 9 879 6 4 1 Grating, Right Side
31 SW29 1 Switch, Battery Disconnect
32 9 8 5 51 8 1 Term. Battery, POS. Remote Mount
— 5804 1 Cable, Battery Switch to Bat. Neg or Gnd Post
—
—
986806
986804
1
1
Battery
Cable, Battery Battery Post to Jump Start Post 10
Return to Return to
Strike Offs And Extensions

Figure 10-19
Return to Return to
Strike Offs And Extensions Parts List

Item
1 860091LSRV A/R Strike Off, Left Side, 12”
2 860091RSRV A/R Strike Off, Right Side, 12”
1 860095LSRV A/R Strike Off, Left Side, 24”
2 860095RSRV A/R Strike Off, Right Side, 24”
3 8 51 6 3 4 L S R V A/R Extension, 6’ Left Side
4 8 51 6 3 4 R S R V A/R Extension, 6’ Right Side
5 8 51 6 3 5 L S R V A/R Roll Up Curb Attachment, Left Side, 12”
6 8 51 6 3 5 R S R V A/R Roll Up Curb Attachment, Right Side, 12”
5 8 51 6 3 6 L S R V A/R Roll Up Curb Attachment, Left Side, 24” Standard
6 8 51 6 3 6 R S R V A/R Roll Up Curb Attachment, Right Side, 24” Standard
10
Return to Return to
Control Valve
Figure 10-20
Return to Return to
Control Valve Parts List

Item
1 983643-01 A/R Valve, Directional Solenoid
2 983643-02a A/R Coil, 12VDC w/Deutsch Connector
3 983643-03 A/R Nut, Coil
4 983643-04 A/R Valve, Cartridge SVO8 With Coil, Screed
5 983643-05 A/R Dual Pilot Operated Check Valve
6 983643-06 A/R Valve, Piloted Logic Element
7 9 8 3 6 4 3 - 07 A/R Valve, Relief RVO8
9 983643-09 A/R Valve, Check CVO8
10 9 8 3 6 4 3 -1 0 A/R Flow Divider FD10
13 9 8 3 6 4 3 -1 3 A/R Manifold, 9-Station Upper
— 984594-01 A/R Filter, Element Hydraulic Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Lower Manifold
a b c d e
a b
Figure 10-21
Return to Return to
Lower Manifold Parts List

Item
1 983644-01 A/R Coil, 12VDC SV12 4303712
2a 983644-02 A/R Valve, Cartridge SV12 Right Auger
2b 983644-02 A/R Valve, Cartridge SV12 Left Auger
2c 983644-02 A/R Valve, Cartridge SV12 Vibrator
2d 983644-02 A/R Valve, Cartridge SV12 Right Conveyor
2e 983644-02 A/R Valve, Cartridge SV12 Left Conveyor
3a 983644-03 A/R Valve, Relief RV10 Auger Relief
3b 983644-03 A/R Valve, Relief RV10 Conveyor Relief
4 900140 1 Valve, Solenoid, 2 Speed Located at upper manifold end
6 983644-06 A/R Harness, Wiring Lower (N/S)
7 9 8 3 6 4 4 - 07 A/R Manifold Lower
10
Return to Return to
Instrument Panel Dash
Figure 10-22
Return to Return to
Instrument Panel Dash Parts List

Item
1 8 51 3 9 0 2 Switch, Toggle LH Auto Augers
2 900030 8 Switch, Toggle
4 8 51 3 9 1 6 Switch, Toggle, SPST, 2-POS
5 8 51 3 9 2 10 Switch, Toggle
6 900120 2 Light, Red, Indicator
7 1003114 1 Guage Panel Plate
8 1002032 1 Guage, 3 in 1: Tach, Oil, Water Temp
9 1002033 1 Fuel Guage
10 1002034 1 Volts Guage
11 1002035 1 Hourmeter Guage
12 31983 1 Light, Red, Dash, .500 Hole
13 3 9 14 6 -14 1 Ignition Switch w/Heat Start
— 9 82 0 0 8 - 0 4 2 Ignition Key, Replacement Not Shown
14 900120 1 Light, Red, Indicator
16 9 82 24 9 1 Switch, Push Button
20 9 8 8 9 24 - 0 3 1 Emergency Brake Switch
— 1003167 1 Kit, Decals, 8515B
10
Return to Return to
Power Crown (Option)

Figure 10-23
Return to Return to
Power Crown (Option) Parts List

Item
1 986640 1 Motor, Power Crown
2 9 8 6 6 37S R V 2 Assy, Crown Adjustment
3 986643 1 Cover, Power Crown
4 986639SRV 1 Chain Turnbuckle
5 986645 1 Power Crown Support
6 986644 1 Motor Mount Cover
7 9 8 6 6 57 1 Bearing
8 9 8 6 6 41 1 Sprocket
10
Return to Return to
Screed Non-sloping Overview
1
4
3
15
2 7
14
6
5
12 13
9
10
11
Figure 10-24
Return to Return to
Screed Non-sloping Overview Parts List

Item Ref.
No. Figure Description Remarks
1 10-46 Screed Citrus Tank and Electric Heat Control Box
2 10-34 Screed Vibrator Assembly LH
3 10-35 Screed Vibrator Assembly RH
4 10-45 Screed Pull Arm and Remote Control Box RH
5 10-43 Screed Endgate Assembly RH
6 10-47 Screed Miscellaneous Components
8 10-36 Screed Walk Board Assembly
9 10-26 Screed Frame Non-Sloping See 10-32 for Electric
10 10-44 Screed Pull Arm and Remote Control Box LH
11 10-42 Screed Endgate Assembly LH
12 10-37 Screed Slide Plate Assembly
14 10-28 Screed Extension Single Adjuster LH See 10-38 for Electric
15 10-29 Screed Extension Single Adjuster RH See 10-39 for Electric
10
Return to Return to
Screed Sloping Overview
3 4
2
17
16 7
15
14
6
13
12
10 9
11
Figure 10-25
Return to Return to
Screed Sloping Overview Parts List

Item Ref.
No. Figure Description Remarks
1 10-46 Screed Citrus Tank and Electric Heat Control Box
2 10-34 Screed Vibrator Assembly LH
3 10-35 Screed Vibrator Assembly RH
4 10-45 Screed Pull Arm and Remote Control Box RH
5 10-43 Screed Endgate Assembly RH
8 10-36 Screed Walk Board Assembly
9 10-27 Screed Frame Sloping See 10-33 for Electric Screed
10 10-44 Screed Pull Arm and Remote Control Box LH
11 10-42 Screed Endgate Assembly LH
14 10-30 Screed Extension Double Adjuster LH See 10-40 for Electric Screed
15 10-31 Screed Extension Double Adjuster RH See 10-41 for Electric Screed
10
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Propane
19
Figure 10-26
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Propane Parts List

Item
1 1 0 0 0 251 1 Group, Screed Base 8500 Series Prop Includes item 14, 15, 16
2 870 1 82 1 Crown & Valley Assy, Rear
3 870 1 72 1 Crown & Valley Assy, Front
4 870 1 9 0 1 Chain, Roller, 40 x 52 Pitch
5 9 8 8 376 1 Locking Bar, Crown And Valley
7 9 8 1 724 S R V 1 Wear Plate, 8' Bullnose
10 8 5 578 3 1 Bottom Rail, 8500 Screed Ext
11 8 5 578 4 1 Top Rail, 8500 Screed Ext
12 988556 1 Bar Jack, Screed Slide
13 855562 1 Bar, .125 x 2.00 x 44.50, Notches RH or LH
14 8 51 2 0 1 S R V 2 Cover, Screed Plate Access
15 8 51 2 0 4 S R V 1 Cover, Screed LH Ext Cyl
16 8 51 2 0 3 S R V 1 Cover, Screed RH Ext Cyl
17 118-3 24 Washer, Lock, .375
18 1 0 0 -2 0 5 -1 A 24 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR5
10
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Sloping - Propane
Figure 10-27
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Sloping - Propane Parts List

Item
1 9 82 9 8 6 1 Screed Base, 8515 Propane Slope Includes item 18, 19, 20
8 981659 2 Bar, Pivot
9 981711 2 Plate, Pivot Cover
10 981661 2 Pin, Cyl Mount
13 9 8 1 724 S R V 1 Wear Plate, 8' Bullnose
14 981656 1 Plate, Rail Mount
16 981658 2 Bar, Bottom Rail
17 9 8 1 6 57 2 Bar, Top Rail
18 9 8 514 9 2 Cover, Screed Lid
19 9 8 5147 1 Plate, Screed Cover, RH
20 9 8 514 8 1 Plate, Screed Cover, LH
21 1 0 0 -2 0 5 -1 A 24 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR5
22 118-3 24 Washer, Lock, .375
10
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Propane
Figure 10-28
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Propane Parts List

Item
1 859394SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Propane, 8500, LH
2 8 51 1 82 S R V 1 Assy, Heat Box, Propane, Single Adj
4 8 51 1 8 5 S R V 1 Ext Adj Screw Assy
5 870 0 3 0 1 Bearing, Screed Flight Screw
6 870 2 79 1 CSSH, .375-16 Shldr Socket
8 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
12 9 8 82 9 1 1 Assy, Heat Box Cover, Single Adj
13 118-3 22 Washer, Lock, .375
14 81068 22 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8
15 9 873 9 6 1 Nut, .875-9 UNC-2B Nylon Lock
16 851180LSRV 1 Guard, LH Screed Ext Hinge
17 860048 3 CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5
18 116-4 3 Nut, .437-14 Hex
10
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Propane
Figure 10-29
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Propane Parts List

Item
1 859395SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Propane, 8500, RH
2 8 51 1 82 S R V 1 Assy, Heat Box, Propane, Single Adj
8 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
13 118-3 22 Washer, Lock, .375
14 81068 22 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8
16 851180RSRV 1 Guard, RH Screed Ext Hinge
17 860048 3 CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5
18 116-4 3 Nut, .437-14 Hex
10
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Propane
Figure 10-30
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Propane Parts List

Item
1 9 8 3 41 0 S R V 1 Assy, Insert, Slope, Prop, LH With Slope
1a 983409-1SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Propane, LH (Not Shown) Without Slope
2 988318SRV 1 Assy, Heat Box, Propane, 4 Adjust
3 1 0 0 2 73 5 1 Hinge Assy
4 985556 1 Assy, Slide Adjust
8 1002715 1 Adjuster Mount
9 14 3 - 3 4 Nut, .375-16 Lock
10 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
14 9 8 82 9 2 1 Assy, Heat Box Cover, 4 Adj
16 80230 3 CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00
17 119-4 3 Washer, Lock, SAE, .375
18 1 1 8 -1 22 Washer, Lock, .250
19 80185 22 CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00
10
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Propane
Figure 10-31
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Propane Parts List

Item
1 983409SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Slope, Prop, RH With Slope
1a 983410-1SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Propane, RH, 4 (Not Shown) Without Slope
2 988318SRV 1 Assy, Heat Box, Propane, 4 Adjust
3 1 0 0 2 73 6 1 Hinge Assy
9 14 3 - 3 4 Nut, .375-16 Lock
10 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
16 80230 3 CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00
17 119-4 3 Washer, Lock, SAE, .375
18 1 1 8 -1 22 Washer, Lock, .250
19 80185 22 CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00
10
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Electric
Figure 10-32
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Non-Sloping - Electric Parts List

Item
1 9 8 9 37 7 1 Group, Screed Base 8500 Series Elec Includes item 14, 15, 16
6 9 8 51 24 2 Cover, Elements, Screed Base
7 9 872 1 6 S R V 1 Wear Plate Assy, Electric
8 9 8 51 2 1 2 Bar, .375 x 1.50 x 42
9 9 878 8 6 S R V 2 Element, Heater, Screed, 46”
9a 985699-03 2 Wiring, Element, Heater Pigtail
10 8 5 578 3 1 Bottom Rail, 8500 Screed Ext
11 8 5 578 4 1 Top Rail, 8500 Screed Ext
12 988556 1 Bar Jack, Screed Slide
13 855562 1 Bar, .125 x 2.00 x 44.50, Notches RH or LH
14 8 51 2 0 1 S R V 2 Cover, Screed Plate Access
15 8 51 2 0 4 S R V 1 Cover, Screed LH Ext Cyl
16 8 51 2 0 3 S R V 1 Cover, Screed RH Ext Cyl
17 118-3 24 Washer, Lock, .375
18 1 0 0 -2 0 5 -1 A 24 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR5
10
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Sloping - Electric
Figure 10-33
Return to Return to
Screed Frame Sloping - Electric Parts List

Item
1 9 8 5 5 47 1 Screed Base, 8515 Electric Slope Includes item 18, 19, 20
6 9 8 5 5 47 1 Screed Base, 8515 Electric Slope
7 9 8 51 24 2 Cover, Elements, Screed Base
8 981659 2 Bar, Pivot
9 981711 2 Plate, Pivot Cover
10 981661 2 Pin, Cyl Mount
11 9 8 51 2 1 2 Bar, .375 x 1.50 x 42
13 9 872 1 6 S R V 1 Wear Plate Assy, Electric
16 981658 2 Bar, Bottom Rail
17 9 8 1 6 57 2 Bar, Top Rail
18 9 8 514 9 2 Cover, Screed Lid
19 9 8 5147 1 Plate, Screed Cover, RH
20 9 8 514 8 1 Plate, Screed Cover, LH
21 1 0 0 -2 0 5 -1 A 24 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR5
22 118-3 24 Washer, Lock, .375
10
Return to Return to
Vibrator Assembly LH
Figure 10-34
Return to Return to
Vibrator Assembly LH Parts List

Item
1 9 82 9 6 5 L 1 Assy, Vibrator LH
2 9 82 9 6 5 L-1 1 Vibrator Housing, LH
3 880030 1 Coupling Half, 1.00, Vibrator Shaft
4 28 0 0 4 0 1 Insert, 3-Jaw Coupling
5 28 0 0 3 0 1 Coupling Half, Tack Pump Motor
6 983405 1 Hyd. Motor, Screed Vibrator
7 25 0 1 5 0 2 Bearing, Conveyor Pulley/Vibrator Shaft
8 880062 1 Shaft, Vibrator Eccentric
9 8 8 0 07 1 1 Plate, Vibrator Housing
10
Return to Return to
Vibrator Assembly RH
Figure 10-35
Return to Return to
Vibrator Assembly RH Parts List

Item
1 982965RSRV 1 Assy, Vibrator RH
2 9 82 9 6 5 R -1 1 Vibrator Housing, RH
3 880030 1 Coupling Half, 1.00, Vibrator Shaft
4 28 0 0 4 0 1 Insert, 3-Jaw Coupling
5 28 0 0 3 0 1 Coupling Half, Tack Pump Motor
6 983405 1 Hyd. Motor, Screed Vibrator
7 25 0 1 5 0 2 Bearing, Conveyor Pulley/Vibrator Shaft
8 880062 1 Shaft, Vibrator Eccentric
9 8 8 0 07 1 1 Plate, Vibrator Housing
10
Return to Return to
Walk Board Assembly
Figure 10-36
Return to Return to
Walk Board Assembly Parts List

Item
1 9 870 5 6 1 Assy, Walk Board Includes item 2
2 9 8 51 6 3 2 Walk Board Brkt
3 360010 1 Seat Assy W / Armrest, White
5 9 2 0 0 24 1 Support, Seat H/D
6 8 51 1 6 9 1 Tool Box
— 920235 A/R Umbrella Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Slide Plate Assembly
Figure 10-37
Return to Return to
Slide Plate Assembly Parts List

Item
1 1002186 1 Slide Plate Assy w/Chrome Rods
2 1002181 1 Slide Plate Assy
4 988588 4 Bushing
5 8 51 25 6 4 Snap Ring
6 988601 2 Chrome Rod
7 119-5 4 Washer, Flat, SAE, .500
8 118-5 4 Washer, Lock, .500
9 1 0 0 - 4 0 8 -1 4 CSSH, .500-20 x 1.50
10
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Electric
Figure 10-38
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust LH Assembly - Electric Parts List

Item
1 985561SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Electric, 8500, LH
2 9 87872 S R V 1 Assy, Heat Box, Elec, Single Adj
8 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
10 9 8 51 2 0 1 Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36
11 9 8 51 2 3 4 Clamp, Element, Screed Ext
13 118-3 22 Washer, Lock, .375
14 81068 22 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8
17 860048 3 CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5
18 116-4 3 Nut, .437-14 Hex
10
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Electric
Figure 10-39
Return to Return to
Extension Single Adjust RH Assembly - Electric Parts List

Item
1 985562SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Electric, 8500, RH
2 9 87872 S R V 1 Assy, Heat Box, Elec, Single Adj
8 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
10 9 8 51 2 0 1 Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36
13 118-3 22 Washer, Lock, .375
14 81068 22 CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8
17 860048 3 CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5
18 116-4 3 Nut, .437-14 Hex
10
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Electric
17 5
5
16
4
6
3
15 19
9
7 18 7
9
8
19
14
18
11a
13 10
12
11
10
Figure 10-40
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust LH Assembly - Electric Parts List

Item
1 984305 1 Assy, Insert, Slope, Elec, LH With Slope
1a 9 8 4 3 0 5 -1 1 Assy, Insert, Elec, LH (Not Shown) Without Slope
2 988319SRV 1 Assy, Heat Box, Elec, 4 Adjust
3 1 0 0 2 73 5 1 Hinge Assy
9 14 3 - 3 4 Nut, .375-16 Lock
10 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
12 9 8 51 2 0 1 Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36
16 80230 3 CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00
17 119-4 3 Washer, Lock, SAE, .375
18 1 1 8 -1 22 Washer, Lock, .250
19 80185 22 CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00
10
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Electric
Figure 10-41
Return to Return to
Extension Double Adjust RH Assembly - Electric Parts List

Item
1 984306SRV 1 Assy, Insert, Slope, Elec, RH With Slope
1a 9 8 4 3 0 6 -1 1 Assy, Insert, Elec, RH, 4 (Not Shown) Without Slope
2 988319SRV 1 Assy, Heat Box, Elec, 4 Adjust
3 1 0 0 2 73 6 1 Hinge Assy
9 14 3 - 3 4 Nut, .375-16 Lock
10 8 5 4 4 47 1 Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS
12 9 8 51 2 0 1 Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36
16 80230 3 CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00
17 119-4 3 Washer, Lock, SAE, .375
18 1 1 8 -1 22 Washer, Lock, .250
19 80185 22 CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00
10
Return to Return to
Endgate LH Assembly
Figure 10-42
Return to Return to
Endgate LH Assembly Parts List

Item
1 983308SRV 1 Jointer Assy, 8515, LH
3 890092SRV 1 Depth Screw Assy, Screed
4 1 1 6 - 8 -1 1 Nut, .750-10 UNC Hex Jam
5 1 0 2- 8 0 9 -1 A 1 CSHH, .875-9 x 2.00, GR5 Reference Only
6 890132LSRV 1 Bracket, Depth Screw Control LH
7 9 82 9 6 3 1 Bar, End Gate Skid 8515
9 80164 3 Washer, Lock, .500
10 80840 3 CSHH, .500-13 x .750
11 8 9 0 070 1 Assy, Adjusting Swivel Nut
12 890081SRV 1 Tilt Screw, Jointer Assy
13 9 82 79 6 1 Cable, Power, Ultrasonic
14 9 82 79 5 1 Remote Pod, Ultra Sonic
15 983050 1 Coil Cord, 6s/6s 1.5 to 7.5 ft
16 9 82 79 4 1 Sensor, Ultra Sonic
17 870 2 76 2 Hand Grip, Flight/Depth Screw
10
Return to Return to
Endgate RH Assembly
Figure 10-43
Return to Return to
Endgate RH Assembly Parts List

Item
1 983309SRV 1 Jointer Assy, 8515, RH
3 890092SRV 1 Depth Screw Assy, Screed
4 1 1 6 - 8 -1 1 Nut, .750-10 UNC Hex Jam
5 1 0 2- 8 0 9 -1 A 1 CSHH, .875-9 x 2.00, GR5 Reference Only
6 890132RSRV 1 Bracket, Depth Screw Control RH
7 982963SRV 1 Wear Plate, End Gate, 8515
9 118-5 3 Washer, Lock, .500
10 80840 3 CSHH, .500-13 x .750
11 8 9 0 070 1 Assy, Adjusting Swivel Nut
12 890081SRV 1 Tilt Screw, Jointer Assy
13 9 82 79 6 1 Cable, Power, Ultrasonic
14 9 82 79 5 1 Remote Pod, Ultra Sonic
15 983050 1 Coil Cord, 6s/6s 1.5 to 7.5 ft
16 9 82 79 4 1 Sensor, Ultra Sonic
10
Return to Return to
Screed Pull Arms LH Assembly
Figure 10-44
Return to Return to
Screed Pull Arms LH Assembly Parts List

Item
4 9 8 4 8 97S R V 1 Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, LH
5 1002728SRV 1 Flight Screw Assy PN 851370 is same w/o height rod
8 984534L 1 Enclosure, Elec 3 SW, LWR Cont Left
10
Return to Return to
Screed Pull Arms RH Assembly
Figure 10-45
Return to Return to
Screed Pull Arms RH Assembly Parts List

Item
4 984896SRV 1 Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, RH
5 1002728SRV 1 Flight Screw Assy PN 851370 is same w/o height rod
8 984534R 1 Enclosure, Elec 3 SW, LWR Cont Right
10
Return to Return to
Citrus Tank & Heat Control Box
Figure 10-46
Return to Return to
Citrus Tank & Heat Control Box Parts List

Item
1 9 870 9 9 S R V 1 Assy, Screed, Citrus, Tank, Elec Includes Item No. 11
1a 9 8 57 7 7S R V 1 Assy, Screed, Citrus, Tank, Propane Includes Item No. 11
2 9 8 51 3 8 1 Assy, Electric Heat Control
3 31983 1 Light, Red, Dash, .500 Hole
4 9 82 24 9 1 Switch, Push Button
5 8 51 3 9 1 1 Switch, Toggle, SPST, 2-POS
6 9 8 514 2 1 Timer, Elec
7 9 8 82 3 1 1 Relay, Time Delay, Off, 10 Amp
8 9 8 514 0 12 Breaker, 15 Amp
9 9 8 5141 3 Relay, 12VDC, DPST ,25 AMP, N/O
10 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 4 1 Block, Terminal
11 14 0 0 3 0 F L 1 Cap, Fuel Tank, Lockable
12 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 3 1 Power Cord, Bulkhead to Control Box
10
Return to Return to
Screed Miscellaneous Components
Figure 10-47
Return to Return to
Screed Miscellaneous Components Parts List

Item
1 8 51 1 9 1 1 Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 LH, Non Sloping Screed
— 8 51 1 9 1 - 0 1 1 Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 Not Shown
2 8 51 1 9 2 1 Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 RH, Non Sloping Screed
— 8 51 1 9 1 - 0 1 1 Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 Not Shown
3 981710R 1 Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 RH, Sloping Screed
— 9 8 1 7 1 0 -1 1 Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 Not Shown
4 981710L 1 Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 LH, Sloping Screed
— 9 8 1 7 1 0 -1 1 Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 Not Shown
5 983421 2 Cyl, Hyd, 2.75 x 2.00 x 1.125 Rod
— 983421-01 1 Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.75 x 2.00 x 1.125 Rod Not Shown
6 210060 2 Pin, Cylinder
10
Return to Return to
Generator
Figure 10-48
Return to Return to
Generator Parts List

Item
1 9 878 9 3 1 Generator, Hyd., 85XX, Assy Image may not be visually accurate
2 9 8 8 1 76 1 Generator, Only
3 986994 1 Motor, Hyd, Generator
4 Reference 1 Seal
5 985880 1 Breaker, Main
6 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 3 1 Power Cord, Bulkhead to Control Box
7 9 8 5 82 6 1 Harness, Electric Heat, Gen. to Bulkhead
8 986992 1 Manifold, Generator, w/Flow Control
— 986658 1 Capacitor, Generator, 40 uF Not Shown
— 1 0 0 2 1 47 1 Capacitor, Generator, 25 uF Not Shown
— 987894 1 Coupling Assy, Motor To Generator, 28 mm Not Shown
— 1002454 1 Coupling Half, 3 Jaw, 24 mm Not Shown
10
Return to Return to
Alphabetical Parts Index

Description Pa r t N u m b e r Figure Number Item Number
#10 Hose Clamp .375 to .625 33164 10-10 —
#10-32 x .750 serrated flange bolt Reference 10-9 —
#28 Hose Clamp 1.25 to 1.75 33169 10-10 —
#4 Hose Clamp .250 to .625 33277 10-10 —
#40 Hose Clamp 2.00 to 2.50 3 3 4 37 10-10 —
#44 Hose Clamp 2.25 to 2.75 70 0 5 0 0 10-10 —
#48 Hose Clamp 2.50 to 3.00 87 1 1 1 1 52 7 10-10 —
.250-20 nylock nut 80350 10-9 —
.250-20 serrated nut Reference 10-9 —
.250-20 x .500 serrated flange bolt Reference 10-9 —
.250-20 x 1.25 hex head bolt 8 0 1 87 10-9 —
.250-20 x 1.50 hex head bolt 80194 10-9 —
.313 x .125 Barb Tite Hose End 33491 10-10 —
.313 x .250 Male Pipe Elbow 3 82 79 10-10 —
.375 lock washer 80162 10-9 —
.375 SAE flat washer 80996 10-9 —
.375 x 2.00 fender washer 51 2 1 5 6 10-9 —
.375-16 serrated flange nut Reference 10-9 —
.375-16 x 1.00 bolt 80221 10-9 —
.375-16 x 1.00 serrated flange bolt 1 0 4 -2 0 5 -1 A 10-9 —
.375-16 x 1.25 serrated flange bolt Reference 10-9 —
.375-16 nut 80038 10-9 —
.375-24 hex nut 80056 10-9 —
12" Auger Ext 9 8 579 6 R / H 10-5 —
12" Auger Ext 9 8 579 6 L / H 10-5 —
800 Ex Elbow w/Flange 3Hole 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 6 10-10 6
804 Fan Spacer 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 0 10-10 19
Actuator, Emulsion Throttle, DC 12v 9 879 8 5 10-9 32
Actuator, Emulsion Throttle, DC 12v 9 879 8 5 10-10 37
Adapter, .250-18 Fp To M14 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 6 10-10 —
Adapter, .500-20 to .250-18 SAE 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-25 10-10 —
Adapter, Hose to Pipe (90 deg) 230069 10-13 12
Adapter, Hyd. Hose 24 0 4 -1 0 - 8 10-1 32
Return to Return to

Adapter, P.O.L. 230030 10-13 2
Adapter, Throttle Actuator Rod 980317 10-9 33
Adapter, Throttle Actuator Rod 980317 10-10 38
Adapter, Throttle Actuator, Base 980318 10-9 34
Adapter, Throttle Actuator, Base 980318 10-10 39
Adjuster Mount 1002715 10-30 8
Air Breather 45 x 3.00 9 8 6 5 37-28 10-9 23
Air Breather 90 x 3.00 - 3.50 9 8 6 5 37-2 9 10-9 24
Air Breather Bracket 9 8 8 1 24 10-17 21
Air Breather Hose 180 x 1.7 9 8 6 5 37-2 7 10-9 22
Air Filter Fpg Radial 38385 10-9 13
Air Filter Fpg Radial 38385 10-10 30
Air Filter, Upper Reducer 9 8 6 5 37-24 10-9 21
Alternator 9 8 8 6 7 1 -1 0 10-10 —
Alternator, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB 1001166-04 10-9 —
Alum. Cable Sleeve .0625 981981 10-14 8
AM Module and Cable Assy, w/Base Plate 985866 10-14 18
AM Module Only 985866-01 10-14 —
AM Module Only 985866-01 10-15 10
Arm Extension, LH 9 3 0 0 25 S R V 10-16 3
Arm Extension, RH 930020SRV 10-16 2
Arm, Assy, Truck Hitch Wheel Pivot 930030SRV 10-16 4
Arm, Auto. Conveyor Switch 900060 10-3 37
Arm, Skid Support (Front) 8 51 24 8 S R V 10-14 12
Arm, Skid Support (Rear) 8 51 247S R V 10-14 11
Assy CB Bracket 9 8 3 41 4 - 0 9 10-15 20
Assy In Front Of Under Carriage, LH 9 8 0 6 07 L 10-2 1
Assy In Front Of Under Carriage, RH 9 8 0 6 07 R 10-2 2
Assy Temp. Bail w/Sleeves 9 8 3 41 4 -1 0 10-15 1
Assy, 20 Ft. Kit 8 51 5 8 4 S R V 10-14 —
Assy, 30 Ft. to 40 Ft. Kit 8 51 5 8 5 S R V 10-14 —
Assy, Adjusting Swivel Nut 8 9 0 070 10-42 11
Assy, Adjusting Swivel Nut
Assy, Auger Motor Cover, 8515
Assy, Axle, Guide Wheel
8 9 0 070
981685
930045SRV
10-43
10-5
10-16
11
8
1 10
Assy, Beacon Light Post 989469 10-17 23
Assy, Beacon Light Post 989469 10-18 17
Return to Return to

Assy, Cord Remote (TOPCON) 984596 10-14 —
Assy, Cord Remote (TOPCON) 984596 10-15 8
Assy, Crown Adjustment 9 8 6 6 37S R V 10-23 2
Assy, Electric Heat Control 9 8 51 3 8 10-46 2
Assy, Engine Cover, 8515B CAT 1003359 10-18 —
Assy, Heat Box Cover, 4 Adj 9 8 82 9 2 10-30 14
Assy, Heat Box Cover, Single Adj 9 8 82 9 1 10-28 12
Assy, Heat Box, Elec, 4 Adjust 988319SRV 10-40 2
Assy, Heat Box, Elec, 4 Adjust 988319SRV 10-41 2
Assy, Heat Box, Elec, Single Adj 9 87872 S R V 10-38 2
Assy, Heat Box, Elec, Single Adj 9 87872 S R V 10-39 2
Assy, Heat Box, Propane, 4 Adjust 988318SRV 10-30 2
Assy, Heat Box, Propane, 4 Adjust 988318SRV 10-31 2
Assy, Heat Box, Propane, Single Adj 8 51 1 82 S R V 10-28 2
Assy, Heat Box, Propane, Single Adj 8 51 1 82 S R V 10-29 2
Assy, Insert, Elec, LH 9 8 4 3 0 5 -1 10-40 1a
Assy, Insert, Elec, RH, 4 9 8 4 3 0 6 -1 10-41 1a
Assy, Insert, Electric, 8500, LH 985561SRV 10-38 1
Assy, Insert, Electric, 8500, RH 985562SRV 10-39 1
Assy, Insert, Propane, 8500, LH 859394SRV 10-28 1
Assy, Insert, Propane, 8500, RH 859395SRV 10-29 1
Assy, Insert, Propane, LH 9 8 3 4 0 9 -1 S R V 10-30 1a
Assy, Insert, Propane, RH, 4 9 8 3 41 0 -1 S R V 10-31 1a
Assy, Insert, Slope, Elec, LH 984305 10-40 1
Assy, Insert, Slope, Elec, RH 984306SRV 10-41 1
Assy, Insert, Slope, Prop, LH 9 8 3 41 0 S R V 10-30 1
Assy, Insert, Slope, Prop, RH 983409SRV 10-31 1
Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, LH 9 8 4 8 97S R V 10-12 —
Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, LH 9 8 4 8 97S R V 10-44 4
Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, RH 984896SRV 10-12 2
Assy, Screed Arm, 8515, RH 984896SRV 10-45 4
Assy, Screed, Citrus, Tank, Elec 9 870 9 9 S R V 10-46 1
Assy, Screed, Citrus, Tank, Propane 9 8 57 7 7S R V 10-46 1a
Assy, Side Wing, LH 8515 9 8 070 2 10-4 2
Return to Return to

Assy, Side Wing, RH 8515 9 8 070 3 10-4 1
Assy, Slide Adjust 985556 10-30 4
Assy, Spacer Auger Shaft 9 82 9 4 5 10-5 11
Assy, Tank Fuel, 8515B 1 0 0 3 28 8 S R V 10-7 7
Assy, Tank Hydraulic, 8515B 1 0 0 3 41 0 S R V 10-7 5
Assy, Vibrator LH 9 82 9 6 5 L 10-34 1
Assy, Vibrator RH 9 82 9 6 5 R S R V 10-35 1
Assy, Walk Board 9 870 5 6 10-36 1
Assy, Weldment, Undercarriage, L.H. 1 0 0 3 072 10-1 15
Assy, Weldment, Undercarriage, R.H. 1 0 0 3 073 10-1 16
Auger Assy Complete, LH, 8515 981692L 10-5 19
Auger Assy Complete, RH, 8515 981692R 10-5 20
Auger End Mount, LH 8000/8500 860051HDLSRV 10-5 9
Auger End Mount, RH 8000/8500 860051HDRSRV 10-5 8
Auger Flight, LH, 12”, 8515 9 8 1 70 0 L 10-5 16
Auger Flight, RH, 12”, 8515 9 8 1 70 0 R 10-5 15
Auger Shaft w/Sprocket, Spacer & Bearing 981691 10-5 10
Ball Joint, .375, Male, w/Stud 9 82 1 57 10-9 35
Ball Joint, .375, Male, w/Stud 9 82 1 57 10-10 36
Bar Jack, Screed Slide 988556 10-26 12
Bar Jack, Screed Slide 988556 10-32 12
Bar, .125 x 2.00 x 44.50, Notches 855562 10-26 13
Bar, .125 x 2.00 x 44.50, Notches 855562 10-32 13
Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36 9 8 51 2 0 10-38 10
Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36 9 8 51 2 0 10-39 10
Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36 9 8 51 2 0 10-40 12
Bar, .250 x 1.50 x 36 9 8 51 2 0 10-41 12
Bar, .250 x 2.00 x 7.00 853593SRV 10-6 29
Bar, .375 x 1.50 x 42 9 8 51 2 1 10-32 8
Bar, .375 x 1.50 x 42 9 8 51 2 1 10-33 11
Bar, .375 x 6.25 x 7.00 853598 10-4 29
Bar, 125 x 1.50 x 9.50 853595 10-4 30
Bar, Adjustable Slide
Bar, Bottom Rail
Bar, Bottom Rail
8 51 24 2 S R V
981658
981658
10-14
10-27
10-33
2
16
16
10
Bar, Conveyor Flight Bar (Quick Change) 8 51 1 1 8 A 10-3 18
Bar, End Gate Skid 8515 9 82 9 6 3 10-42 7
Return to Return to

Bar, Guide (Outer) 9 2 0 0 41 S R V 10-4 23
Bar, Pivot 981659 10-27 8
Bar, Pivot 981659 10-33 8
Bar, Top Rail 9 8 1 6 57 10-27 17
Bar, Top Rail 9 8 1 6 57 10-33 17
Battery 986806 10-17 —
Battery 986806 10-18 —
Bearing 9 8 6 6 57 10-23 7
Bearing, Auger, Axle, Idler 850130 10-1 34
Bearing, Conveyor Pulley/Vibrator Shaft 25 0 1 5 0 10-34 7
Bearing, Conveyor Pulley/Vibrator Shaft 25 0 1 5 0 10-35 7
Bearing, Push Roller (1.25) 810110 10-16 13
Bearing, Screed Flight Screw 870 0 3 0 10-28 5
Bearing, Truck Hitch Roller 930050 10-16 9
Bed Assy. 8500 Conveyor 8 51 6 2 7S R V 10-3 —
Belly Pan, LH 8 51 1 2 7 L 10-3 15
Belly Pan, RH 8 51 1 2 7 R 10-3 16
Belt 9 8 8 6 7 1 -1 0 10-10 —
Belt, Engine, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB 1001166-05 10-9 —
Block Link 8 5 0 0 8 0A 10-3 14
Block, Terminal 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 4 10-46 10
Bolt, Conveyor Drive Chain Adjuster 8 51 14 8 S R V 10-6 2
Bottom Radiator Mount 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 2 10-10 2
Bottom Rail, 8500 Screed Ext 8 5 578 3 10-26 10
Bottom Rail, 8500 Screed Ext 8 5 578 3 10-32 10
Bottom Tank 853816 10-4 16
Bracket For SM 9 8 82 2 6 10-17 22
Bracket For SM 9 8 82 2 6 10-18 16
Bracket Top Left Radiator 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 5 10-10 14
Return to Return to

Bracket, Air Cleaner Mount 38385-05 10-9 14
Bracket, Air Cleaner Mount 38385-05 10-10 31
Bracket, Depth Screw Control LH 890132LSRV 10-42 6
Bracket, Depth Screw Control RH 890132RSRV 10-43 6
Bracket, Front Mount 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 0 10-10 10
Bracket, Grade Control 855568 10-12 22
Bracket, Sonic Tracker 8 51 578 10-14 15
Bracket, Sonic Tracker 8 51 578 10-15 17
Bracket, Throttle 1002917-17 10-10 16
Bracket, Top Right Radiator 1002917-19 10-10 18
Bracket, Water/Fuel Pump Mount 480260 10-11 3
Bracket, Z Arm, TOPCON 9090-1125SRV 10-14 23
Bracket, Z Arm, TOPCON 9090-1125SRV 10-15 11
Brass Hose Ftg Male Pipe .250 3 51 8 9 10-10 —
Breaker, 15 Amp 9 8 51 4 0 10-46 8
Breaker, Main 985880 10-48 5
Breather, Track Tensioner Cyl. 8 51 6 4 4 10-1 20
Breather, Track Tensioner Cyl. 8 51 6 4 4 10-2 26
Bumper Assy, Rad Isolator Mnt 1001166-60 10-9 8
Burner Nozzle, Ignitor 9 825 0 1 10-13 19
Burner Nozzle, Screed Extension 9 825 0 3 10-13 20
Burner, Screed Extension 9 825 0 4 10-13 17
Bushing 988588 10-37 4
Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50 8 1 0 070 10-1 37
Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50 8 1 0 070 10-5 7
Bushing, 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 2.50 8 1 0 070 10-16 6
Bushing, Track 8 1 1 3 14 10-1 26
Bushing, Track Link, Short 8 514 6 0 10-1 25
C3.4 Sn# Cjr Oper Manual 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 3 10-10 —
Cable 1.0625 8 51 24 6 10-14 10
Cable J-Box to Control Box 9 8 3 41 6 - 0 1 10-15 5
Cable, AM Module Only 985866-02 10-14 —
Cable, AM Module Only 985866-02 10-15 9
Cable, Bat, Neg, 2/0, 34" 986802 10-9 —
Cable, Bat, Pos, 2/0, 42" 986801 10-9 —
Cable, Battery
Cable, Battery
Cable, Battery
986801
986802
1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 5
10-9
10-9
10-10
—
—
—
10
Cable, Battery 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 6 10-10 —
Cable, Battery 5804 10-17 —
Return to Return to

Cable, Height Locator .188 x 90 w/5.00” Stroke 8 51 52 0 10-12 10
Cable, Power, Ultrasonic 9 82 79 6 10-42 13
Cable, Power, Ultrasonic 9 82 79 6 10-43 13
Cap, Fuel Tank, Lockable 14 0 0 3 0 F L 10-7 9
Cap, Fuel Tank, Lockable 14 0 0 3 0 F L 10-46 11
Cap, Hyd Tank, Lockable 14 0 0 3 0 H L 10-7 1
Cap, Radiator, 13.5 PSI, 2.25 Neck 1002184-04 10-9 9
Capacitor, Generator, 20 uF 1 0 0 2 14 6 10-48 —
Capacitor, Generator, 25 uF 1 0 0 2 147 10-48 —
Capacitor, Generator, 30 uF 1 0 0 2 14 8 10-48 —
Capacitor, Generator, 40 uF 986658 10-48 —
Case For Sonic Tracker 8 51 2 6 5 10-14 21
Cast Track Pad 811304 10-1 22a
Cat C3.4t Tier3 1002917 10-10 —
Center Shield, Conveyor Rear 840162 10-4 9
Chain Cover, 8515 981688 10-5 2
Chain Guard, Conveyor L.H. Drive 854532SRV 10-6 8
Chain Guard, Conveyor R.H. Drive 8 5 3 572 S R V 10-6 —
Chain Rail, Track Drive 8 51 1 0 2 10-1 3
Chain Rail, Track Drive, Heavy Duty 983166-03 10-2 —
Chain Turnbuckle 986639SRV 10-23 4
Chain, Auger Drive 985815 10-5 39
Chain, Conveyor Drive (#80) 8 51 1 2 1 10-3 23
Chain, Conveyor Drive (#80) 8 51 1 2 1 10-6 4
Chain, Roller, 40 x 52 Pitch 870 1 9 0 10-26 4
Chrome Rod 988601 10-37 6
Clamp - T Bolt 2.25 ID Nom 2.50 3 82 6 8 10-10 —
Clamp - T Bolt 2.50 ID Nom 2.80 36045 10-10 —
Clamp, Auger 12” 981683 10-5 13
Clamp, Element, Screed Ext 9 8 51 2 3 10-38 11
Return to Return to

Clamp, Hopper Front Flashing 8 51 1 37 10-4 13
Clamp, Muffler, 2.50 x .313 33312 10-9 12
Clamp, Muffler, 2.50 x .313 33312 10-10 28
Clamp,Muffler, 2.00 7 1 1 72 10-10 24
Clevis, .188 x .250 8 51 2 1 3 10-12 9
Coil Cord, 15ft CA to Tracker 9 8 3 41 4 - 0 8 10-15 3
Coil Cord, 6s/6s 1.5 to 7.5 ft 983050 10-42 15
Coil Cord, 6s/6s 1.5 to 7.5 ft 983050 10-43 15
Coil, 12VDC SV08 4303612 983644-05 10-21 5
Coil, 12VDC SV12 4303712 983644-01 10-21 1
Coil, 12VDC w/Deutsch Connector 983643-02a 10-20 2
Coil, Control Bypass H-1 Pump 9 8 6 51 9 - 0 1 10-8 —
Coiled Cord, TOPCON Tracker/Slope 8 51 574 10-14 28
Collar, Auger End Mount 8 51 6 4 5 10-5 6
Collar, Lock 620400 10-16 5
Controller, 50 DIN,. Plus One 9 87 1 3 5 10-8 5
Conveyor Chain, Assy 8 51 1 1 7A S R V 10-3 12
Conveyor Mounting Plate With Bearing 8 51 4 8 3 10-3 4
Conveyor, Assy. Complete 8 51 6 2 6 S R V 10-3 —
Cotter Pin, .188 x 2.00 Long 80338 10-6 9
Coupling Assy, Motor To Generator, 28 mm 9 878 9 4 10-48 —
Coupling Half, 1.00, Vibrator Shaft 880030 10-34 3
Coupling Half, 1.00, Vibrator Shaft 880030 10-35 3
Coupling Half, 3 Jaw, 24 mm 1 0 0 24 5 4 10-48 —
Coupling Half, Tack Pump Motor 28 0 0 3 0 10-34 5
Coupling Half, Tack Pump Motor 28 0 0 3 0 10-35 5
Coupling, Pump Drive 1001166-64 10-9 —
Coupling, Pump Drive 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 8 10-10 —
Cover, Access Hole LH 9 876 2 0 10-17 7
Cover, Access Hole LH 9 876 2 0 10-18 7
Cover, Access Hole RH 9 876 3 3 10-17 16
Cover, Access Hole RH 9 876 3 3 10-18 13
Cover, Access Hole, Top 9 876 2 9 10-17 15
Cover, Auger Support, 8515 981695 10-5 14
Cover, Back Panel
Cover, Dash Channel
Cover, Dash Channel
930065
8 5 5 373
8 5 5 373
10-16
10-17
10-18
15
30
22
10
Cover, Drivers Side 9 876 2 3 10-17 9
Cover, Drivers Side 9 876 2 3 10-18 9
Return to Return to

Cover, Elements, Screed Base 9 8 51 24 10-32 6
Cover, Elements, Screed Base 9 8 51 24 10-33 7
Cover, Power Crown 986643 10-23 3
Cover, Right Side SM 988118 10-17 4
Cover, Right Side SM 988118 10-18 4
Cover, Screed LH Ext Cyl 8 51 2 0 4 S R V 10-26 15
Cover, Screed LH Ext Cyl 8 51 2 0 4 S R V 10-32 15
Cover, Screed Lid 9 8 51 4 9 10-27 18
Cover, Screed Lid 9 8 51 4 9 10-33 18
Cover, Screed Plate Access 8 51 2 0 1 S R V 10-26 14
Cover, Screed Plate Access 8 51 2 0 1 S R V 10-32 14
Cover, Screed RH Ext Cyl 8 51 2 0 3 S R V 10-26 16
Cover, Screed RH Ext Cyl 8 51 2 0 3 S R V 10-32 16
Cover, Top Center 9 876 2 7 10-17 3
Cover, Top Con Hole 988126 10-18 5
Cover, Vandalism Assy. 854632 10-17 28
Cover, Vandalism Assy. 854632 10-18 20
Crown & Valley Assy, Front 870 1 72 10-26 3
Crown & Valley Assy, Rear 870 1 82 10-26 2
CSHH, .250 x 2.00 1 0 2- 9 -1 A 10-12 18
CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00 1 0 2- 5 -1 A 10-6 24
CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00 80185 10-30 19
CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00 80185 10-31 19
CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00 80185 10-40 19
CSHH, .250-20 x 1.00 80185 10-41 19
CSHH, .375-16 x .750 8 51 1 3 4 10-4 10
CSHH, .375-16 x .750 8 51 1 3 4 10-12 16
CSHH, .375-16 x 1.00 1 0 2-2 0 5 -1 A 10-7 14
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00 80230 10-30 16
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00 80230 10-31 16
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00 80230 10-40 16
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00 80230 10-41 16
CSHH, .375-16 x 2.00, GR5 1 0 2-2 0 9 -1 A 10-4 32
CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8 81068 10-28 14
Return to Return to

CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8 81068 10-29 14
CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8 81068 10-38 14
CSHH, .375-24 x 1.00, GR8 81068 10-39 14
CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5 860048 10-28 17
CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5 860048 10-29 17
CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5 860048 10-38 17
CSHH, .437-14 x 1.25, GR5 860048 10-39 17
CSHH, .500-13 x .750 80840 10-42 10
CSHH, .500-13 x .750 80840 10-43 10
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.00 1 0 2- 4 0 5 -1 A 10-3 10
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.25 8 0 25 0 10-9 —
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.25 1 0 2- 4 0 6 -1 A 10-33 21
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.50 811364 10-1 47
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.50, GR5 1 0 2- 4 07-1 A 10-4 33
CSHH, .500-13 x 1.75 1 0 2- 4 0 8 -1 A 10-12 20
CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00 8 51 1 1 1 10-3 1
CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00 8 51 1 1 1 10-6 6
CSHH, .500-13 x 2.00 8 51 1 1 1 10-16 11
CSHH, .500-13 x 2.50 1 0 2- 41 1 -1 A 10-12 12
CSHH, .500-13 x 2.50 1 0 2- 41 1 -1 A 10-14 7
CSHH, .625 x 1.25 8 0 0 282 10-3 24
CSHH, .625-11 x .250 GR5 1 0 2- 6 0 6 -1 A 10-14 25
CSHH, .625-11 x .250 GR5 1 0 2- 6 0 6 -1 A 10-15 15
CSHH, .625-11 x 1.25 GR8 8 1 1 70 10-1 8
CSHH, .625-11 x 1.25 GR8 8 1 1 70 10-2 15
CSHH, .625-11 x 1.50 1 0 2- 6 07-1 A 10-6 18
CSHH, .625-11 x 1.50, GR5 1 0 2- 6 07-1 A 10-4 35
CSHH, .625-11 x 2.00 GR8 80983 10-1 7
CSHH, .625-11 x 2.00 GR8 80983 10-2 17
CSHH, .625-11 x 2.50 1 0 2- 6 1 1 -1 A 10-12 14
CSHH, .625-11 x 2.50 1 0 2- 6 1 1 -1 A 10-14 13
CSHH, .625-11 x 4.00 GR5 1 0 2- 6 1 7-1 A 10-14 17
CSHH, .625-11 x 4.00 GR8 1 0 2- 6 1 7-1 A 10-15 19
CSHH, .875-9 x 2.00, GR5 1 0 2- 8 0 9 -1 A 10-42 5
CSHH, .875-9 x 2.00, GR5 1 0 2- 8 0 9 -1 A 10-43 5
CSHH, 1.00-14 x 3.00 GR8
CSHH, 1.00-14 x 3.50 GR8
CSHH, 135mm, Track Pad Bolt
1 0 0 - 9 1 3 -1 A
1 0 0 - 9 1 5 -1 A
983166-06
10-6
10-6
10-2
14
16
—
10
CSHH, M10-1.50 x 30mm 9 8 9 2 72- 3 6 10-2 20
CSHH, M12-1.50 x 40mm 811330 10-1 13
Return to Return to

CSHH, M12-1.50 x 50mm 8 1 1 3 3 0A 10-1 11
CSHH, M12-1.50 x 50mm 8 1 1 3 3 0A 10-2 19
CSHH, Track Pad 811308 10-1 30
CSSH, .312-18 x .750 1 0 2-1 0 3 -1 A 10-5 26
CSSH, .312-18 x .750 1 0 2-1 0 3 -1 A 10-5 37
CSSH, .375-16 Shldr Socket 870 2 79 10-28 6
CSSH, .375-16 x .750 1 0 2-2 0 3 -1 A 10-5 28
CSSH, .375-16 x .750 1 0 2-2 0 3 -1 A 10-6 11
CSSH, .500-13 x 1.50 811364 10-5 21
CSSH, .500-13 x 1.50 860045 10-5 23
CSSH, .500-13 x 1.75 80503 10-2 23
CSSH, .500-13 x 2.00, GR5 8 51 1 1 1 10-4 34
CSSH, .500-20 x 1.50 1 0 0 - 4 0 8 -1 10-37 9
CSSH, .625 x 1.00 8 51 6 52 10-3 32A
CSSH, .625 x 2.00 8 51 6 5 3 10-3 29A
CSSH, .625-11 x 1.50 860039 10-5 30
CSSH, .625-11 x 2.75 8 0 28 6 10-5 35
Curly Cord, Steering Box to Junction Box 8 51 5 4 8 10-8 4
Cutoff Left Side 8 51 1 5 3 S R V 10-6 22
Cutoff Right Side 8 51 1 5 4 S R V 10-6 23
Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 8 51 1 9 1 10-47 1
Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 8 51 1 9 2 10-47 2
Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 981710R 10-47 3
Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 981710L 10-47 4
Cyl, Hyd, 2.75 x 2.00 x 1.125 Rod 983421 10-47 5
Cyl, Hyd, Track Tensioner 811331 10-1 19
Cyl, Hyd, Track Tensioner 9 8 0 6 07- 0 1 10-2 9
Cyl. Hyd. 2.00 x 8.00 610110 10-4 3
Cylinder, Arm Extension 9 3 0 070 10-16 16
Cylinder, Hopper Lift 840020 10-4 18
Dash, Assy 8515 980333 10-17 29
Dash, Assy 8515 980333 10-18 21
Decal, Height 8 51 2 1 5 10-12 11
Return to Return to

Deflector, Left Side (High Deck) 850038LSRV 10-3 26
Deflector, Right Side (High Deck) 850038RSRV 10-3 —
Depth Screw Assy, Screed 890092SRV 10-42 3
Depth Screw Assy, Screed 890092SRV 10-43 3
Door, Engine Access 9 876 2 6 10-17 12
Drive Shaft, Conveyor 8 51 1 1 6 10-3 8
Dual Grade & Slope 9 8 828 8 S R V 10-15 —
Dual Grade Control 988409SRV 10-15 —
Dual Joysticks, Control Box, Plus One 9 87 1 3 4 10-8 3
Dual Pilot Operated Check Valve 983643-05 10-20 5
Ears, Pivot 8 51 2 1 0 S R V 10-12 6
Element, Heater, Screed, 40” 9 878 9 0 S R V 10-38 9
Ell, Rbr 2.50 x 2.13 Hose 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 1 10-10 34
Emergency Brake Switch 9 8 8 9 24 - 0 3 10-22 20
End Sheet, Side Cover 9 876 2 2 10-17 17
End Sheet, Side Cover 9 876 2 2 10-18 14
End, Motor End of Screw 8 51 2 1 2 10-12 8
End, Rod End of Screw 8 51 2 1 1 10-12 7
Engine Mount, Rear, Kub, 8515 9 8 8 6 73 -1 4 10-9 40
Engine, Kubota, 85.5HP, Tier 3 9 8 8 6 73 10-9 —
Exhaust, Nipple, Kub, 8515 9 8 8 6 73 -1 6 10-9 42
Exhaust, Tip 90 Kubota 9 8 6 5 37-2 6 10-9 —
Ext Adj Screw Assy 8 51 1 8 5 S R V 10-28 4
Extension, 6’ Left Side
Extension, 6’ Right Side
Extension, Front Bumper
8 51 6 3 4 L S R V
8 51 6 3 4 R S R V
8 52 6 6 4
10-19
10-19
10-1
3
4
51
10
Extension, Screed Arm 8 51 2 0 6 S R V 10-12 1
F/W Coupling w/Pmp 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 5 10-10 5
Return to Return to

Fan Guard 9 8 6 5 37- 4 4 10-9 30
Fan Shroud 9 8 6 5 37- 4 0 10-9 27
Fan, 8515 Kubota 9 8 6 5 37-1 9 10-9 19
Filler Neck 14 0 0 3 0 F N 10-7 2
Filter Element, Air Primary 38385-01 10-9 —
Filter Element, Air Primary 38385-01 10-10 —
Filter Element, Air Safety 38385-02 10-9 —
Filter Element, Air Safety 38385-02 10-10 —
Filter Element, Fuel 9 82 0 8 0 - 0 2 10-9 —
Filter Oil 8515 Kubota 9 8 6 5 37- 0 3 10-9 —
Filter, Element Hydraulic 984594-01 10-7 16
Filter, Element Hydraulic 984594-01 10-20 —
Filter, Element, Charge/Return 290030 10-7 13
Filter, Fuel 984909-01 10-10 41
Filter, Fuel, In Line 9 8 6 5 37- 3 1 10-9 —
Filter, Head, Charge/Return 290010 10-7 12
Filter, Hydraulic 36123 10-7 6
Filter, Oil 988671-01 10-10 —
FITT 5 4 0 6 -1 2- 8 10-1 42
FITT 9 8 4 9 0 9 -1 0 10-10 —
FITT, 90 02Mp-05Hb 9 8 8 6 73 -1 8 10-9 —
FITT, 90 06MJ-08MP 34536 10-11 13
FITT, 90 10MJ-08MB 6 8 0 1 -1 0 - 8 10-1 39
FITT, Bspp To Pipe, .250-18 3 8 82 6 10-10 —
FITT, Str 02Mp-05Hb 9 8 8 6 73 -1 9 10-9 —
FITT, Str 08MP-08MB 6401-8-8 10-1 41
FITT, Str 10MJ-08MB 6 4 0 0 -1 0 - 8 10-1 40
Flange, Shroud 9 876 3 2 10-9 —
Flange, Shroud 9 876 3 2 10-17 6
Flashing, Center, Front Lip 985063 10-4 28
Flex Tube 2.00 ID x 2.50 OD x 4.50 L 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 07 10-10 7
Flight Screw Assy 1 0 0 2 728 S R V 10-44 5
Flight Screw Assy 1 0 0 2 728 S R V 10-45 5
Flow Divider FD10 9 8 3 6 4 3 -1 0 10-20 10
Frame Body Reference 10-6 27
Front Lip Clamp 985581 10-4 31
Fuel Guage 1002033 10-22 9
Gasket, Engine Exhaust Manifold 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 4 10-10 42
Gauge, L.P.G. Pressure 230110 10-13 3
Generator, Hyd., 85XX, Assy 9 878 9 3 10-48 1
Return to Return to

Generator, Only 9 8 8 1 76 10-48 2
Glow Plug, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB 1001166-09 10-9 —
Grating, Left Side 9 879 6 2 10-17 18
Grating, Left Side 9 879 6 2 10-18 27
Grating, Middle 9 879 6 3 10-17 19
Grating, Middle 9 879 6 3 10-18 28
Grating, Right Side 9 879 6 4 10-17 20
Grating, Right Side 9 879 6 4 10-18 29
Grill, Right Hood Cover 1002912 10-18 25
Grill, Top Center 9 876 24 10-17 11
Grill, Top Center 9 876 24 10-18 23
Grill, Top Center, w/Air Breather Hole 988119 10-17 25
Group, Screed Base 8500 Series Elec 9 8 9 37 7 10-32 1
Group, Screed Base 8500 Series Prop 1 0 0 0 251 10-26 1
Guage Panel Plate 1 0 0 3 1 14 10-22 7
Guage, 3 in 1: Tach, Oil, Water Temp 1002032 10-22 8
Guard, Belt, Kub, V3600TB 1001166-40 10-9 3
Guard, Fan Rd 18.625 2.00"ID 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 3 10-10 3
Guard, LH Screed Ext Hinge 8 51 1 8 0 L S R V 10-28 16
Guard, RH Screed Ext Hinge 8 51 1 8 0 R S R V 10-29 16
Guide Bar Assy 920032SRV 10-4 22
Guide Wheel, Truck Hitch 930055 10-16 10
Hair Pin Cotter, .177 870 3 07 10-1 18
Hair Pin Cotter, .177 870 3 07 10-2 13
Hair Pin Cotter, .177 870 3 07 10-4 5
Half Link, Conveyor Chain w/Pin, Cotter 850215A 10-3 17
Hand Grip, Flight/Depth Screw 870 2 76 10-42 17
Hand Grip, Flight/Depth Screw
Handle & Nozzle, Spraydown
Handle, Bolt, .625-11
870 2 76
920220
300060
10-45
10-11
10-14
8
7
24
10
Handle, Bolt, .625-11 300060 10-15 14
Harness, Cat Paver 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 3 10-10 —
Return to Return to

Harness, Electric Heat, Gen. to Bulkhead 9 8 5 82 6 10-48 7
Harness, Engine, V3600TB Kubota 9 8 8 6 73 -1 7 10-9 —
Harness, Plus One to Pumps 9 87 1 3 3 10-8 6
Harness, Wiring Lower (N/S) 983644-06 10-21 6
Hinge Assy 1 0 0 2 73 5 10-30 3
Hinge Assy 1 0 0 2 73 6 10-31 3
Hinge Assy 1 0 0 2 73 5 10-40 3
Hinge Assy 1 0 0 2 73 6 10-41 3
Hinge, (2) Thru Holes 9 876 3 9 10-17 13
Hinge, (2) Thru Holes 9 876 3 9 10-18 11
Hinged Panel, L/H 8 4 0 1 57S R V 10-4 20
Hinged Panel, R/H 840156SRV 10-4 21
Hold Down 802112SRV 10-4 8
Horn, Backup Alarm 160320 10-8 —
Hose Assy Track RH Tensioner 8550B 10-1 49
Hose Clamp, 2.125 (Size 28) 2 3 0 24 0 10-9 —
Hose Clamp, 2.125 (Size 28) 2 3 0 24 0 10-13 18
Hose Kit 8515 Truck Hitch 984399 10-16 —
Hose Reel, Machine Washdown 920200 10-11 1
Hose, 15' 984339 10-11 10
Hose, 15' 984339 10-11 12
Hose, Ignitor Burner 230034 10-13 7
Hose, Ignitor Burner 230034 10-13 23
Hose, L.P.G. Regulator to Tee 230032 10-13 6
Hose, Lower Radiator 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 1 10-10 20
Hose, Pump to Hose Reel, 5' 984338 10-11 6
Hose, Radiator, Lower, Kub 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 5 10-9 2
Hose, Radiator, Upper, 8515 9 8 6 5 37-2 1 10-9 20
Hose, Screed Extension Burner 230038 10-13 10
Hose, Screed Extension Burner 8 51 2 25 10-13 13
Hose, Upper 42496683 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 2 10-10 12
Hourmeter Guage 1002035 10-22 11
Housing, Front Slide Bar 8 51 24 3 S R V 10-14 4
Housing, Guide Bar (Inner) 9 2 0 0 51 S R V 10-4 24
Housing, Rear Slide Bar 8 51 241 S R V 10-14 1
Hyd Oil Pressure Sender 39081 10-10 —
Hyd. Cyl., Cutoff 9 1 0 1 70 10-6 21
Hyd. Cyl., Screed Lift (1000c / 8000c / 8500) 8 51 4 3 6 10-6 12
Hyd. Motor, Conveyor Main 1001027 10-3 21
Return to Return to

Hyd. Motor, Screed Vibrator 983405 10-34 6
Hyd. Motor, Screed Vibrator 983405 10-35 6
Idler, Conveyor Chain Front 850120 10-3 28
Idler, Track Front 1001589 10-1 14
Idler, Track Front 983530 10-2 11
Ignition Key, Replacement 9 82 0 0 8 - 0 4 10-22 —
Ignition Switch w/Heat Start 3 9 14 6 -14 10-22 13
Ignitor, Ceramic, Hot Surface 2 3 0 0 24 10-13 22
Inlet Hood 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 9 10-9 44
Inlet Hood 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 9 10-10 32
Insert, 3-Jaw Coupling 28 0 0 4 0 10-34 4
Insert, 3-Jaw Coupling 28 0 0 4 0 10-35 4
Intake, Tube, Kub, 8515 9 8 8 6 73 -1 5 10-9 41
Isolator, 8515 9 8 6 5 37-1 4 10-9 16
Isolator, 8515 9 8 6 5 37-1 4 10-10 21
Isolator, Rad Lower Mnt 1001166-59 10-9 7
Isolator, Rad Upper Mnt 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 - 57 10-9 5
Jointer Assy, 8515, LH 983308SRV 10-42 1
Jointer Assy, 8515, RH 983309SRV 10-43 1
Key, Vandalism Lock 35560 10-17 —
Kit, Decals, 8515B 1003167 10-22 —
Kit, Hose Oil Drain 85XX Kubota 988169 10-9 —
Kit, Shaft, H-1 Pump 9 8 6 51 9 - 0 3 10-8 —
Kit, Spraydown Pump and Strainer 1 0 0 14 28 S R V 10-11 —
Kit, Track, Heavy Link 983166-05 10-2 —
L.P.G. Tank, 20 lbs 230010 10-13 1
Left Muffler Support 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 8 10-10 8
Leg, Left Rear 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 6 10-10 15
Leg, Right Rear 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 1 10-10 11
Lever, Throttle 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-1 8 10-10 17
Light, Red, Dash, .500 Hole 31983 10-22 12
Light, Red, Dash, .500 Hole 31983 10-46 3
Light, Red, Indicator 900120 10-22 6
Light, Red, Indicator 900120 10-22 14
Light, Strobe, Amber
Light, Strobe, Amber
Link Kit, Track Repair
2 1 1 74 8 - 0 2
2 1 1 74 8 - 0 2
811312
10-17
10-18
10-1
—
—
24
10
Link w/Tab Conveyor Chain Inner 850080B 10-3 19
Link, Master 8 5 3 41 1 10-5 —
Return to Return to

Link, Master w/Pins 8 5 0 070A 10-3 13
Linkage 9 0 0 075 10-3 38
Locking Bar, Crown And Valley 9 8 8 376 10-26 5
M10 lock washer 8 0 478 10-9 —
M10 x 1.25 x 16 mm socket head cap screw 811301 10-9 —
M10 x 1.25 x 20 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer Reference 10-9 —
M10 x 1.25 x 25 mm bolt 81132 10-9 —
M10 x 1.25 x 30 mm hex head 80920 10-9 —
M12 x 1.25 x 35mm bolt Reference 10-9 —
M16 x 2.00 x 60 mm bolt Reference 10-9 —
M8 x 1.25 nut 8 0 47 1 10-9 —
M8 x 1.25 x 16 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer 81291 10-9 —
M8 x 1.25 x 22 mm bolt w/ captive lock washer 80486 10-9 —
Manifold Lower 9 8 3 6 4 4 - 07 10-21 7
Manifold, 9-Station Upper 9 8 3 6 4 3 -1 3 10-20 13
Manifold, Generator, w/Flow Control 986992 10-48 8
Manifold, Side Wing 910122 10-7 10
Manifold, Track Tensioner 8 51 5 4 4 10-1 43
Manual, Operators, Kub, V3600TB 1001166-42 10-9 —
Manual, Parts, Kub, V3600TB 1001166-45 10-9 —
Manual, Service, Kub, V3600TB 1001166-43 10-9 —
Manual, Workshop. Kub, V3600TB 1001166-44 10-9 —
Micro Switch, Auto. Conveyors 900050 10-3 36
Motor Mount Cover 986644 10-23 6
Motor, Hyd, Drive, 2 Speed 811362 10-1 44
Motor, Hyd, Drive, 2 Speed 811362 10-2 3
Motor, Hyd, Generator 986994 10-48 3
Motor, Power Crown 986640 10-23 1
Mount, Conveyor Drive Motor 8 51 14 9 S R V 10-6 3
Mount, Motor Lf 8515 Kubota 9 8 6 5 37-1 6 10-9 17
Mount, Motor Rf 8515 Kubota 9 8 6 5 37-1 7 10-9 18
Mount, Motor, 8515 981696 10-5 5
Mount, Pivot 8 51 2 0 9 10-12 4
Mounting Band 6.62: ID, Metal 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 7 10-10 23
Mounting Plate 6” Electric Screw, LH 853585SRV 10-12 —
Mounting Plate 6” Electric Screw, RH 853586SRV 10-12 23
Muffler 9 8 6 5 37- 3 5 10-9 26
Return to Return to

Muffler 9 8 6 5 37- 3 5 10-10 22
Muffler Brace, Kubota Engine 9 8 8 6 73 -1 0 10-9 36
Muffler Strap,Engine 9 8 6 5 37- 3 0 10-9 25
Nipple, .375 99638 10-11 5
Nozzle, Spraydown Handle 9 0 1 2 1 0A 10-11 9
Nut 9 0 0 078 10-3 41
Nut, .375-16 Lock 14 3 - 3 10-30 9
Nut, .375-16 Lock 14 3 - 3 10-31 9
Nut, .375-16 Lock 14 3 - 3 10-40 9
Nut, .375-16 Lock 14 3 - 3 10-41 9
Nut, .437-14 Hex 116-4 10-28 18
Nut, .437-14 Hex 116-4 10-29 18
Nut, .437-14 Hex 116-4 10-38 18
Nut, .437-14 Hex 116-4 10-39 18
Nut, .500-13 Hex 116-5 10-6 7
Nut, .750-10 UNC Hex Jam 1 1 6 - 8 -1 10-42 4
Nut, .750-10 UNC Hex Jam 1 1 6 - 8 -1 10-43 4
Nut, .875-9 UNC-2B Nylon Lock 9 873 9 6 10-28 15
Nut, Coil 983643-03 10-20 3
Nut, Hex, .500-13 350055 10-5 34
Nut, Hex, Heavy, .625-11 1 1 7- 5 10-4 37
Nut, Lock 1.00-8 1 1 6 -1 0 10-12 13
Nut, Lock, .250 1 1 6 -1 10-12 19
Nut, Lock, .375-16 14 3 - 3 10-4 40
Nut, Lock, .500 115-5-A 10-12 21
Nut, Lock, .500-13 14 3 - 5 10-14 5
Nut, Lock, .625-11 1 1 6 -7 10-5 36
Nut, Lock, .625-11 1 1 6 -7 10-12 15
Nut, Lock, .625-11 1 1 6 -7 10-14 14
Nut, Lock, 1.00-14 1 0 0 24 6 4 10-6 15
Nut, Plastic, H-1 Pump
Nut, Track Pad Cap Screw
O-Ring, Hyd. Motor
9 8 6 51 9 - 0 2
811309
811366
10-8
10-1
10-1
—
31
46
10
O-Ring, Hyd. Motor 811366 10-2 22
O-Ring, Piggyback to Main 36808 10-8 7
Return to Return to

Pin 8 51 1 3 2 10-4 4
Pin, Cotter (.250) 9 0 0 079 10-3 42
Pin, Cyl Mount 981661 10-27 10
Pin, Cyl Mount 981661 10-33 10
Pin, Cylinder 210060 10-47 6
Pin, Hydraulic Cylinder 24 0 0 3 0 10-4 19
Pin, Hydraulic Cylinder 24 0 0 3 0 10-6 20
Pin, Pivot Side Panel 854084SRV 10-4 14
Pin, Push Bar Swivel 810081 10-1 38
Pin, Roll Pin (.375 x 2.00) 8 51 1 1 8 -1 10-3 20
Pin, Track Link, Master 811306 10-1 28
Pin, Track Link, Master, Heavy Duty 983166-04 10-2 —
Pin, Track Link, Plain 8 1 1 3 07 10-1 27
Pivot Mount, TOPCON/Spectra Physics 8 51 575 S R V 10-14 22
Pivot Mount, TOPCON/Spectra Physics 8 51 575 S R V 10-15 13
Plate, 8000-8500, Cut Off Cylinder Mount 8 5 3 4 97 10-6 28
Plate, Air Cleaner Mount 1 0 0 2 9 24 10-10 40
Plate, Air Cleaner Mount 1 0 0 2 9 24 10-18 6
Plate, Cut Off Cylinder Mount 8 51 1 52 10-6 17
Plate, Engine Access Cover 1 0 0 3 28 3 10-18 26
Plate, Fuel Pump Brkt, Kub 1 0 0 2 1 8 4 -1 7 10-9 10
Plate, Pivot Cover 981711 10-27 9
Plate, Pivot Cover 981711 10-33 9
Plate, Pump, Mnt, Kub, Tier3 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 1 10-9 1
Plate, Rad Isolator Mnt 1001166-58 10-9 6
Plate, Rail Mount 981656 10-27 14
Plate, Screed Cover, LH 9 8 51 4 8 10-27 20
Plate, Screed Cover, LH 9 8 51 4 8 10-33 20
Plate, Screed Cover, RH 9 8 51 47 10-27 19
Plate, Screed Cover, RH 9 8 51 47 10-33 19
Plate, Side Wing Rubber Shield 9 8 072 7 10-4 15A
Plate, Vibrator Housing 8 8 0 07 1 10-34 9
Plate, Vibrator Housing 8 8 0 07 1 10-35 9
Plate, Wear, 12” Auger, 8515 981699 10-5 17
Plug, Hole Cover, Rad Shroud 1001166-56 10-9 4
Power Cord, Bulkhead to Control Box 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 3 10-46 12
Power Cord, Bulkhead to Control Box 9 8 51 3 8 - 0 3 10-48 6
Return to Return to

Power Crown Support 986645 10-23 5
Pressure Switch (Flowjet Pump) 8 514 4 8 10-11 11
Puller 17.32/8-8/25/Pag/3Hl/ 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 4 10-10 4
Pump, Aux. H-1, 11T Spline 9 87473 10-8 2
Pump, Fuel, Electric, Kubota 1 0 0 2 1 8 4 -1 8 10-9 11
Pump, Hyd. Single w/EDC (new: H-1 Pump) 9 8 6 51 9 10-8 1
Pump, Spraydown 1001542 10-11 2
Push Roller Assy, Swivel 9 8 4 28 3 S R V 10-1 33
Push Roller, Truck Wheel 810102 10-16 12
Quick Disconnect Coupling 230084 10-13 21
Radiator Brace 9 8 6 5 37- 4 5 10-9 31
Radiator Cover 9 876 3 5 10-17 24
Radiator Cover 9 876 3 5 10-18 24
Radiator Support Plate 9 8 6 5 37- 4 3 10-9 29
Radiator Support Plate Foot 9 8 6 5 37- 4 2 10-9 28
Radiator/Cooler Assy, Kub, 8515B 9 8 8 6 73 -1 3 10-9 39
Radiator/Oil Cooler Combo 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 1 10-10 1
Rbr Elbow 1 7 1 1 70 10-10 26
Regulator w/Gauge, L.P.G. 9 8251 5 10-13 5
Relay, 12VDC, DPST ,25 AMP, N/O 9 8 51 41 10-46 9
Relay, Time Delay, Off, 10 Amp 9 8 82 3 1 10-46 7
Relief Valve, Side Wing Manifold 9 1 0 1 2 2-1 10-7 11
Remote Pod, Ultra Sonic 9 82 79 5 10-42 14
Remote Pod, Ultra Sonic 9 82 79 5 10-43 14
Right Muffler Support 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 0 9 10-10 9
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-28 8
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-29 8
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-30 10
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-31 10
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-38 8
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 854447 10-39 8
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-40 10
Rnd, .688 x 43.50, CRS 8 5 4 4 47 10-41 10
Rod & Chain, Guide Bar 920061SRV 10-4 25
Roll Up Curb Attachment, Left Side, 12” 8 51 6 3 5 L S R V 10-19 5
Roll Up Curb Attachment, Left Side, 24”
Roll Up Curb Attachment, Right Side, 12”
Roll Up Curb Attachment, Right Side, 24”
8 51 6 3 6 L S R V
8 51 6 3 5 R S R V
8 51 6 3 6 R S R V
10-19
10-19
10-19
5
6
6
10
Roller 930040 10-16 7
Roller Assy, Push Bar, w/Brgs and Shaft 980032 10-1 35
Return to Return to

Roller Extension, Bumper 930060 10-16 14
Roller, Conveyor Chain Guide, w/ Bearing 850162 10-3 31
Roller, Extension Bumper 980035 10-1 50
Rubber Side Wing, 8515 9 8 0728 10-4 15
Rubber, Front Lip, Center 985058 10-4 27
Safety Prop, Hopper 9 872 6 4 S R V 10-4 17
Scraper, Conveyor 8 51 1 28 S R V 10-3 33
Screed Base, 8515 Electric Slope 9 8 5 5 47 10-33 1
Screed Base, 8515 Electric Slope 9 8 5 5 47 10-33 6
Screed Base, 8515 Propane Slope 9 82 9 8 6 10-27 1
Screed Non-Sloping Overview S c r e e d TO C 1 10-24 —
Screed Sloping Overview Screed TOC 2 10-25 —
Screw, Electric (6.00”) 8 51 51 8 10-12 5
Screws 9 0 0 076 10-3 39
Seal Reference 10-48 4
Seal Clamp 2.50 3 4 6 79 10-10 25
Seal Kit 9 8 0 6 07- 0 2 10-2 —
Seal Kit 610110-01 10-4 —
Seal Kit, 2.00 Cylinder 8 51 4 3 6 - 0 1 10-6 —
Seal Kit, 2.50 Cylinder 9 1 0 1 70 - 0 1 10-6 —
Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 8 51 1 9 1 - 0 1 10-47 —
Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 12.00/30.00 x 1.25 8 51 1 9 1 - 0 1 10-47 —
Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 9 8 1 7 1 0 -1 10-47 —
Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.00 x 2.00 x 42.00 x 1.25 9 8 1 7 1 0 -1 10-47 —
Seal Kit, Cyl, Hyd, 2.75 x 2.00 x 1.125 Rod 983421-01 10-47 —
Seal Kit, Hopper Wing 840020-01 10-4 —
Seal Kit, Hyd. Cyl. 811331-01 10-1 21
Seal Kit, Hyd. Motor 1 0 0 1 0 2 7- 0 1 10-3 —
Seal, Hyd Motor/Pump 8 514 8 9A 10-1 45
Seal, Hyd Motor/Pump 8 514 8 9A 10-2 25
Seat Assy W / Armrest, White 360010 10-36 3
Sending Unit, Fuel Tank 140040 10-7 8
Sending Unit, Water Temp, Kubota 9 8 6 5 37- 5 0 10-9 —
Sensor, Oil Pressure, 300 Kubota 9 8 9707 10-9 —
Sensor, Ultra Sonic 9 82 79 4 10-42 16
Sensor, Ultra Sonic 9 82 79 4 10-43 16
Servisignl 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 0 10-10 33
Set Screw 8 5 0 1 70 10-3 35
Return to Return to

Sgle .375 Thread, 1.00 Rubber 1 0 0 2 9 1 7- 3 2 10-10 35
Shaft, Bumper Roller 9 3 0 075 10-16 17
Shaft, Conveyor Front Idler 8 51 1 24 10-3 30
Shaft, Push Bar Roller 980034 10-1 36
Shaft, Vibrator Eccentric 880062 10-34 8
Shaft, Vibrator Eccentric 880062 10-35 8
Shield, 8500 Center Conv. 8 51 1 3 3 10-4 7
Shield, Front Hard Rubber 8 51 1 3 6 A 10-4 12
Shield, Front Support 985669SRV 10-4 11
Shroud 9 876 3 0 10-17 5
Side Wing Cylinder Bushing 9 3 0 0 41 10-4 —
Sight Gauge, Hyd. Oil Temp/Level 5 0 0 070 10-7 4
Skid 8 51 24 9 S R V 10-14 6
Slide Plate Assy 1002181 10-37 2
Slide Plate Assy w/Chrome Rods 1002186 10-37 1
Slope Cable 5 Foot 9 8 3 414 -14 10-15 6
Slope Meter 8 514 2 1 10-14 27
Slope Sensor 9 8 3 41 4 -1 3 10-15 7
Snap Ring 8 51 25 6 10-37 5
Snap Ring, Conveyor Drive Shaft 850040 10-3 9
Snap Ring, Conveyor Drive Shaft 850040 10-3 27
Solenoid Valve, 12 Volt L.P.G. 230300 10-13 4
Solenoid, Fuel w/Diodes 1 0 0 0 8 6 7-1 0 10-9 —
Sonic Tracker 8 51 579 10-14 19
Southco Fastener 980460 10-17 14
Southco Fastener 980460 10-18 12
Spacer, Track Link Bushing 811310 10-1 29
Spring, Tension 8 51 24 5 10-14 9
Sprocket 9 8 6 6 41 10-23 8
Sprocket, 800/8500 Auger 860030 10-5 3
Sprocket, Conveyor Drive Motor 8 51 1 2 0 10-3 22
Sprocket, Conveyor Drive Motor 8 51 1 2 0 10-6 5
Sprocket, Inner Drive C-188 850030 10-3 6
Sprocket, Outer Dr. C-188 8 51474 S R V 10-3 5
Sprocket, Outer Drive 8 51473 10-3 3
Sprocket, Track Drive
Sprocket, Track Drive, 17 Tooth
Stack Extn
1 0 0 3 0 52
9 8 0 6 70
370 8 1
10-1
10-2
10-10
5
5
27
10
Starter 988671-09 10-10 —
Starter, Kub, Tier3, V3600TB 1001166-03 10-9 —
Return to Return to

Steering Wheel, Control Box, Plus One 1 0 0 070 8 10-8 9
Stop Rubber, (Scraper) 41 0 070 10-3 34
Strainer 36926 10-11 7
Strainer & Gasket Kit 14 0 0 3 0 G K 10-7 3
Strike Off, Left Side, 12” 860091LSRV 10-19 1
Strike Off, Left Side, 24” 860095LSRV 10-19 1
Strike Off, Right Side, 12” 860091RSRV 10-19 2
Strike Off, Right Side, 24” 860095RSRV 10-19 2
Support, Dash Assy 9 878 5 0 10-17 27
Support, Elite III Dash 854592 10-17 26
Support, Elite III Dash 854592 10-18 18
Support, Pivot Bar 930015 10-16 1
Support, Seat H/D 9 2 0 0 24 10-36 5
Switch, Battery Disconnect SW29 10-17 31
Switch, Battery Disconnect SW29 10-18 31
Switch, Push Button 9 82 24 9 10-22 16
Switch, Push Button 9 82 24 9 10-46 4
Switch, Toggle 8 51 3 9 0 10-22 1
Switch, Toggle 900030 10-22 2
Switch, Toggle 8 51 3 9 2 10-22 5
Switch, Toggle 8 51 3 9 3 10-22 18
Switch, Toggle 8 51 3 9 3 10-44 1
Switch, Toggle 8 51 3 9 3 10-45 1
Switch, Toggle, SPST, 2-POS 8 51 3 9 1 10-22 4
Switch, Toggle, SPST, 2-POS 8 51 3 9 1 10-46 5
Tab, Conveyor Chain Weld On 8 51 1 1 8 -2 10-3 —
Tail Pipe 2.50 ID 12.00 L 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-28 10-10 29
Tank, Coolant Recovery, Kubota 1 0 0 1 1 6 6 -1 3 10-9 —
Tee Female Pipe .125 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-24 10-10 —
Tee, .250 Street 230081 10-13 9
Return to Return to

Tee, .375 920222 10-11 4
Temp Switch 240F .250 Nptf 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 2 10-10 —
Term. Battery, POS. Remote Mount 9 8 5 51 8 10-17 32
Term. Battery, POS. Remote Mount 9 8 5 51 8 10-18 32
Three Thread Plug Seal 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-2 3 10-10 —
Throttle Bracket, Actuator, Kub 9 8 8 6 73 -1 1 10-9 37
Throttle Mount, Actuator, Kub 9 8 8 6 73 -1 2 10-9 38
Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00 9 2 0 070 10-4 26
Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00 9 2 0 070 10-14 3
Thumb Screw, .375-16 x 1.00 9 2 0 070 10-15 12
Tilt Screw, Jointer Assy 890081SRV 10-42 12
Tilt Screw, Jointer Assy 890081SRV 10-43 12
Timer, Elec 9 8 51 4 2 10-46 6
Toeboard, Driver Side 9 876 2 1 10-17 1
Toeboard, Driver Side 9 876 2 1 10-18 1
Toeboard, Pass. Side 9 876 1 6 10-17 2
Toeboard, Pass. Side 9 876 1 6 10-18 2
Tool Box 8 51 1 6 9 10-36 6
Top Rail, 8500 Screed Ext 8 5 578 4 10-26 11
Top Rail, 8500 Screed Ext 8 5 578 4 10-32 11
Torque Hub, 47.6:1, w/Brake 9 8 6 8 07 10-1 4
Torque Hub, 47.6:1, w/Brake 9 8 6 8 07 10-2 4
Track Assy, Cast 8 51 1 0 1 10-1 —
Track Assy, One Side 983166 10-2 —
Track Assy, One Side, w/Poly Pads 8 51 1 0 1 P 10-1 2
Track Pad, Poly 8 51 1 0 4 10-1 22
Track Pad, Poly, Heavy Duty 983166-02 10-2 27
Track Roller, B/1 8 51 5 6 6 10-1 9
Track Roller, B/1 8 51 5 6 6 10-2 8
Track Roller, B/O 811326 10-1 12
Track Roller, B-1, Inner Flange 983588 10-2 14
Track, Rubber, Continuous 9 825 8 5 10-2 12
Transition Tube 2.50 x 3.00 1 0 0 2 9 1 7-14 10-10 13
Truck Hitch Assy 1 0 0 0 25 3 S R V 10-16 —
TSD 3 Conn SS Paver Box 9 8 3 41 4 - 0 2 10-15 4
TSD Sonic Tracker II
Tube Assy, Conveyor Rear Drive
Tube Assy. Conveyor Front Chain Guide
9 8 3 41 4 - 0 1
8 51 6 51
8 51 1 2 3
10-15
10-3
10-3
2
32
29
10
Tube, Air Inlet 1003139-04 10-9 43
Umbrella 920235 10-36 —
Return to Return to

Valve Truck Hitch 8 52 25 0 10-16 —
Valve, Cartridge SV08 983644-04 10-21 4
Valve, Cartridge SV12 983644-02 10-21 2
Valve, Cartridge SVO8 983643-04 10-20 4
Valve, Check CVO8 983643-09 10-20 9
Valve, Directional Solenoid 983643-01 10-20 1
Valve, Piloted Logic Element 983643-06 10-20 6
Valve, Relief RV10 983644-03 10-21 3
Valve, Relief RVO8 9 8 3 6 4 3 - 07 10-20 7
Valve, Selector (Cutoff) 2 3 0 070 10-13 11
Vibrator Housing, LH 9 82 9 6 5 L-1 10-34 2
Vibrator Housing, RH 9 82 9 6 5 R -1 10-35 2
Volts Guage 1002034 10-22 10
W/M, Engine Cover 8515B CAT 1003358 10-18 3
W/M, RH Engine Cover, W/Defl 1000850 10-17 8
W/M, RH Engine Cover, W/Defl 1000850 10-18 8
Walk Board Brkt 9 8 51 6 3 10-36 2
Washer, Counter Sunk, .500 8 51 1 1 2 10-3 2
Washer, Counter Sunk, .500 8 51 1 1 2 10-16 18
Washer, Fender (.250) 860036 10-6 26
Washer, Fender .375 119-3 10-12 17
Washer, Fender, .375 x 1.50 9 8 1 51 1 10-5 38
Washer, Fender, .375 x 1.50 9 8 1 51 1 10-9 15
Washer, Flat, SAE, .375 119-3 10-4 39
Washer, Flat, SAE, .500 80695 10-9 —
Washer, Flat, SAE, .500 119-5 10-37 7
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 81201 10-1 6
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 81201 10-2 16
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 1 1 9 -7 10-14 16
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 1 1 9 -7 10-14 26
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 1 1 9 -7 10-15 16
Washer, Flat, SAE, .625 1 1 9 -7 10-15 18
Washer, Flat, SAE, 1.00 1 1 9 -1 0 10-4 6
Washer, Flat, USS, .438 120-4 10-5 25
Washer, Flat, USS, .500 120-5 10-5 33
Washer, Flat, USS, .625 1 2 0 -7 10-5 32
Washer, Lock 9 0 0 07 7 10-3 40
Washer, Lock, .250 1 1 8 -1 10-6 25
Washer, Lock, .250 1 1 8 -1 10-30 18
Washer, Lock, .250 1 1 8 -1 10-31 18
Return to Return to

Washer, Lock, .250 1 1 8 -1 10-40 18
Washer, Lock, .250 1 1 8 -1 10-41 18
Washer, Lock, .312 1 1 8 -2 10-5 27
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-5 29
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-6 10
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-7 15
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-28 13
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-29 13
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-38 13
Washer, Lock, .375 118-3 10-39 13
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-1 48
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-2 24
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-3 11
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-4 38
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-5 22
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-5 24
Washer, Lock, .500 80164 10-9 —
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-37 8
Washer, Lock, .500 80164 10-42 9
Washer, Lock, .500 118-5 10-43 9
Washer, Lock, .625 1 1 8 -7 10-3 25
Washer, Lock, .625 1 1 8 -7 10-4 36
Washer, Lock, .625 1 1 8 -7 10-5 31
Washer, Lock, .625 1 1 8 -7 10-6 19
Washer, Lock, 1.00 1 1 8 -1 0 10-6 13
Washer, Lock, M10 3 2 0 14 2 10-2 21
Washer, Lock, M12 8 1 1 3 28 10-1 10
Washer, Lock, M12 8 1 1 3 28 10-2 18
Washer, Lock, SAE, .375 119-4 10-30 17
Washer, Lock, SAE, .375 119-4 10-31 17
Washer, Lock, SAE, .375 119-4 10-40 17
Washer, Lock, SAE, .375 119-4 10-41 17
Water Temp Sender M16 x 1.50 9 8 4 9 0 9 -1 2 10-10 —
Wear Plate Assy, Electric 9 872 1 6 S R V 10-32 7
Wear Plate Assy, Electric 9 872 1 6 S R V 10-33 13
Wear Plate, 8' Bullnose
Wear Plate, 8' Bullnose
Wear Plate, End Gate, 8515
9 8 1 724 S R V
9 8 1 724 S R V
9 82 9 6 3 S R V
10-26
10-27
10-43
7
13
7
10
Weldment Undercarriage, Rubber Track, LH 980606L 10-2 7
Weldment Undercarriage, Rubber Track, RH 980606R 10-2 6
Return to Return to

Wire Bail, Temperature 8 51 5 8 1 10-14 20
Wiring, Element, Heater Pigtail 985699-03 10-32 9a
Yoke, Track Idler 8 1 1 3 2 9A 10-1 17
Yoke, Track Idler 8 1 1 3 2 9A 10-2 10
Return to Return to
10
Return to Return to
500 Lincoln County Parkway Ext.
Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092
Phone: (704) 966-3300 - Fax Sales: (704) 483-5802
www.leeboy.com
Printed in the U.S.A.

8515B Manual WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

8515B Manual WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

8515B Manual WEB PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operations, Service

And Parts Manual

LeeBoy Model 8515B Conveyor Paver

Illustrated Parts List (IPL) 10

Disclaimer And Copyright

Starting To Pave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Raising Conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Rear Conveyor Shaft Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32

Hydraulic Hosing 1 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Strike Offs And Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54

This manual provides important information to familiarize

Safety Precautions Explosion Hazard

• Always start the engine or operate the controls while

8515B Conveyor Paver Safety Labels and Safety Label Locations

8515B Electric Screed Safety Labels and Safety Label Locations

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Limited Warranty Policy

Items Not Covered Other Limitations

Contact Information If you have a persistent problem your dealer is unable to

General Information Hydraulic System

Screed Generator speed tuning should only be

Specification charts weights, dimensions, performance, and torque values

Table 4-1. Dimension Specifications (See Figure 4-1)

Table 4-2. Performance Specifications

Table 4-3. Kubota Tier 3 Engine Specifications

Table 4-4. CAT Tier 3 Engine Specifications

Table 4-6. Electrical Specifications

Table 4-7. Hydraulic Pressures Specifications

Table 4-8. Lubricant Specifications

Table 4-9. Screed Specifications

Paver Overall Dimensions

Torque Specs and machined surfaces. Values are based on

Table 4-10. Torque Specifications For Standard Inch Fasteners

Metric Fasteners physical limitations of clean, plated and lubricated

Table 4-11. Torque Specifications For Metric Fasteners

Hydraulic Fittings 4. To prevent twisting the tube(s), use two wrenches.

NOTE: O-Rings should be lubricated with light oil, but 1

Determining Torque Setting Equations

Operation Controls Location

Table 5-1. Location of Controls

Right Instrument Panel (Dash)

Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE

Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges RIGHT SIDE

Center Instrument Panel (Dash)

Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges CENTER

Left Instrument Panel (Dash)

Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE

Instrument Panel (Dash) Controls, Indicators and Gauges LEFT SIDE

Steering and Speed Control Module - Joysticks

Steering and Speed Control Module - Dual Joystick

Table 5-5. Steering and Speed Control Module - Joystick

Steering and Speed Control Module - Wheel

Steering and Speed Control Module - Steering Wheel

Table 5-6. Steering and Speed Control Module - Steering Wheel

Right Side Controls

Right Side Controls

Table 5-7. Right Side Controls

Left Side Controls

Left Side Controls